oh . . . % 3 ‘ % ore ‘ ake a 1! ‘ ro “ - ’ . ’ ‘ soe ‘ i t Ts ~t + a ' a i + Se i Fs 1 eA “ a tet esis . Lat ay sag ca) r Se aes we xt - 3 i Lise : an n ” - , 1 & bi Ki 2 i z ty ‘ f3! ‘ Pa Me Hf ‘ i , ‘ . ',- i ry 1 a i 1 ‘ ‘ ‘ ; , . ov i t ' am f ;, é om . +e 4 he 7 “ ‘ 7 on ‘ ‘ . t i wy ‘ Le ' tm ' els ‘ ‘ eal , r oa : re F juts ’ ri 3 ne ‘ : woe et ng wa eye ist Fi fate ‘ ; ne - M4 i " ' y ide i oh BAY 7 ; sen : of 7 gD att oh al ft vie fit see * ' . iy Arty ie vieegaie des Leib raha, ! 4 aye Nye als ep nn pate * eh? it " ea aes me on Etat Fe = ee =. j reve ta ae 4 obey bv ree adi Va ‘ x eq le , a hs aa v4 how 4 ‘ “att 7 he rhea ' ' 7 me “> me 7 4 . Nt : F ri vide shh ee hee ; p. Te i ’ sony etic the Briers , far hk em 2 ag eile ret f : A set sarge 0 ’ r war ’ A wee 4 H " H is at f: hy eats: — TRANSACTIONS OF THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE AFFILIATED WITH THEA. A. A. S. VOLUME FOUR (1929 - 1930) Sixteenth and Seventeenth Meetings ~ ey SS i TT 2 ae. eee ee LEXINGTON, KY. 1930 E AWAY ~ / See “oi fod \ TRANSACTIONS OF GHE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE AFFILIATED WITH THE A.A. A. 5S. VOLUME FOUR (1929 - 1930) Sixteenth and Seventeenth Meetings This Volume was Edited by A. M. PETER and ETHEL V. T. CASWALL LEXINGTON, KY. ESE) PRESS OF TRANSYLVANIA PRINTING CO. KY. ie 2) OA i SKS CONTENTS OVI CC Te Steers rte ate ee ela apis ICANN Be QUIS a SpeasMcie = JUNC HE MUON gs | ie cde aM 4 INQ ON OER SS 2s se aaa as To gt OU A UE ene re ENED MC NOU ODEO tree SERRE a epee 3 5 IVI rial lo. ry Sp tese ON ae she he ae Ue eID LI OR RN Alay GRR aor AIL hE te 6 Minutes of the 16th annual meeting —_... een eee 11 Papers presented at the 16th annual meeting IEE UG LE aan Ns aad 17 Minutes of the 17th annual meeting 22.22... ooo ie cece eee eee eee 43 Papers presented at the 17th annual meeting —......20022...0222.22 ieee eee 53 Kentucky Academy of Science OFFICERS 1928—1929 President, G. Davis Buckner, Experiment Station, Lexington. Vice-President, G. D. Smith, Eastern State Normal School, Richmond. Secretary, Alfred M. Peter, Experiment Station, Lexington. Treasurer, W. S. Anderson, Experiment Station, Lexington. Councilor to A. A. A. S., A. R. Middleton, Univ. of Louisville, Louisville. 1929-1930 President, Frank L. Rainey, Centre Coliege, Danville. Vice-President, C. N. McAllister, Berea College, Berea. Secretary, Alfred M. Peter, Experiment Station, Lexington. Treasurer, W. S. Anderson, Experiment Station, Lexington. Councilor to A. A. A. 8., V. F. Payne, Transyivania College, Lexington. Iu Memoriam They have crossed the river and are resting in the shade of the trees: Clarence Wentworth Mathews, 1861—1928 Arthur McQuiston Miller 1861—1929 6 THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE COMPLETE MEMBERSHIP OF THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE FOR THE YEARS 1928-9 and 1929-30. “C’”’ indicates Corresponding Member. GO) 8 ps Honorary member. ia a Life member. * *e No longer a member. T a Deceased. The date denotes the year of election to membership. Name and address Branch of Science Allen, W. R., ’28, Univ. of Ky., Lexington -_-__....-.--.-----..------------- Zoology Ambrose, Luther M., 729, Berea College, Berea -........-..... Physical Sci. Anderson, W. M., 714, Univ. of Louisville, Louisville Physics Anderson, W. S., 715, Univ. of Ky., Lexington -.........__..___......- Genetics Averitt, S. D., ‘14, Experiment Staticn, Lexington — Chemistry iBalker, “Als ome 222.655 TROT Cay eee Bee oe a ea eee Anthrepclogy . Bancroft, Geo. R., 719, Univ. of West. Va., Morgantown, WV is eae a Foe ak AT Se ee Ne ep INE 2 ae eras ee Chemistry Bandeen, Stanley, ’30, 1435 S. 4th Ave., Louisville —............... Medicine Bangson, John S., 726, Berea College, Berea -............-----------------------4-- Biology Barbour, Henry G., ’25, Univ. of Louisville, Louisville -.......... Physiology Bassett, G. C., ’27, University of Ky., Lexington _..............22......... Psychology Bear, Robt. M., ’27, Centre College, Danville —.............-.---.---.....- Education Beckner, Lucien, ’20, 311 W. Chestnut St., Louisville... Geology Birekhead, E. F., ’28, Supt. City Schools, Winchester —......._.. Education . Blumenthal, P. L., 716, 316 Parker Ave., Buffalo, N. Y. —. Chemistry Boggs, Jos. S., ’23, 109 Watson Court, Frankfort 2... Engineering IROnvGly 125 IPs lz Wim, Or IkAy55 IW eshaveOIN ees Mathematics Boyden, Ruth, *30, Univ. of Ky., Lexington —____.__.............. Home Ecs. Bie, ANloReCl, Xn, Wiain7, Or WAY, IWerahae OI aoe cecce se eee ee Zoology Brown, L. A., “1b, Experiment Station, Lexington Chemistry Browning, Iley B., "22, Box 126, Ashland Geology . Bucher, Walter, ’22, Univ. of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, Ohio —............ Geology Buckner, G. Davis, 15, Experiment Station, Lexington... Chemistry Bullard, John F., ’26, Experiment Station, Lexington WW Vet. Sci. Bullitt, Wm. Marshall, 728, Inter-Southern Bldg., Louisville ~.......... ~ Burroughs, W. G., ’22, Berea College, Berea _..........-0.0-..-00002--2----- Geology . Butts, Charles, “22, U. S. Geol. Survey, Washington, D. C. ............ Geology Caldwell, Morley A., ’15, Univ. of Louisville, Louisville —.......... Psychology Canon, Ernest H., ’29, Registrar, W. State Normal School, AS copy ira ee Crag ay, 22 ss 207 ee ee eee a eee Education Capps, Julian H., ‘28, Berea College, Berea ..............2022... Chemistry Carmichael, H. St.G. T., ’24, Ky. Asphalt Co., Kyrock ......2............... Caslick, Edward A., ’26, Claiborne Stud, Paris ...............-.-......... Vet. Science MEMBERS h Chalkley, Lyman, ’22, Univ. of Ky., Lexington —... 202 Law C. Clark, Friend E., 715, Univ. of W. Va., Morgantown, W. Va........... Chemistry Clement, B. E., ’28, Holly Fluorspar Co., Marion —..-.....-...0000000....... Cook, EH. Wilbur. ’28, Centre College, Danville 200.2022. Biology Cooper, Mrs. Clara C., ’26, Wallace Court, Richmond .............. Psychology Cooper, Thomas P., 18, Director Experiment Sta., Lexington....Agriculture Corley, Grover L., ’28, Univ. of Louisville, Louisville —............ Chemistry H. Coulter, Stanley, °14, LaFayette, Ind. _..222 eee Botany (CR © ose ye ritey SATIN TNA Ee yr es ee Ta as a ee ie Geology Crooks, C. G., 715, Centre Coliege, Danville _.......0.0.000220 2... Mathematics Crouse, C. S., ’21, Univ. of Ky., Lexington .._.....002.....2 2... Mining Eng. CRI CuIETICSIENAWeasoe. Sy aCUSey NG Vis. ce Oa a ae ee ee Geology Curry, Gordon L., ’28, Louisville College of Pharmacy.................. Chemistry Davies, P. A., ’26, Univ. of Louisville, Louisville —......002.... Biology H. Day, Arthur L.,’17, Director Geophysical Lab., Washington, D. C...Geology H. Detlefsen, J. A., 18, The Wistar Inst. cf Anatomy, Philadelphia, IF pee nie eee eee Nee ie eee PAN nme Pe NR reed el RIE) de Ee Genetics Didlake, Miss Mary, 714, Experiment Sta., Lexington —___....... Ent. & Bot. Dimock, W. W., ’20, Experiment Station, Lexington.__.__.......W.... Vet. Sci. Donovan, H. L., ’29, Pres. EH. State Normal, Richmond_............... Education Edwards, Philip R., ’26, Experiment Station, Lexington __............ Vet. Sci. Erikson, Miss Statie, ’26, Univ. of Ky., Lexington —__...... Home EHes. Ewell, Miss Esther, 29, Berea College, Berea _.................---..-2---------- Science Fehn, Arthur R., ’24, Centre College, Danville —_...... Mathematics Fenn, Herbert B., ’29, Berea College, Berea __........--.-22---..-......-----. Mechanics Fergus, E. N., 21, Experiment Station, Lexington WW... Agronomy Flexner, Morris, ’26, Heyburn Bldg., Louisville —_.... Medicine * Foerster, M. H., 716, Consolidation Coal Co., Jenkins —_............. Forestry C. Fohs, F. Julius, 15, 60 Broadway, New York ......._-. aN a whee Gb iyseeD Se oe Geology Ford, M. C., ’23, W. Ky. State Normal School, Bowling Green_._.Agricuiture Frank, Louis, ’26, The Heyburn Bldg., Louisville —... Medicine Funkhouser, W. D., 919, Univ. of Ky., Lexington —__.......-.000022... Zoology C. Gardner, J. B., 715, Exchange Nat. Bank Bldg., Tulsa, Okla........._.... Geology Garman, H., 14, Experiment Station, Lexington Biology * Giovannoli, Leonard, ’26, N. C. State College, Raleigh, N. C. _.......... Zoology H. Glenn, L. C., ’22, Vanderbilt Univ., Nashville, Tenn. _... cS emia ae Geology Good, EH. S., Experiment Station, Lexington _............-00. Animal Husb. Graham, Charles C., ’25, Berea College, Berea _..........00002 ee. Science Graham, James L., ’27, Univ. of Ky., Lexington 0. Psychology Guilliams, John Miiton, ’25, Berea College, Berea ...................... Psychology L. Guthrie, William A., ’26, So. Ky. Sanatorium, Franklin _.............. Med. Sci. * Hamilton, W. F., 26, Univ. of Louisville, Louisville................. Geology Harms, Miss Amanda, 719, Experiment Station, Lexington... Biology H. Hart, E. B., 719, Univ. of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis. ........................ Nutritien x 8 THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE . Havenhill, Mark, 19, Oakland, Calif. ..... 222 Farm Mcs. Healy, Daniel J., ’14, Experiment Station, Lexington_............ Bacterivlogy . Hendrick, H. D., 14, Takoma Park, Washington, D. C. -............ Agronomy Hendricks, T. A., ’27, Berea College, Berea ..........------------------------------- Hinton, Robert T., 714, Georgetown College, Georgetown.................. Biology Hire, Charles, ’28, State Normal School, Murray -............... Physicai Sci. Hoffman, E. M., *29, Berea College, Berea --------....22-22222--------------- Gens SGl: Homberger, A. W., 719, Univ. of Louisville, Louisville --.............. Chemistry Hopkins, Miss Mariel, ’26, Cleveland, Ohio ~.................................- Home Kes. Tehioha WE Aeneas) Shy al, (Crolleraneia, Mepis) Le Geology Hull, F. E., ’26, Experiment Station, Lexington —.......-...........-....... Vet. Sei. Hutchins, Wm. J.,.’25, President, Berea College, Berea _................. ene IGASKO, WW We, die, “OL Winn, Ot Lie, IDexanne Kol 2 Nutrition Jewett, H. H., ’21, Experiment Station, Lexington -_............ Entomology . Jillson, W. R., 719, State Geologist, Frankfort -...........000.00022.220... Geology Johnson, H. M., ’25, Experiment Station, Lexington —.......... Agronomy Jones, 8S. C., °14, Experiment Station, Lexington —_............WW.W.. Agronomy Karraker, P. H., ’15, Experiment Station, Lexington .................. Agronomy Kennamer, L. G., ’29, H. State Normal, Richmond ...................-. Geology Kent, R. A. 730, President, Univ. of Louisville, Louisville _........ Education . Kercher, Otis, 19, Pike Co. Farm Bureau, Pittsfield, Ill... Extension King, Miss Effie, 25, Morehead State Normal, Morehead............... Kinney, H. J., 715, Experiment Station, Lexington —.... Agronomy . Kiplinger, C. C., ’18, Mt. Union College, Alliance, Ohio... Chemistry > IakyoO, 1, IDE, lee wee lhe Sirs, Sein IDss@, Chile. Bactericlogy ING Hons, (5 40, "AD, Wate Ore I, Ibexahsiem oe Physics Kornhauser, 8. I., ’°23, Univ. of Louisville, Louisville .... Anatomy Lancaster, L. Y., ’29, Western State Normal, Bowling Green... Biol. Sci. Bane wis C2 26% (Coleman hex s)e eee re eee a ee Geolozy Hee Wi.) 4/23, Middlesboro Wastin soa enepnaat i Rete ieee iene remene Geology - Leigh, Townes R., 19, Univ. of Fla., Gainesville, Fla... Chemistry Tester Wain 5) 2. Gee LGUs ell vill icra Arr; cote alee eee ee eee Chemistry LeStourgeon, Miss Elizabeth, ’24, Univ. of Ky., Lexington....Mathematiecs wigony Mi vhe 2h Unity wot s Key. anluexdnreto nie sae eeeie uaa nae Education Lovell, Harvey B., ’30, Univ. of Louisville, Louisville ...... Biology Lynch, John T., 26, Road Engineering Dept., Frankfort __.. Engineering Mealllisters Cloyd @ Ni alg Berea sCollexoumbercae=s ann © Psychology McCormack, A. T., ’20, State Board of Health, Louisville Sanitation MecFarlan, Arthur C., ’24, Univ. of CYS INS OT gee ae ee ee Geology McHargue, J. S., 714, Experiment Station, Lexington Foe tel Cheniistry Macintyce, Miss Thelma, 26; Springfield) 2.05.) 0) 2 ZOeloey McNamara, Miss Catherine B., ’25, Geol. Survey Office, Frankfort. Geclogy MeVey, Frank L., ’18, President, Univ. of Key. 9 Wexinieton ae Economies Marshall, Malcolm Y., ’27, IBIGINGIEIEAOH, Ty dee Medicine Martin, James H., 15, Experiment Station, LESS iT ONES (ONO), copes eh aa Chemistry MEMBERS % Martin, J. Holmes, ’29, Experiment Station, Lexington ...................... Poultry Fe Mathews .C- awe 6 Univ Of key. uexingtom 27.5 se oe Horticulture Mayfield, Samuel M., 728, Berea College, Berea ....-....---...........-..-- Natural Sci. Meader, A. L., ’23, Experiment Station, Lexington -_..---_-.----.......... Chemistry * Meier, Henry, 15, 1306 N. Van Ness Ave., Fresno, Calif....Math. & Astron. Middleton, Austin R., ’22, Univ. of Louisville, Louisville -_-.............. Biology eee VinlenweAt Vike NAS pA ine ville seING ws, tee ee er be ee ses Geology H. Miller, Dayton C., 715, Case School of Applied Science, (Sayre eam CL Ey Oe eS re SL Physics. * Miller, J. W., 723, Univ. of Louisville, Louisville —...__....W..2.0......-- Medicine. Miller, Raymond, ’26, Univ. of Ky., Lexington, or Cecilia, Ky..._..... Geclogy Miller, Richard C., ’28, Experiment Station, Lexington ____.. Animal Husb. Miller, W. Byron, 22, Wallins Creek, Utilities Coal Corp... Engineering H. Millikan, R. A., ’20, Calif. Inst. of Tech., Pasadena, Calif. _......... Physics. MING eis et eae MVenOL Keys, lSxametomy se. 2 eee Psychology C. Morgan, Thomas H., 715, Calif. Inst. cf Tech., Pasadena, Calif... Biology. H. Moulton, F. R., 16, Univ. of Chicago, Chicago, Ill. —....... Astronomy * Munroe, Donald James, ’28, c|o Sun Oil Co., Jackson, Miss. _.......... Geology Nash, Wm. G., ’28, Georgetown College, Georgetown....................... Physies. Nicholls, W. D., 714, Univ. of Ky., Lexington —...0.0200020022222e Farm Hes. * Nickell, Clarence, ’25, Morehead Normal School, Morehead.......... Chemistry Noll, Waldemar, ’28, Berea College, Berea —........-------22-----2 ene Physics. C. Nollau, BE. H., °15, 14 Norton St., Newburg, N. Y. -....--------2--------- Chemistry Norton, Mrs. Charles F., ’27, Transylvania College, Lexington....Library Sci. O’Bannon, Lester S., 723, Univ. of Ky., Lexington... Engineering Olney, Albert J., ’20, Univ. of Ky., Lexington .........0.....2...2........ Horticulture Parker, George H., 26, Ky. Actuarial Bureau, Louisville _.... Engineering Payne, Anna L., 730, Berea College, Berea -........2222002222222020ce2------ Home Hes Payne, Martha, °30, 156 McDowell Road, Lexington _...................... Science Payne, V. F., 24, Transylvania College, Lexington —............... Chemistry Pearson, Dr. Norma, ’30, Eastern State Normal, Richmond _____.. Botany Pelluet, Dixie, ’28, Murray Teachers College, Murray .................... Biology Pennebaker, G. B., *29, Murray Teachers College, Murray_.......... Biology Peter, Alfred M., 14, Experiment Station, Lexington Chemistry Pierce, J. Stanton, ’26, Georgetown College, Georgetown _........_.. Chemistry * Posey, M. EH. S., 725, Dept. Roads & Highways, Frankfort... Engineering Price, Walter A., 730, Experiment Station, Lexington Hnt. & Bot. IRiAyOIr, dis Wo, Ul Winihy, OE kav. lesion Gee ee Physiology Pugsley, Donald W., ’29, Berea College, Berea __................ Mathematics Pyles, Henry M., ’26, Wesleyan College, Winchester _......... Biology Rainey, Frank L., 714, Centre College, Danville Biol. & Geol. IRINGACS, MIGIEteniny, Wil Ibexdinveiom. - es Education Rhoads. Wayland, ’22, Hxperiment Sta., Lexington... Animal Husb. H. Richardscn, Charles H., ’22, Syracuse Univ.. Syracuse, N. Y.......... Geology Jey IiGS, Jel, 2A, Comneiil Wiltive. Ines ING WO fo Geology 1U * mo * THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE Roberts, Geo., 14, Experiment Station, Lexington ...... Dee ee Ae Agronomy . Roe, Mabel, 19, 257 Roswell Ave., Long Beach, Calif. —...............- Plant Path. Routt, Grover C., 14, County Ag’l Agent, Mayfield —........-..........-....-- Biology Rumeld, Dean W., ’30, Eastern State Normal, Richmond -....._... Biology Rush, R. I., ’28, Centre College, Danville —............--.---------2------------ Chemistry . Ryland, Garnett, 14, Richmond College, Richmond, Va. -............- Chemistry Saunders, J. M., 725, 339 Park Ave., Lexington -.........-.-. _ Schnieb, Miss Anna A., ’26, HE. Ky. State Nurmal, Richmond...... Psychology Scott, Miss Hattie, ’25, Geological Survey Office, Frankfort —....... Geology Shelton, Wim. Av, 725, Vinle’ Grove 2. Education Shepard, Nat L., 28, clo Franklin Fluorspar Co., Marion ............ Chemistry Shoemaker, Hurst H., ’29, Berea College, Berea ..............-.------- Gen. Sci. Smith, George D., ’20, BE. Ky. State Normal, Richmond ............ Nat. Sci. Smith, N. F., 715, Citadel College, Charleston, S. C. -........2222........... Physie¢s . Smith, William Benjamin, ’23, 9 Price Ave., Columbia, Mo....... Philosophy Solomon, Leen L., ’20, The Solomon Clinic, Louisville —............ Sanitation South, Lillian H., ’20, State Board of Health, Louisville -.... Bacteriology OB SRO UNDATED A GRD a co! PAR ae NR Se ate Passes Se elena oa ot Se ese nc Physics Speed, Wm. S., ’28, 315 Guthrie St., Louisville -.......................... Engineering States, M. N., 717, Univ. of Kentucky, Lexington —__..-.........--.--......... Physics . Stiles, Charles F., 714, A. & M. College, Stillwater, Okla. Entomology Strandskov, Herluf, ’25, Univ. of Louisville, Louisville Plant Phy. Suter, Arthur Lee, ’20, 2434 18th St., Washington, D. C. ...... Pharmacology . Tashof, Ivan P., ’14, Victor Bldg., Washington, D. C.._....... Mining & Met’y Taylor, L. W., ’28, Univ. of Calif., Berkeley, Calif. —.......0. Poultry Taylor, Chas L., ’29, Western State Normal, Bowling Green _..... Agriculture Taylor, William S., ’26, Univ. of Ky., Lexington —.....WW. Education anerrrraile Glenanailen es Wonvisey Waucenouie, Philosophy Threlkeid, Miss Hilda, ’27, Hamilton College, Lexington _........... Education Thruston, R. C. Ballard, ’15, 118 W. Breckinridge St., Louisville.....Geology Todd, H. N., ’25, Dept. Roads, Frankfort —.......-00. Engineering Valleau, W. D., 720, Experiment Station, Lexington —............... Plant Path. Van Slyke, Edgar, ’26, Centre College, Danville —.......... Biology Van Winkle, John S., ’24, Centre College, Danville -............0... Geology Vaughn, Erle C., 714, Experiment Station, Lexington.............. Ent. & Bot. Walker, Wm. H., ’26, Berea College, Berea _.......0.22222022222 Psychology . Ward, Henry B., °21, Univ. of Illinois, Urbana, Il]. —.......--..--.. Zoology Weidler, Albert C., ’27, Berea College, Berea — Will, R. G., 728, Centre College, Danville — Williams, Charles W., ’23, c}o Reed Air Filter Co., Louisville —.... Chemistry Wilson, Gordon, °27, 403 EH. Third St., Bloomington, Ind...................... Wilson, Samuel M., ’26, 812 Trust Co. Bldg., Lexington ....... Law Womack, H. M., 730, 2021 Grasmere Drive, Louisville tre ae ee ~ Wurtz, Geo. B., 728, U. S. Weather Bureau, Lexington... Meteorology Wyckoff, R. Tyson, ’26, 1327 College St., Bowling Green... Education SIXTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING 11 MINUTES OF THE SIXTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING The sixteenth annual meeting of the Kentucky Academy of Science was called to order by President Buckner at 9 o'clock Saturday morning, April 27, 1929, in room 441, Science Hall, Berea College. Rey. Earl Zeigler, of Berea, opened the meeting with prayer. President Buckner reported for the publications committee that Volume 3 of the Transactions, covering the 1927 and 1928 meetings, was ready for publication. He explained that the Academy is 1n a position to pay for the printing of 300-word digests of papers but that papers to be printed in full and re- prints must be paid for by the authors. Professor Capps, for the membership committee, proposed the following persons for election to membership in the Acad- emy: Mr. Martin Luther Ambrose, Instructor in Science in the Acad- emy, Berea. Miss Esther Hwell, Instructor in Science in the Normal School, Berea. Mr. Herbert Bennett Fenn, Instructor in Hlectrical and Auto Mechanics, Foundation Junior High School, Berea. Mr. Edwin Michael Hoffman, Instructor in Bible Science, Founda- tion Junior High School, Berea. (General Science) Mr. Donald Wesley Pugsley, Associate Professor of Mathematics, Foundation Junior High School, Berea. Mr. Hurst Hugh Shoemaker, Instructor in General Science, Foundation Junior High School, Berea. Dr. Homer Cooper, Dean, Hastern Kentucky State Teachers College, Richmond. Dr. H. L. Donovan, President, Eastern Kentucky State Teachers College, Richmond. Dr. J. D. Farris, Professor of Education, Hastern Kentucky State Teachers College, Richmond. Dr. D. L. Kennamer, Professor of Education, Hastern Kentucky State Teachers College, Richmond. Mr. Haywood Brown, Instructor in General Agriculture and Biology, Western Kentucky State Normal School, Bowling Green. 12 THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE Mr. E. H. Cannon, Registrar, Western Kentucky State Normal School, Bowling Green. Mr. L. Y. Lancaster, Instructor in Biology, Western Kentucky State Normal School, Bowling Green. Mr. Charles L. Taylor, Instructor in Plant Husbandry, Western Kentucky State Normal School, Bowling Green. Mr. Charles P. Poole, Dept. of Psychology, Murray State Teachers’ College, Murray, Ky. Upon motion, the report was adopted and these persons were unanimously elected to membership. The Secretary read his report which was received and ordered incorporated in the minutes. Mr. A. J. Olney, as a special committee on resolutions, re- ported the following resolutions on the death of Professor Mathews, which were adopted and ordered spread upon the minutes. CLARENCE WENTWoRTH MaTHEWS Clarence Wentworth Mathews, a member of the Kentucky Academy of Science since 1916, was born in Lawrence, Mass- achusetts, in 1861. He graduated from Cornell University in 1891, coming to the University of Kentucky in the same year, as Head of the Department of Botany, Horticulture and Agri- culture. In 1908 he became Dean of the College of Agriculture and Head of the Department of Botany and Horticulture, in which capacity he served until 1911. The increasing enroll- ment in Botany and Horticulture caused him to resign the dean- ship in order to give his whole time to his department. When the department was reorganized in 1913, he became Head of the Department of Horticulture in the College and Experiment Station, and in 1918, Extension work was included in his de- partment. This position he held until he was relieved of teach- ing in 1928, at his own request, because of ill health. He died as his residence in Lexington, August 26th, 1928. Professor Mathews was known and loved by the fruit growers and horticulturists of Kentucky and of the United SIXTHENTH ANNUAL MERTING . 13 States. His generous personality and kind disposition endear- ed him to his associates, and his loss is deplored by his fellow members of the Academy. Therefore, be it-resolved, that this minute be made a part of the record of this meeting as a token of our respect and esteem. (Signed) A. J. Olney, Committee. President Buckner appointed the following committees: To nominate officers: Messrs. Beckner, Capps and Averitt. To audit the Treasurer’s accounts: Messrs. Valleau, Johnson and Fergus. The general session then adjourned until 1:45 P. M. to allow the divisions to meet separately for reading papers. After luncheon at the Boone Tavern, the general session re-conv ened, pursuant to adjournment, at 1:45 P. M. Treasurer Anderson reported as follows: SATA Ces aT AYis wh OID R) eee er ee ee ee $263-51 Receipts May 5, 1928 to April 16, 1929-.........-....-......- 409.88 “1 WG) eee La eee ae na ee $673.39 Disbursements from May 5, 1928 to April 27, 1929....$494.75 Balance on hand ............ $178.64 Indebtedness—Printing Vol. I], 1927 -22.-22222222222.2.2222----- $517-25 $517.25 UCPC VCO Tle sees foe oem es ee ae ae 358.50 Balance _............... $158.75 The report was received and referred to the auditing com- mittee who later reported it correct. The nominating committee reported as follows: For President, F. L. Rainey For Vice-President, C. N. McAllister. For Secretary, A. M. Peter. For Treasurer, W. S. Anderson. For A. A. A. S. Councilor, V. F. Payne. On Publications committee: W. R. Jillson. 14 THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE The report was adopted and these persons were elected unanimously. The questions of declaring a policy with respect to revision of the calendar and the removal of import duty on scientific apparatus and supplies for educational institutions were passed with the suggestion that the new president appoint special committees to consider these matters and report to the council. Professor Cooper extended to the Academy an invitation to hold its next meeting at the Eastern Kentucky State Teachers’ College, at Richmond. Referred to the council. President Hutchins, of Berea College, then delivered a very able and eloquent address on Science and Religion. Prof. E. S. Good gave an account of the investigations on infectious abortion in mares which have been made under his direction at the Experiment Station. The Academy adjourned sine die. IMEENIOMESS Ose Gbishe, (COM IN(CIIE, The Council met in Dr. Peter’s office, Scovell Hall, on Friday, June 21, 1929. Present, Messrs. Rainey, Buckner, Ander- son and Peter. Absent, Dr. McAllister. It was the sense of all present that a committee on legis- lation be appointed for the purpose of getting a law enacted by which the Academy will be made a state institution with a suitable provision for publishing its Transactions. President Rainey appointed Sam’l M. Wilson, Chairman, Lucien Beckner and A. M. Peter. After a discussion of finances, the sense of those present was unanimous that complete papers cannot be published in Volume 3 unless paid for by the authors. Only short summaries will be published of papers not paid for by authors. The Sec- retary was directed to so inform the authors. Separates will be supplied at cost. The meeting adjourned without date. SIXTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING 15 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY FOR 1928-9 The President appointed the following Membership Com- mittee: A. J. Olney, Chairman; M. E. Ligon and Julian H. Capps. The following 8 persons who were elected at the last meet- ing have qualified and been added to the roll: Dixie Pelluet. Teachers’ College, Murray, Ky. George B. Wurtz, Weather Bureau, Lexington. R. I. Rush, Centre College, Danville. R. G. Will, Centre College, Danville. Richard C. Miller, Experiment Station, Lexington. Grover L. Corley, Univ. of Louisville. Julian H. Capps, Berea College, Berea. Waldemar Noll, Berea College, Berea. The following 4 members of the A. A. A. S. were elected to membership by the Council: William S. Speed, Louisville. Gordon L. Curry, Louisville College of Pharmacy. B. EH. Clement, Holly Fluorspar Co., Marion. William G. Nash, Georgetown College, Georgetown. We have lost one member by death, namely Prof. Clarence W. Mathews. Fourteen have been dropped for various reasons, viz: William J. Lester, Edgar Van Slyke, H. C. Anderson, C. E. Bales, J. C. Branham, Meredith Cox, George A. Irvine, M. L. Pence, John S. Van Winkle, W. M. Anderson, S. I. Kornhauser, Henry Meier, Miss Catherine McNamara, Miss Elizabeth LeStourgeon. Number of members at time of last meeting (1928)...179 Dropped ip teralll measOnsy sieve. le a ea ee 15 164 INewammemibersn added): i.e. 08 2 A ee WZ, 176 The total membership is now 176, including 85 national and 56 local members, making 141 active members, besides 22 corresponding members and 13 honorary members. 16 THH KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE The membership may be classified as follows: Active members in good standing, including 2 life TIVO TIMITC Sy IN ie A ee 104 ENE BHTS “aaSian| NOs “Wim Ava 1 SHSRIE oe eee ne 24 INES TONS OMIDES im BSNS 2 eR Dats Heer Soe. 13 Correspondinermimiemib Cr sere ee ee ee Honorary jimemDensny: ees me eee a item ee oe eae 13 176 The President appointed Dr. Cloyd N. McAllister to suc- ceed Prof. Bear as Secretary of the Division of Psychology and Philosophy as Prof. Bear is to be out of the state for several months. On January 22, 1929, the Secretary wrote Senators Sackett and Barkley urging them to support the $3,000,000 appropriation for forest land and suggested that some of it be used for Ken- tucky forests. Favorable replies were received from both. On February 13, 1929, letters were written to 11 Represen- tatives in Congress in regard to the passage of the Norbeck Bird Conservation Bill, No. S-1271, and replies were received from them. The bill was passed. Our Representative sim ten Councilor miami eee Nem, Semele A. R. Middleton, attended the meeting of the Association in New York, Dec. 27, 1928, and represented our Academy at the Academy Conference. Two Council meetings were held during the year, on Jan. {8th in Prof. Anderson’s office, to fix the date and place of the auntal meetine; and on January 23rd, in) Dr. Peters omes: with Dr. McAllister, to discuss arrangements for the coming meeting, and to draft the circular letter. The Kentucky Academy joined in the invitation of Dr. Jillson and Prof, A. C. McFarian, to the Geological Section of the Ohio Academy of Science for their field excursion in Ken- tucky on May 31 and June 1 SIXTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING 17 PAPERS PRESENTED AT THE SIXTEENTH MEETING, INIPIRILIL, 27, WY)Z8) 1. The Kentucky Academy of Science as a State Institu- tion. G. Davis Buckner, Ky. Agricultura! Experiment Station. (President’s address.) The Kentucky Academy of Science as it exists to-day is the result of the appointment of a “committee on organization,” by the Kentucky Association of Colleges and Universities. From a simple, unimpressive beginning it has steadily grown until now its membership numbers nearly 200 persons who are interested in practically every phase of science. In reviewing the history of this Academy, we find in the minutes that on May 8, 1914, Professor P. P. Boyd called the first meeting to order and became the permanent chairman of this organization meeting. At that meeting five scientific ad- dresses were given which were followed by a report of the committee on constitution submitting a constitution and by- laws. These were adopted and in accordance therewith Dr. Jos. H. Kastle was elected the first president of the Kentucky Academy of Science. The programs offered at the 15 annual meetings of the Academy in the past, presented many brilliant addresses and scientific discussions by members and visiting scientists who enjoy national and international recognition. These programs have been interesting and instructive and the diversity of their nature shows the varied interests of the members. It seems most appropriate at this time to call attention to the untiring efforts and never-flagging interest of Dr. A. M. Peter who has served continuously as secretary of the Kentucky Academy of Science since the second meeting, held in 1915. All organizations having the character and broad interest of this Academy must pass thru a trying period during their early -formation and so it has been with ours. To what degree of interest, excellence and value this Academy has reached to-day, I feel that it is in a large measure due to the efforts and per- sonality of Dr. Peter. 18 THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE Referring to our constitution, we find that the object of the Kentucky Academy of Science is “to encourage scientific re- search, to promote the diffusion of useful scientific knowledge, and to unify the scientific interests of the state.’ We further find that any resident of Kentucky who is interested in any branch of science, either professionally or as an amateur, may be elected a member. It seems to me that the object of this organization and its membership requirements hold up before the people of the State of Kentucky not only a challenge but an opportunity to exert a great influence in properly molding public opinion in the state, to do much to promote safety and efficiency in all industries, and to lend scientific assistance in developing and protecting our natural resources. The first object of this Academy, “to encourage scientific research” connotes the soul of science and may be termed in- spiration. To what extent have we encouraged scientific re- search and in what ways have we served as an inspiration? The inspired desire to excel and produce are manifested in the pro- grams of our meetings which, I feel, have whetted the appetites of the hearers for further breadth of knowledge. The second object, “to promote the diffusion of useful scientific knowledge” holds up before us the obligation of pre- senting at our meetings the results of investigation, accurate observation, logical theories and deductions based on facts. These addresses should be published yearly in accordance with our by-laws and full publicity should be given thru the proper news channels. The third object, “to unify the scientific interests of the State” proposes to centralize and combine in a common cause, the abilities of our scientists. Viewing such a union as an ideal, it should be free from political influence or any alliance that could warp its purpose. With respect to the organization it should have absolute freedom to investigate issues affecting the wel- fare and betterment of the citizens of the state. Since science, knowledge and progress are universal pro- perties, it is the duty of all to enter into a spirit of hearty co- SIXTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING 19 operation in furthering these common causes. ihe curses of the centuries have been jealously, secretiveness and suspicion, influencing the pursuit of scientific knowledge, and the reai and sacred duty of all should be to seek facts and truth instead of the credit for obtaining them. The desire for credit placed above the desire for facts has been one of the great impedi- ments in the development of science as a whole. This is one of the great human weaknesses and one not readily overcome and yet its elimination should be held before us, emblematic of a scientific cross. The man who is capable of having original ideas and thought should be big enough in mental scope to pass on to others less gifted, an idea or inspiration and not de- mand credit. In most instances, credit will be given by the recipient of the inspiration; in most of the other instances the credit will be recognized by others and if not, the satisfaction one may have in being an inspiration to another should in itself be satisfactory recompense. And if the credit should not be recognized by any one, the fact still remains that the credit existed and will find final expression in inheritance. If we could unify or confederate properly and securely the scientific talents and interests of this state, we would have a potential scientific power that would be capable of not only seeking out the needs of the state but would have the ability to offer a sound solution and aid in solving them. This we have done in a measure by meeting each year for the presentation of scientific papers, discussion of problems of general interest, the interchange of ideas and the beneficial personal contact that such meetings afford. We have not been able to publish yearly the transactions of the meetings because of limited funds and properly paid clerical assistance for the secretary. Prof P. P. Boyd as President of this Academy in 1920, dis- cussed in a scholarly and interesting way the possibilities of state academies, stressed the usefulness of a Kentucky Academy of Science and predicted its possible future. Nine years have elapsed since this valuable discussion of Prof. Boyd and we find that we have progressed but little and the things Prof. Boyd said then are just as true to-day and apparently equally distant 20 THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE in the future. What then is the cause of this delay in assuming the obligation of scientific leadership that would keep us abreast with the times and able to rank with the scientific development of our neighboring states? It is true that we have been inter- ested to a degree in scientific progress and control; at least to the extent of writing letters to Senators and Congressmen con- cerning the preservation of national forests and reserves and in lending such influence as we may have towards the protection of birds. And we have been interested in other things relating to the state and nation. The meetings of the Kentucky Academy of Science in the past have all been held in Lexington. I personally feel that if this is a state institution the meetings should be held in differ- ent locations each year. This gives the visiting scientists the opportunity to become acquainted with the local scientific condi- tions of the various sections of the state and the people living in these localities will have the opportunity to attend the meet- ings and above all to feel that the Academy is truly a state institution. But it can never be a state institution until a law has been passed by the legislative bodies of the state, officially creating a Kentucky Academy of Science with fixed duties and powers. In this manner the scientific interests of the state would be officially and securely unified. Besides the moral backing of the State, the Academy should have financial aid in order to insure the yearly publication of the transactions and the proper diffusion of useful scientific knowledge. And so I venture the hope that the incoming president of this organization will appoint a committee from our member- ship that is qualified and willing to draft a law creating an offi- cial Academy of Science that will be endowed with certain duties, certain powers and with such financial appropriations as the conditions merit. This official recognition would create in the Academy a living, pulsating spirit, its membership would in- crease rapidly and being separated from politics and divorced from prejudice the Academy would serve in an impersonal fashion the people of the State of Kentucky. | SIXTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING 21 2. A Case of Apparent Sex Reversal In The Peafowl. J. S. Bangson, Berea College. (Abstract.) The creature described was hatched in 1915 on the pre- Mise One Vito Da May som salyersville, Wentucky..| Hora number of years after reaching maturity the fowl behaved in the usual manner, laying her quota of eggs each season, hatch- ing her brood, and caring for them according to the orthodox method of her kind. In 1922, after molting, the first evidence of a change appeared, in that she assumed partial male plumage. In two years the drab, subdued, brown plumage of the female was completely replaced by the gorgeous “blue of the beak; green and black of the back and wings; brown, green, violet and gold of the tail.” The bird itself seemed to sense the fact of its beauty, and strutted about in the male fashion. The gorgeous typical male train was developed. The bird seemed to take great delight in rattling the shafts of the tail feathers so as to produce the characteristic masculine vibration. The voice equipment reacted male-like. In a word the fowl assumed the complete appearance of the male, and acted his part. In 1927 the bird died. No autopsy was performed and, of course, no histological examination of the gonad. It could not be ascertained whether or not this transformed individual ever became a functional male. In order to establish this as a genuine instance of sex- reversal the fact of functional male gonad should be established. In many instances recorded in the literature male plumage as- sumption seemed to be correlated with the acquisition of the male gonad structure. Since the plumage of this bird was so distinctly male it might not be assuming too much to declare that it was a genuine instance of sex-reversal. 3. Indians of Kentucky. Lucien Beckner, Winchester, Ky. (Abstract.) After mentioning the recent work in archaeology by Profs. Funkhouser and Webb of the University of Kentucky, Bur- LOUsS Om berean College, Hons VWs). Cuxtis, of Piqua, Ken- tucky, and others, the author expressed the opinion that a part 22 THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE of the remains and one or more of the cultures being brought to light were of historic Indians, and suggested the possibility of correlating such remains and cultures with known historic tribes. In support of this, the conditions of the native tribes at the coming of the whites was set out, and historical references to the inhabitants of the area afterwards to become Kentucky were given. From these the conclusion was drawn that there were probably in Kentucky, in prehistoric times, only five lin- guistic stocks, all neighbors or residents of that area in historic times. These were stated to have been the Siouans, Iroquoians, Yuchians, Muskhogeans and, recently, the Algonquians. The Siouans were traced from their homes on the upper Ohio River, fleeing from the Iroquois armed with European weapons, southeastward, into Virginia and the Carolinas, and southwestward, down the Ohio into the west and southwest. The earliest name of the Ohio was “Akansas,” so called from the Akan or Akansas, a Siouan tribe then living on it but, later removing and giving its name to the river and state of Arkansas. The Fort Ancient culture was suggested as Siouan. The Iro- quoians, probably of southern origin, may have sojourned for a time in Kentucky; and their southern branch, the Cherokees, lived close to the State’s border in historic times. The Yuch- ians or Chiscans are located in Kentucky on the French maps of the third quarter of the 17th century and are spoken of in the French accounts as having been driven out by the Iroquois. It was suggested that the box-stone graves of the Rockhouse people of the Pennyrile knobs are Yuchian. The Muskhogean Chicasaws occupied the Purchase (west of the Tennessee river) in recent times; and the northern frontier of the southern Muskhogeans was, 1n historic times, the Tennessee Valley. Tra- ditions tell of their having occupied the Cumberland Valley and possibly farther north. The Algonquian tribe of Shawnees very recently made conquest of part of Kentucky and are de- finitely located therein from the old French maps and relations of about 1650 to Evans’ map of 1755. Most, or perhaps all, of these stocks left relics in Kentucky, some of which, at least, must be turning up in the recent ex- SIXTEENTH ANNUAL MEHTING 23 plorations. With careful attention to details, it may be possible to identify some or all, thus adding interesting and useful chapters to the history of the State and Nation. The paper was offered not as the last word but solely to arouse interest. 4. The Isolation of a Lytic Substance Active Against Bacterium Dysinteriae, Sonne Type, and Tests with Old Fil- trates Containing A Lytic Substance Active Against A Thermo- phylic Organism. FE. Wilbur Cook, Jr., Centre College. ( Abstract.) The paper reports experiments which demonstrate the pres- ence in river water of a lytic substance active against Bact. dysen- teriae, and that filtrates containing a lytic substance remained viru- lent for two years. A very polluted river water was filtered thru paper and a Maudler earth filter. To 10 cc of this filtrate, mixed with 10 ce of beef infusion broth (pH 7.6) a loopful of a young broth culture of Bact. dysenteriae was added. After incubation for 18 hours, the “feeding” tube showed complete clearing, in- dicating the presence of a lytic substance active against the strain of bacteria used. This was confirmed by other experi- ments. Filtrates from broth cultures withstood heating to 60° C. without destruction of the lytic substance. Three tubes of filtrates containing a lytic substance active against a certain thermophylic organism from milk had been sealed in 1926, and 1927. Upon testing the contents 1% and 2 years later, the potency of the substance was unimpaired, and it was not diminished by heating to 60° C. for 30 minutes. 5. Fecundity In Breeding Ewes. R. C. Miller, College of Agriculture, University of Kentucky. - 6. The Effect of Storage on The Vitamin D Content of Eggs. Miss Statie Erikson, Home Economics Dept., University of Kentucky. 24 THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 7. Potassium Cyanide and Regeneration In Salix Nigra. P. A. Davies, Biology Dept., Univ. of Louisville. (Abstract.) ° Recently, Hicks,! using willow cuttings, has put forth the theory that polarity in regeneration is due to a C/N ratio, in that a low C/N ratio favors shoot development, while a high C/N ratio favors root regeneration. She believes that the initial growth is due to stimulated respiration (oxidation) yield- ing energy to expedite translocation of available nitrogen up- ward and easily oxidizable carbohydrates downward. Root regeneration, according to her theory, depends on the presence of readily oxidizable carbohydrates, and shoot development on available nitrogen. This in a way is contradictory to the findings of Loeb,” for he intimates that polarity is due to organ- forming substances (anlagen) and not to the chemical differ- ences in ascending and descending sap. If root regeneration is dependent upon energy from the oxidation of easily oxidizable carbohydrates, it should be poss- ible to control it by controlling the rate of oxidation. Cyanides, which are powerful reducing agents, have been used for this purpose. Potassium cyanide added to potassium permanganate quickly decolorizes it, the septivalent manganese ion passing into the bivalent condition. Also the spontaneous oxidation of cysteine to cystine is retarded (see, Mathews and Walker). Warburg,* and Loeb and Wasteneys® found that oxygen con- sumption of sea urchin eggs was greatly depressed in the pres- ence of a cyanide. Warburg* shows results indicating that cyanides lower the oxygen consumption of red corpuscles of geese. Schroeder® measured the effect of potassium cyanide upon the rate of oxygen consumption and carbon dioxide out- put in Aspergillus and found a reduction of 50 to 94 per cent, ac- cording to the concentration. Meyer‘ states that the circulation of protoplasm in plant cells, for which oxygen is necessary, is 1 Hicks: Bot. Gaz. S86: 193, 1928. 2 Loeb: J. Gen. Physiol. 6: 463, 1924; also, “Regeneration,’ McGraw-Hill Book Co., 1924. 3Mathews and Walker: J. Bio. Chem. 75: 208, 1909. 4Warburg: Zeitschr. f. physiol, Chem. 70: 413, 1910. 5Loeb and Wasteneys: Biochem. Zeit- schr. 70: 4383, 1911. 6Schroeder: Jahrb. f. wiss. Bot.'64: 409, 1907. 7TMeyer: Landwirt. Versuchsstat. 23: 335, 1879. SIXTHENTH ANNUAL MEETING 25. reversibly stopped by cyanides. Moore and Williams* found that cyanides interfered with the consumption of sugar in plants. Hyman? and Child’®, from their work with cyanides on Planaria, state, “that cyanides depress physiological processes in general and the rate of oxygen consumption in particular.” From the literature, it is evident that cyanides retard certain oxidative processes in both living and non-living systems. The effect of potassium cyanide on root regeneration and oxidative processes in general in willow cuttings (Salix migra) de- pends upon the concentration. In the concentrations used, the effect was either stimulating or toxic. Concentrations between M/100 and M/5000, inclusive, were toxic and no root regeneration occurred. In concentrations between M/10000: and M/100000, root regeneration occurred and was greater (con- sidering dry weights) than the control. The control was in dis- tilled water. Shoot development occurred in all concentrations used. In M/5000 potassium cyanide, no root regeneration occurred, but shoot development was greater in the solution than out of it, t'show- ing that root regeneration (with a high rate of metabolism) was. more sensitive to the toxic action of potassium cyanide than shoot development. The effect of potassium cyanide on root regeneration may be explained in one of two ways or a combination of both: (1) the cyanide being an extremely reactive substance could unite (in non- toxic concentrations) with the system in such a way as to increase, by greater solubility, the oxidative activity of the system, while the toxic effect of the high concentrations is probably one of coagulation; and (2) the effect on the cell membranes primarily with a secondary effect of high concentrations on the interior protoplasmic system. Recent work by Brinley’ shows that low concentrations of potassium cyanide on the cell-membranes of the amoeba decrease the viscosity of the protoplasm, while toxic concen- trations increase the viscosity and cause a rapid disintregration. 8Moore and Williams: J. Agri. Research 6: 319, 1917. 9Hyman: Amer. J. Physiol. 48: 340, 1919. 10Child : Amer. J. Physiol. 48: 372, 1919. 11The cutting was so placed that one-half of it was suspended in the solution. 12Brinley: J. Gen. Physiol. 12: 201, 1928. 26 THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE The results seem to favor Brinley’s idea that non-toxic con- centrations (M/10000 to M/100000) react with the cell-membranes, decreasing the viscosity of the protoplasm and likewise increasing oxidation; while toxic concentrations (M/100 to M/5000) produce an increase in viscosity and a rapid disintegration. 8. The Morels And Some Closely Related Species of Ken- tucky Fungi. G. D. Smith, Eastern Kentucky State Normal School. Excellent lantern slides in natural colors, made by the author, were shown and explained. The morels of Kentucky are as follows: Morchella esculenta, Morchella semilibera, Morchella bispora, Morchella deliciosa, and Morchella crassipes. Related species are: Gyromitra esculenta, Gyromitra brunnea; Peziza scutellata, Peziza coccinea, Peziza aurantia, Verpa dig- italiformis, Peziza repanda, Peziza badia, and Hydnum imbri- catum. 9. A Simple Classroom Demonstration of Electro-Magne- tic Waves. Waldemar Noll, Physics Dept., Berea College. (Abstract. ) The apparatus described was given to Berea College by a friend* who had used it in lectures. It can be constructed easily by a high-school physics teacher. The transmitter con- sists of a small induction coil, a condenser and a spark gap, in a copper-covered box. The spark gap is in a round hole in the wall of the box, and a copper tube extends from it. The receiver consists of a coherer connected with a telegraphic relay and battery. The other end of the relay is connected to an ordinary lamp and 110-volt outlet. The coherer is a narrow glass tube filled with nickel and silver filings (19 parts nickel to 1 part silver), with a copper wire in each end, adjustable so as to get the right compression. The filings become conducting when acted on by electro-magnetic waves from the spark, thus allowing the current from the battery to pass, turning on the light. Reflection, refraction and polarization of the rays can be shown. *The late Charles L. Harrington of New York City. SIXTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING 27 Board box shielded with copper Board shielded with copper Copper cylinders with open stele, 23 diam. Cat) H ee i TRANSMIT TER mon tooo esssecs5) HNOA.C. | n Notation Tronsmitter ‘ I=Induction coil L 0 sal Vits ene H €=Condenser across gap MRE eee eee G= Spark gap R= Relay L=/10 volt lamp Coh= Coherer 10. Some Structural Geology of Western Kentucky. Lucien Beckner, Winchester, Ky. (Abstract.) On a diagrammatic cross-section of western Kentucky along the parallel of north latitude, 37° 45’, from about Colesburg, in Hardin county, on the Rolling Fork of Salt River and the Louisville & Nashville Railroad, westwardly to about Shawnee- town, Illinois, the various wells were shown that have been drilled close enough to the line to be available for displaying the subsurface position of strata along that line, in a general way. The wells were drawn to the scale of three hundred feet to the inch and placed upon a horizontal line representing actual sea level, at their approximate distances apart, on a scale of four miles to the inch. This exaggerated scale brought out in small space the amount of the dip to the west. The New Albany (Devonian) black shale was the lowest stratum dis- played. It was followed from its outcrop near Colesburg, over four hundred feet above sea level, to its appearance in the Sol. Blue well in Union county, at 3,/70 feet below sea level. Be- low that the junction of the Ordovician and Silurian was es- timated, and in the Sol. Blue well, which reached the total depth of 5,955 feet, the Utica shale was shown. The top of the New Providence shale was shown; then the three sands that 28 THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE are producing the oil at present in the Owensboro and Ohio county field, the “Barlow” (Bethel-Sample), the “Jackson” (Cypress), and the “Jett” (Hardinsburg). The junction of the Mississippian and Pennsylvanian was shown. The diagram contained thirteen wells and several surface outcrop readings. Three of these wells went to the Ordovician: at Victoria in Breckinridge county, at Maceo in Daviess, and the Sol. Blue well in Union. Five of them went into the Devonian: the three above mentioned, and the Garfield and Hardinsburg wells in Breckinridge county. Five others went to the Barlow sand; the Stuart well at Pellville, the Cooper well near Knottsville, the Deer Farm well south of Owensboro, and the Hebbardsville and Zion wells. One other, the Southland well in Henderson city, went only to the Jett sand, and two did not reach so deep; the well in the Bon Harbor hills near Owens- boro and the Onan well on the Union-Henderson county line. . Ten miles west of where the top of the Mississippian is showing in the Sol. Blue well at 1340 feet below sea level, it has popped to the surface in Illinois at 450 feet above sea level, indicating a fault of 1790 feet throw, down to the east. The surface geology of Union county has been worked out by the United States Geological Survey in conjunction with the Ken- tucky State Geological Survey, and published in 1916; but the published structural contours do not seem to imply such con- ditions as the well records show. The surface would make the Mississippian-Pennsylvanian contact about 600 feet below sea level, whereas the Sol. Blue well shows it to be at 1340 feet. This discrepancy can be accounted for only by a thrust fault, the Sol. Blue well being located where the overlap occurs only in the Pennsyllvanian. Another cross-section was exhibited running north and south along 86° 45’ west longitude, from Herschell, in Butler county, to Tell City, Indiana. Seventeen wells were located by the system already explained. The main features displayed were the faulting about Hartford in Ohio county, with the Kentucky anticline just north of it and the deep syncline just SIXTHENTH ANNUAL MEHTING 29 south of it. The high exaggeration used brought out the Ken- tucky, or Rough Creek anticline conspicuously. Its existence explains the large production of oil in Ohio county. 11. The Status of Geologic and Topographic Mapping in Kentucky. W. R. Jillson, State Geologist. An informal account was given, illustrated by maps. 12. Gravitation. Daniel J. Healy, Ky. Agricultural Ex- periment Station. (Abstract.) A floating body in a sealed vessel was observed on 26 days. The temperature at which the original position of equilibrium was attained was found to vary considerably, and it decreased rather regularly during the last 15 days. 13. Economic Geography of the Mississippian Plateau in Kentucky.* Wilbur Greeley Burroughs, Berea College. (Ab- stract.) This region touches every physiographic division of Ken- tucky except the Bluegrass from which it is separated by the Knobs. Thirty-eight counties are wholly or partly within the plateau. The relief is varied, from level to rolling and hilly. In the middle Green River district a karst topography is devel- oped. Here are Mammoth Cave and other caverns with many miles of underground passages. The climate is humid, of continental type. The mean an- nual temperature in 56.8° F. and mean annual precipitation 44.7 inches. The practically sure length of the growing season, 4 years out of 5, is 149 to 169 days. Snow remains on the ground only a few days. Mineral products, listed alphabetically, are abrasives, bitu- minous coal, cannel coal, clay, fluorspar, iron ore, lime and cement material, limestone, marl, mineral paint, natural-gas- gasolene, oil and gas, oil shale, onyx, rock asphait, salt, sand and gravel, glass sand, molding sand, sandstone. The fluorspar *Summary of an investigation for the Kentucky Geological Survey. Read by permission of Director Jillson. 30 THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE field is one of the two most important areas producing this mineral in the United States. The rock asphalt is known thru- out the nation. Road materials occur in inexhaustible quantity. Natural forest growth consists of oaks, hickory, black wal- nut, cedar, poplar, chestnut, dogwood, locust, elm, sweet gum, black gum, maple, ash, hemlock and many other kinds of trees. Most of the virgin timber has been cut away, but some parts of the area have a dense second growth. Wild animal life con- sists of birds, rabbits, raccoons, opossums, minks, skunks, squir- rels, foxes and an occasional wildcat. Deer and wild turkey are seen between the Tennessee and Cumberland rivers. In the streams are at least 146 species of fish. Grain crops ate corn, tobacco, wheat, oats, buckwheat, rye and barley, the first three being the most important. Forage crops are grown in all the counties. Sorghum for molasses is grown mainly in the rougher parts. Apples, peaches, grapes, strawberries and blackberries are grown. Irish potatoes, sweet potatoes and other truck crops are grown, mostly near the cities. Large numbers of beef cattle are fed, mainly in the more level country, and dairying is followed near the cities. Towns, cities and manufacturing industries are influenced by the geographic conditions. 14. Humidity and Its Meaning. Geo. B. Wurtz, Meteoro- logist, U. S. Weather Bureau, Lexington. (Abstract.) The author explained the practical significance of the com- mon expressions for atmospheric humidity. Three ways of stat- ing the measure of humidity are common. 1. As weight of water in a stated volume of air; e. g. grains per cubic foot or grams per cubic meter. 2. As degree of saturation. This is the “relative humid- of the weather reports. It states, on a percentage scale, how near the air is to containing all the water it can take up, under the conditions of the observation. Thus, relative humid- ity 75 per cent means that the air is three-fourths saturated. If the temperature is not stated, this gives no idea of the actual 29 ity SIXTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING ol quantity of water in a given quantity of air, because the capac- ity of air for taking up water varies greatly with the tempera- ture. 3. As pressure. This is the pressure exerted by the vapor in the air, exprest in terms of the barometric scale. It is the most convenient expression, tho unfamiliar to the layman. The author has observed that when the moisture content of the air was sufficient to saturate at 60° F, people would remark “It begins to feel like summer’. Saturation at 60° means 5.8 grains of water to the cubic foot, a relative humidity of 100 per cent and a vapor pressure of 0.516 inch. Raise the temperature to 75° F and keep the moisture content per unit volume unchanged, the relative humidity drops to 61 per cent while the vapor pressure remains the same. And so does the human temperament; it still “feels like summer.” But with the temperature at 75° and the moisture raised to 100 per cent of saturation, which means about 9.5 grains to the cubic foot and a pressure of 0.866 inch, the weather would be pronounced sultry. The difference depends upon the increase in vapor pres- sure. The normal temperature of the body is about 98° F, and the body consists largely of water. The pressure of the vapor above water at 98° is slightly more than 1.8 inches of mercury. When vapor is driven back into the body under a pressure not greater than 0.5 inch, it is not much of a burden on the body to absorb this water and the load of heat of condensation that accompanies it. Under those conditions, the factor of reabsorp- tion becomes 0.5 to 1.8; but whenever it gets past a factor of about 1 to 3, the nerves begin to feel the load. The human body will reabsorb thru the skin about one-third of the vapor it gives off. When this margin is exceeded, discomfort arises. 15. A Comparative Study of Delinquents and Non-Delin- quents (II).* Clara Chassell Cooper, Eastern Ky. State Normal School, Richmond. (Abstract.) *See The Relation between Morality and Intellect: a Tabular Review and Synthesis of Previous Studies in Delinquent and Non- delinquent Groups, and Two Original Investigations among College Students and Elementary School Pupils. 32 THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE The study reported at the 1928 meeting has been continued. The principal findings are concerned with the relation between delinquency and mental deficiency. They are presented below, and include, in order, data, number of countries, number of coefficients, and crude median: 1. Reports of the prevalence of delinquency, 3, 8, .55. Estimates of the prevalence of mental deficiency, 8, 11, Us 3. Reports of educational status: a. Prevalence of illiteracy, 6, 10, .135. b. Amount of schooling, 4, 9, .18. c. School progress, 2, 7, .45. d. Schooi achievement, 2, 1, .48. 4. Results of intelligence tests: A, Werloal asic, 4 39; 52, (o, unm, I, 4 Woe: c. Non-verbal concrete, 2, 2, .485. dl. IMlechamieall, i, 5, (Os Altho the crude median of the coefficient reported above is .52, the assembled results for all parts of the research point to a correlation between morality and intellect in re- stricted groups slightly under .40. 16. Implications and Problems of Recent Physics. Wm. H. Walker, Berea College. (Abstract.) By confession of the physicists, the science of physics is in a state of confusion and doubt. Old principles have been proved inadequate and new ones have not yet been developed. The business of philosophy is to interpret science as well as all other phases of experience. As the interpreter, it must wait upon the discoveries of science. In spite of the present confusion, recent physics has reached enough assured results to admit of some interpretation. Recent physics has banished the last remnant of a static universe. The atom was the last stronghold of a static con- SIXTHENTH ANNUAL MEETING 33 ception, and the atom is resolved into moving centers of energy. Even these centers are not constant, but are phases in the existence of energy. In one quarter of the universe energy is being concentrated around movable centers, and in another it is being dissipated. Energy is one. The former distinction into gravitational, light, thermal, electrical and chemical energy has vanished as an ultimate distinction, and all forms of energy have been proved ultimately one, and acting under one law. A spiritual- istic interpretation of nature finds this good. Formerly the static atom, as the ultimate element of matter, formed an irre- ducible surd, uninterpretable in terms of spirit. Energy is dis- tinctly within the realm of spirit. We experience energy, and the entire interpretation of the universe in terms of energy is an interpretation in terms of experience. Just now the phy- sicists seem to be travelling toward a yet more radical spirit- ualism, in that they admit that they have no laws to determine the actions of electrons. Electrons seem to be governed by a -caprice wilder than any which the most radical defender of free will would apply to the human will, This however can hardly be more than a temporary confusion. Relativity, by reducing space and time to space-time, seems to confirm Kant’s doctrine of the subjectivity of space and time. Both are relations to conscious experience. But in reducing gravitation to a peculiar conformation of space-time, space- time would be made as objective as energy. Indeed it seems to subject energy to a new static. The call is for a new criticism of the space-time concept. — 17. Some Present-Day Philosophical Tendencies. Glan- ville Terrell, Philosophy Dept., University of Kentucky. 18. What Text Shall I Use? Paul L. Boynton, Psychology Dept., University of Kentucky. 34 THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 19. Some Educational Tendencies as Revealed in Foreign Language Teaching. R. Tyson Wyckoff, Western Ky. State Normal School. 20. The Present Status of Phrenology As A Science. C. P. Poole, Psychology Dept., Murray State Teachers’ Coliege, (Abstract.) The author makes no claim for phrenology as a science but points out that it greatly stimulated thought during the lat- ter part of the 19th century and thus opened the way to much of the present-day knowledge of cerebral organology and psy- chology. The study of the contours of the brain, as brought about by phrenology, resulted in much that we have to-day that is tangible and definite, in the field of mental science. 21. Science and Religion. William J. Hutchins, President of Berea College. You have already been welcomed to our Campus and to our hearts: The keys of ‘both are syjours. ) 1 think at very sooo for us all to get together in this way. Sometimes a man work- ing all alone reminds himself of the old soldier beggar who had emblazoned upon his chest the words, “Have pity on me, been in five battles, wounded twice, children four, total eleven.” We meet in conclave, and we realize that we are workers together in one great and fruitful field of human endeavor. And we go back to our individual tasks, strengthened. Ever since we were children we have heard of the conflict between Science and Religion. Occasionally we hear of the indifference of Scientists to Religion. More frequently in re- cent years we have heard of the contributions of Science to Religion. This afternoon I wish to speak of certain familiar aspects of a great Alliance, the Alliance between Science and Religion. And I speak of those which happen to be of special interest to me. I note first that the ethical monotheism of the prophets, glorified and transfigured in the religion of Jesus, has helped largely to furnish the atmosphere in which modern science can SIXTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING 35 live and breathe freely and progress. Let me read you a letter received this week from a medical friend in India. She writes, “One leper in the town of Arni was told that he would be cured if he let a cobra bite him. He roused the cobra to bite twice, but the third time the knife killed the cobra. A half hour later he was dead.”’ in Benares I have seen hordes of pilgrims go to make their offerings in the shrine of the smallpox goddess. At Ahmednager I have seen the representative of the cholera goddess, dressed after the manner of a woman, armed with a great whip. He threatened the villagers with the cholera, if he did not receive baksheesh. A wild dark world of chaos and of fear, a world filled with demons and warring gods and god- desses, ready to take their toll of blood from the poor people. Go back to the middle of the 8th century before Christ and to the land of Palestine. Pass from the fumes of your labora- tory to smell the incense of the flaming altars of Bethel. The Israelite of 750 B. C. had passed somewhat beyond a wild and ghastly polytheism. He still believed that his God Jehovah was the god of the little territory of Israel, but he also was sure that just beyond, in Egypt, in Assyria, were powerful gods, hostile to the plans of Jehovah. From his sheep and sycamore trees, comes Amos, and with words which are half battles, he cries in Jehovah’s name, “You only have I known of all the families of the earth, therefore upon you will I visit all of your iniquities. You think God lives in a tent, whose floor is 150 by seventy miles in area. I tell you that Jehovah lives in a tent, whose floor is the wide earth and whose covering is the blue vault of heaven.” There in the world of Amos you have an atmosphere in which Science can live, breathe freely, progress. In the latter part of the same century, Hosea looks out from the threshold of his ruined home, and into a national life ruined by lust, and he cries in God’s name, “How can I give thee up, Ephraim, How shall I cast thee off, Israel?” “TI desire goodness and not sacrifice, and the knowledge of God more than burnt offerings.” And there comes into the foreground 36 THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE of the thought of earth’s noblemen the conception that at the heart of the universe there is one, yes, one creative good will. The later prophecies ring with the laughter of Jehovah who sees a man with infinite care and stupidity take one part of a tree, put it in the fire to keep warm, and another part of the tree to make a god of it and worship it. Then comes the late, great, unrelated prophecy, which reads: “In that day shall Israel be the third with Egypt and with Assyria, a blessing in the midst of the earth; for that Jehovah of hosts hath blessed them, saying, “Blessed be Egypt my people, and Assyria the work of my hands, and Israel, mine inheritance.” The ancient, non-moral, immoral deities, killed by the laughter of Jehovah, Jehovah the God of world-wide sway and age-long purpose, who plays no favorites, who requires of Assyria, Egypt and of Israel justice, lovingkindness and humil- ity. There you have the dawning of a great day in the history of the world in which thought can be unified, in which Science can live and breathe freely, and progress. The ethical mono- theism of the Old Testament burgeons in the Religion of Jesus. And the Religion of Jesus, which assures the atmosphere in which Science can live and breathe furnishes as well new motives to its progress. The motives are two, the desire to know the Truth of the Heavenly Father’s world, and the desire to respond to the fas- cinating kindness of God in Christ. Men have always been the victims of insatiable curiosity, but in the light of Christianity this curiosity has gained the dignity of a desire to know about our Father’s world, to decipher the hieroglyphics of the Heavenly Father in the stones and trees and flowers and stars. And along with the desire to discover the truth of our -Father’s world, there has also come into the foreground of life the desire to respond to the grace or the fascinating kindness of God in Christ. The little child, his eyes all covered with flies, the Master receives into his arms and blesses. The para- lytic who has no man when the water is troubled to put him into the pool; the publican, turncoat and traitor to his race; SIXTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING 37 the robber, his hands and feet torn by the nails of the cross, the fisherman, the ordinary man, the least interesting of all men, each of these is the recipient of the lavish love and golden promises of his Lord. The Western world has never learned of Christ very perfectly, but the homes of Christians and the monasteries were the refuges and the hospitals for the sick and distressed of earth. Francis of Assisi repelled by the leprous beggar repents and returns and washes the sores of the leper. In the act you see portrayed the influence of Christianity upon the thought of men. The ethical monotheism of the prophets, blossoming in the lovingkindness of Jesus, the Word become flesh, has sent men into the forests and into the laboratories, to seek out cures for the ills of men. On the borders of the city of Allahabad I found Sam Higginbottom, working among his more than four hundred iepers, with a Science inspired by self-giving love. And in recent weeks we have watched Dr. Gladys Dick, who after some twelve years of arduous toil with her husband devised the Dick Test and the inoculations, which seem certain to drive scarlet fever as far from our homes as earlier campaigns have driven smallpox. I have watched her with patient skill punct- uring with her needle the arms of some twenty-five hundred boys and ‘girls, men and women; then I have seen her with careful measuring rule, noting the diameters of the scarlet marks upon the arms of the non-immune. Was she getting any money for her work? Not a cent. Was she getting any kudos? None, save the reward of the gratitude of the needy. Behind all the natural curiosity, which has led to high adventure in science, there was in the woman a self-dedication, directly trace- able to Him who, according to the ancient book, bore our sick- nesses and carried our diseases. Ever since the apostle Paul wrote his letter to Philemon, sending back the runaway slave and thief Onesimus to his Master, not as a slave but as a brother, while the word “eman- cipation” trembled on the apostle’s lips, liberation has been the goal, whether conscious or unconscious, of the science of the western world. 38 THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE While the religion of the ancient prophets and of Jesus has helped to furnish an atmosphere in which Science may live and breathe and progress, while this religion has added new and potent motives to the search of the scientist; this religion has inculcated as well a spirit, without which Science would lapse into arrogant dogmatism, the spirit of Humility. The ancient seer saw the Divine, dwelling in the high and holy place, with him also that is of a humble and a contrite spirit. He saw Jehovah, who counts the number of the stars, and heals the broken in heart. And the Master, as he takes a child in his arms, tells the Pharisees: “Except ye turn and become as little children ye shall in no wise enter into the king- dom of heaven;” and the sovereign discoveries of science have been made by those, who held in their hearts the treasure of the humble. We think “Of those who conquered inch by difficult inch The freedom of this realm of law for men; Dreamers of dreams, the builders of our hope, Who while the dynasts drenched the world with blood, Would in the still small circle of a lamp, Wrestle with death like Hercules of old To save one stricken child.” Almost everyone or them), 1) believe everyone or suaem™ directly or indirectly, owed much of the atmosphere which he breathed, the motives which stirred his heart, and the spirit of his search, to the religion which came to fruition in jesus Christ. 1 do not forget the influence of the Greek culture in the Renaissance; nor do I forget the fateful warfare of science with ecclesiastics. But no ecclesiastics have ever been able to bury Jesus or to slay his God. And Jesus has led the men, who longed to know. And now may I speak for a moment of the share which Science has had in the partnership of the Great Alliance. Science has given to our Religion a new universe, under law; that goes without the saying; a new home and workshop SIXTHENTH ANNUAL MEHTING ioe for Jehovah, who works by definite and, in part, discoverable methods. Noyes wishes that old Copernicus could see “How through his truth that once dispelled a dream, Broke the false axle-trees of heaven, destroyed All central certainty in the universe, And seemed to dwarf mankind, the spirit of man Laid hold on law, that Jacob’s ladder of light, And mounting slowly, surely, step by step, Entered into its kingdom and its power.” Science has torn from his throne the ancient man-God of our childhood, easily angered, writing down our naughty deeds in his day book, and has compelled us either to go without a God, or to find a God big enough, strong enough, wise enough, good enough, to be the creative good will at the heart of a world of immeasurable vastness, ruling the universe by LAW. A while ago I met a man, and asked him whether he thought his peaches might freeze that night. I told him how a friend of mine got some cans from behind Ladies Halli, filled them partly with crude oil, telephoned to Lexington for the latest weather reports; sent some boys to start the smudges in his peach orchard and saved his trees. The old man replied, “That does seem as if it was goin’ agin’ the Lord’s Will.” In the early days Dr. McCormack’s father was starting to operate on a woman for tumor, and an ancient preacher told him to stop, that the Lord had put the tumor there; but old Dr. McCormack replied: “You are mistaken, my friend; the devil put the tumor there, and the Lord told me to cut it out.” A shrewd answer, and one which perhaps the Lord will forgive, in view of the fact that the woman’s life was saved; but how different from the world of these countrymen is the world, given to the religious man by the scientist, a world, which yields its secrets to the humble, and gives its mastery to those who yield obeisance to its law. Again, Science has offered to Religion its sovereign method of vindication, namely the method of science itself; the observ- ance of phenomena, the hypothesis, the trial of case after case, to check, to verify, to modify the original hypothesis, until for 40 THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE practical purposes the hypothesis is counted true. We as re- ligious men have always known the method, but are cheered by the support of science. From the facts of history, experience and reason, we fashion our hypothesis that there is a creative good will at the heart of the universe, one who knows and loves and cares and is strong. We walk out upon that hypothesis, and try it again, and yet again; the facts which seem to belie the hypothesis we find subordinating themselves to the hypoth- esis; or we let them rest, daring to hope that time will “chew” our questions for us; we come at last to believe and hold with a conviction that ignores no facts, that the universe is on the side of the hero. We come to accept that “sane wholesome prac- tical working faith’ which George MacDonald in Robert Fal- coner describes, “first that it 1s a man’s business to do the will of God, second that God takes on himself the specia! care of that man, and third that therefore that man ought never to be afraid of anything.” We gladly acknowledge that the hypoth- esis 1s an hypothesis, a working faith, like the working faith of the scientist in electrons and ions. And we thank the Scientist. One word, and I am done. I believe that the scientists of our state, like the scientists of Tennessee, have a mission at once more perilous and more important than some would have us believe. Our students come to us, taught by fathers and mothers and preachers, whose faith is knit in with cosmologicat and Biblical conceptions, which make them feel that their loss would mean the death of true religion. Moreover these fathers and mothers see their chiidren coming home from college, very uppish, very careless, very indifferent or condescending, their early faith lost, and no new faith acquired, save faith in Mencken. They now feel fully assured that the early chapters of Genesis contain divergent accounts of Creation, and that none of them are correct; but they have gained no valid con- ception of a creative good will which has worked eternally and still works, and with which we can work, as Jesus worked. They feel certain that Moses did not receive the Ten Command- ments written by the hand of God on tables of stone, but they SIATHENTH ANNUAL MEETING 4h have acquired no reverence for any new laws of God or man, whether written on the fleshly tablets of the heart or on parch- IMC Ok On the paper ot state lecisiatunes, “And it 1s not strange if the parents of our students, wise with the wisdom of experience, are fearful and dismayed. I believe the burden resting upon the scientist cannot be evaded. I have thought it might be stated in three avowals. I will freely, gladly, acknowledge the fact that the ethical monotheism of the prophets, glori- fied and assured by the life and teaching of Jesus, has done much to furnish the western world with the atmosphere in which Science can live and breathe and progress. Again, I will gladly, freely, acknowledge that this same monotheism has given to the Scien- tists of the West motives to research elsewhere unknown to men. Again, I will gladly, freely, acknowledge that the ethical monotheism of the prophets, that of Jesus, has helped to inculeate a spirit of humility, of awe and reverence, before the mys- teries of the world, apart from which Science stands forever outside the doors of the treas- _urehouse of truth. It may be that these frank and free avowals will calm the fears of parents, and lead them to acknowledge with gratitude our debt to Science, whose telescope reveals a world of un- imagined vastness, whose microscope penetrates mysteries which give hint of other mysteries; whose instruments permit the explorer of the Antarctic to send his voice traveling over bridges whose arches are more elusive than the arches of the rainbow, in order that he may whisper his love to his house- hold in Virginia; our debt to Science, with its new universe, its eternal law, and its method of ascending to the mount of vision. It may be that we shall avoid the disgrace that has come to a sister state, and help the state of Kentucky toward a religion, which can fight, naked, untrammeled, unencumbered. unafraid, victorious in the Wars of God. 42 THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 22. The Immunization of Mares Against Infectious Abor- tion. E. S. Good, Ky. Agricultural Experiment Station. An account of the work of the Animal Husbandry Depart- ment in studying the disease and devising a successful method for protection against it. SEVENTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING 43 MINUTES OF THE SEVENTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING. The 17th annual meeting of the Kentucky Academy of Science was called to order by President Rainey at 9:15 o'clock in Room 33, Young Hall, Centre College, Danville, May 3, i930. About 30 members and several visitors were present. The Secretary read his report, which was received and ordered filed. The Treasurer presented his report showing a balance ot $225.07. The report was referred to the auditing committee. The Council had no formal report but the Secretary re- ported that one meeting had been held to determine the time and place of the annual meeting and make arrange- ments for it. A number of members had been elected unani- mously by letter vote. The report of the committee on Calendar Reform had been adopted unanimously by letter vote, and the National Committee had been informed of this action. The report of the committee on duty-free importation was re- ceived and filed, the opinion of the council being divided as to its disposition. The Membership Committee recommended the following named persons for election to membership in the Academy: Ellis Freeman, Univ. of Louisville, Asst. Professor of Psychology. W. M. Insko, Jr., Univ. of Kentucky, Asst. Animal Nutrition. Harvey B. Lovell, Univ. of Louisville, Asst. Prof. Biology. Anna L. Payne, Berea College, Asst. Prof. Home Economics. Martha Payne, 156 McDowell Road., Lexington, Ky. Norma Pearson, Eastern State Normal, Biology Department. R. E. Stouder, Owensboro, Ky., Geologist. Hugene Simpson, Univ. of Kentucky, Member Entom. Dept. Roy Smith, Winchester High School, Instr. Chem. & Physics. A. M. Wolfson, Murray State Teachers College, Prof. of Biology. Chas. Hatfield, Georgetown College, Mathematics. James Boswell, Georgetown College, Instr. in Mathematics. G. Moseley, Georgetown College, Asst. Prof. Chemistry. Barney Watson, Georgetown College, Instructor in Biology. Ruth Boyden, University of Kentucky, Asst. Home Economics. H. L. Hull, Berea, Ky., Instr. in Biology, Berea College. 44 THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE On motion, the report was adopted and the nominees were elected unanimously. Dr. Peter, for the Publications Committee, reported that payment for Volume 2 of the Transactions had been completed and that Volume 3 is still in manuscript form awaiting the ab- stracting of the papers. This because the Council has decided that our finances will not permit publication of the papers in full. Dr. Buckner reported informally for the Legislation Com- mittee substantially as is recorded in the Secretary’s report. Reports of the committees on calendar reform and on duty-free importation were made by Dr. Peter substantially as recorded in the Secretary’s report. Prof. M. N. States who represented the Academy in the Council of the Ay AA. S.-as proxy for Prot. Payne) readmuis report which, on motion, was accepted and made part of the minutes. President Turck very gracefully welcomed the Academy and extended the hospitality of Centre College. The President appointed the following committees: Auditing: J. Stanton Pierce, Chairman; V. F. Payne, E. W. Cook, Jr. Nominating: T. A. Hendricks, Chairman; Lucien Beckner, E. S. Good. Resolutions: Cloyd N. McAllister, Chairman; G. D. Buckner, M. N. States. President Rainey delivered his address on “The teaching of science in Colleges of Liberal Arts.” At 10 o’clock the general session adjourned until 2. P. M. and the divisions assembled in their respective rooms. The Divisional meetings were well attended and enthus- iastic. At one o'clock the members and their friends were the guests of Centre College at an elegant lunch in the dining hall of the Woman’s Department. SEVENTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING 45 The general session reassembled at 2 o’clock in the audi- torium of the Woman’s Department. Dr. Buckner, for the committee on resolutions, presented a Memorial to Prof. A. M. Miller which was unanimously adopted. Mr. Beckner, for the nominating Committee reported the following nominations for officers: For President: V. F. Payne, Transylvania College, Lexington. For Vice-President: Mrs. Clara C. Cooper, Richmond. For Secretary: A. M. Peter, Lexington. For Treasurer: W. S. Anderson, Lexington. For member of Committee on Publications: W.R. Jillson. For councilor: Austin R. Middleton. The Committee also recommended that the Academy accept the invitation extended by Prof. Payne to hold the 18th meet- ing of the Academy at Transylvania College. The report was adopted unanimously and the Secretary was instructed to cast one ballot for the Academy. This having been done, the nom- inees were declared elected unanimously. Mr. Pierce, for the Auditing Committee, reported that the ‘Treasurer's accounts had been examined and found correct. Dr. A. M. Reese then delivered a very able and instructive address on “The Habits of the American Alligator.” An in- teresting discussion followed. Dr. Buckner, for the Committee, offered the following re- solutions which, upon motion, duly seconded, were adopted unanimously. RESOLVED, that the. Kentucky Academy of Science ex- presses its appreciation and thanks to President Turck and to Centre College, for their delightful hospitality and that the memory of the occasion will persist for years in the minds of the members, as one of the most pleasant events in their scien- tific careers. There being no other business, the meeting adjourned. ee seeten) Secteta ry. 46 THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE ARTHUR McQUISTON MILLER, 1861-1929 SEVENTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING 47 ARTHUR McQUISTON MILLER Arthur McQuiston Miller was born at Eton, Ohio, August 6, 1861, the son of Robert and Margaret McQuiston Miller. He received his A. B. and A. M. degrees at Princeton in 1884 and 1887 and studied geology at the University of Munich in 1891-2. He came to Kentucky in 1892 as Professor of Geology in the State University. He was Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences until 1917 and retired as Professor Emeritus of Geol- ogy in 1925. He died in Florida, October 28, 1929, of heart failure. Professor Miller was an authority on Kentucky geology, including the geology of petroleum and natural gas. He was the author of the “Geology of Kentucky” and of various reports for the Kentucky Geological Survey, of which he was one of the geologists. He was a member of the Geological Society of America and a Mellow ot the A. A. A. S. Professor Miller was a charter member of the Kentucky Academy of Science, its second President, and always took active part in its proceedings. In his death the Academy has lost a valued member and the state a useful and progressive citizen. THEREFORE, be it resolved, that this notice be made a part of the minutes of this meeting and a copy be sent to Dr. Marion Mills Miller. G. Davis Buckner, M. N. States, Cloyd N. McAllister, Committee. | 48 THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE COUNCEE NEUNT ES: The Council met Wednesday, March 5, 1930, at 2 P. M. in Dr. Peters office an Scovel!’ Hall: Present: Drs| Raineyac- Allister, Buckner and Peter. Dr. Rainey, on behalf of the College, invited the Academy to hold its annual meeting at Centre College. Accepted unanimously. Dr. Rainey, on behalf of the College, invited the Academy to be the guests of Centre College at luncheon on the day of the meeting. Accepted unanimously. By unanimous vote, it was determined to hold the annual meeting on Saturday, May 3, 1930, beginning at 9 o’clock A. M., at Centre College. After some discussion, Dr. Rainey was asked to invite President Turck to address the general session in the afternoon and was given the names of several alternates, in case President Turck should not accept. SHECIRIG IVAN NCS JIU AL, uL)Z9)=510). President Rainey appointed the following committees: Membership: W. R. Allen, Chairman; M. N. States, Robert T. Hinton. Legislation: Samuel M. Wilson, Chairman; Lucien Beckner, A. M. Peter. On duty-free importation for scientific institutions: Robert T. Hinton, Chairman; A. W. Homberger, M. N. States. On the reform of the calendar: P. P. Boyd, Chairman; R. G. Will, A. R. Middleton. The following 12 persons who were elected at the last meeting have qualified and been added to the roll as active members: J. Holmes Martin, Experiment Station, Lexington. Herbert B. Fenn, Berea College, Berea. Donald W. Pugsley, Berea College, Berea. EK. M. Hoffman, Berea College, Berea. Luther M. Ambrose, Berea College, Berea. Hurst H. Shoemaker, Berea College, Berea. D. L. Kennamer, Hastern State Normal School, Richmond. H. L. Donovan, President Hastern State Normal School, Richmond. L. Y. Laneaster, Western State Normal School, Bowling Green. Chas. L. Taylor, Western State Normal School, Bowling Green. HK. H. Cannon, Registrar, Western State Normal School, Bowling Green. Miss Esther Ewell, Berea College, Berea. SEVENTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING 49 The following 6 members of the A. A. A. S. were elected to membership by the Council and have been enrolled as na- tional members: Stanley G. Bandeen, Bandeen Hospital, 1435 S. 4th St., Louisville. G. E. Pennebaker, Teachers College, Murray. Dean W. Rumold, Eastern State Normal School, Richmond. E. M. Womack, 2021 Grasmere Drive, Louisville. W. A. Price, Experiment Station, Lexington. R. A. Kent, President Univ. of Louisville, Louisville. We have lost one member by death, namely, Prof, A. M. Miller, Professor Emeritus of Geology and former Dean of the Arts and Science College, of the University of Kentucky. Twenty-one have been dropped for various reasons. Number of members at time of last meeting (1929)... 176 Poe emcmincen tata Mate: i eee a ale eke Senshi oh pe el 18 194 APOstamsiinccmmenat. "Gates tere ie nos Une aS eh BE, Motalstomdater cs 0 Pies tion key 72 The total membership is now 172, including 83 national and 54 local members—making 137 active members besides 22 corresponding members and 13 honorary members. Active members in good standing, including 2 life members.....-......:.... 110- iAtctive; members invarrears: 1 year =... ee 16 Active members in good standing including 2 life members.................... 110 Connespondine “members, 2eo) es eee ee 22 Honorary members 50 THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE Our active members are distributed among the educational institutions of the state as follows: University 2of “Kentucky, 223 eee 49 Berea SW OWS Sea ei a eae a oe ec ane ee 2 ae 18 Winters “OE WOroystign wi 2 eee ee 7 Centre nGOllee ey ence oe 5 ee te ee ener 6 Mastern States Norm ey oss eo ce eeeee seeks open 5 Western Staite Nori ai eee gee eee 4 DU ROUGE yeetSL ENT s)) DNC ereare)) | pe eee eee eee ne Georsetown sColleses ee ee at te Seka eee 3 Transylvania Colleges t2. 3 nes sania eee ee ee eee eee 2 Wesleyan, (College:
  • W. J, Science and: Geliieiom se 34 Immunization of mares against infectious abortion ~............-2......0...-..------ 42 Implications and problems of recent physics —........---002-200222222--eee 32 Tndians .OF Kentucky: -:28 005 seen ane ee ele oe 2a: Insko, W. M., Growth of chicks as influenced by vitamin D supple- TMS TA SalaVie TW NS apna Oe Lae Ted LAT 58 Investigation of the origin and differentiation of the hind limb of Amblystoma by means of grafting experiments -......._._.-......... 55 Lodine in: Kentireky ste cet e e, e eN e 53 Isolation and identification of some mastitis streptococci -..-.................. 56 Jillson, W. R., Geologic and topographic mapping in Kentucky —........ 29 Kentucky Academy of Science as a state institution —........W iT) IU Vag AY GrertenOGWey Core Vavunaa eo om e eeeree eice 67 Lancaster, L. Y., some mastitis streptococci —......-..022.. eee eee 56 Lovell, H. B., Grafting experiments with Amblystoma ..............-.............. 55 Lytic substance active against B. dysinteriae .............----- 23 McHargue, J. S. and W. R. Roy, Abnormalities in rats -......2.----cecee----- 53 McHargue, J. S., and W. R. Roy, Iodine in Kentucky -.............---.........-.----- 53 Mathew sie Can Wenn Ooi ere ya CC m Ole ees eee eee eee nnn nea 12 Membershipe dist... ee Be ee a 6 Middleton, A. R., Heritability of the effects of ultra-violet and infra-red. radiations! :<.25 ee ee ee 54 Miller, A. M. (Obituary noticelol 42 =...) 2 eee 46 Miller, R. C., Fecundity in breeding ewes ..........-... 0-222. 3 Minutes of “the council: .2:.2. 8k eee ee ee eee 14, 48 Minutes of the 16th annual meeting —.....W0 a alal MGA! Cone lowe) AL PAway ayaa, aKa Sy eee . 43 Morels and some closely related species of Kentucky fungi... 26 INO CTROLO Ss ioc a hE Te Sid et Pee aa SINS, Sree Re Re Scie SG 5 Noll, W., A simple classroom demonstration of electro-magnetic waves....26 Nominating committee, report Of —-.......02-2-22- een 13, 45 Obituary noticeso£ Ce W.Mathews ye season 12 Obituary notice® of A.) Mi. Miller 2. ee eee 47 Observations on the concretions of the Champlainian clays of the: Connecticut Valley 22.2.5 ee eee 59 @PPIC ENS) : ener se EE Ne DE Ge RR ae ee So ne 4 Onigin~ of Sia) eee ee a eo ee eet 63 Papers presented at the 16th meetimg 22 cece i17/ Papers presented at the 17th annual meeting —_........... oe ad 53 Payne, Miss A. L., How we become what we are ......--.20-200202--eeeeeeeeeee eee eee 65 Pierce, J. Stanton, Determination of magnesium ...............002--02-.-2------------- 58 INDEX 71 Page IDOOIE; Cs Tay IPINTRCTAOIOLEAY BIS) ey ICU) se ee 34 Potassium cyanide and regeneration in Salix nigra —_._.......-..20..- 24 Present-day philosophical tendencies —_.......... 22 eee eee 30 Present status of phrenology as a science _......... 22 eee 34 VEER TGS aS) SPN ee SSR tees oe a eR eee ee ee oe a i, He) MMV emi lees PTeSident7s AC OLESS) soe a oe Ne he ee 53 Reese, A. M., Habits of the American alligator _....00022000202 eee 67 Relation between recidivism and mental deficiency —...................2.... 64 Report of the membership committee _._.....0 2 .11, 43 Report of the nominating committee —... eee 13, 45 VED OTEXOL UNE SCCRE TAI 22-8 Sno ea cae a aceztons eat se eee 15, 48 FRED Olrbe Ol Mele mEGEASUINC Ty: fe tee fee An a a Re BM oe EE oe ek eee 13 Roy, W. R., and J. S. McHargue, Abnormalities in rats _.......-. 53 Roy, W. R., and J. S. McHargue, Iodine in Kentucky _........ Rie tl ede eche tan 53 SCUSIUC Smeal eT Te TN ea Le cel tr Cent hay ee nee a 34 Sexmmevensaillim thie; peatowl 2.20 Be ee oo ees edit ceed eee 21 Simple classroom demonstration of electro-magnetic waves........................ 26 Smith, G. D., Morels and related species of Kentucky fungi —................. 26 Somenabnormalities! vin rails. <{2e! 2S ee ee 53 Some educational tendencies as revealed in foreign language training......34 Status of geologic and topographic mapping in Kentucky ........................ 29 Stone, G. A., A vacuum tube impedance bridge —__.......-- 62 Structural geology of Wetern Kentucky .....2200202.00.000222ccccce cee eee Da Teaching of science in colleges of liberal arts —....2W 0202.0 cecteeeeee cece 53 Terrell, G., Some present-day philosophical tendencies ....................02..22...- 33 Todd, Jarvis, coefficient of viscosity of air —.... eee 60 riode sas’ a photoelectric cells ices eee ee ee 61 Tuttle, F. H., Concretions of the Champlainian clays of the Connecti- CUT at I sy Se sat als So 0h aa Ine tac Ui en eS acetal Bee SEEN nes 59 lWitra=violete photometer iss .)55 A ee ee ee el 60 Use of trinitrobenzene in the determination of magnesium ...................... .58 Vacuum: tube impedentee: bride eee 62 Vacuum tube impedance ride eee ee 62 STORE C OG OSI eats oe tres ere ER eh ee eae ire RR Mite HON aah A ta 66 Walker, W. H., Implications and problems of recent physics .................- 32 Nisbraltete xcbars lala) Bate wercee ee weooes bare awe ees ah ere | eA Sth aah pt 33 Wynn, Cro 1, lelwbaaolyeay firavel mAs ToavePeyaulaves ye ee ee 30 Wyckoff, R. T., Educational tendencies 2... ceeeceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeedeee 34 RUA Spe At int CVO LUG Oller a ie Ue dere Nuke a SN ey REE Se Ae 56 PREVA Sapien CUS invaneetet ieee conee Eee eI la ee at Net a ey Ul lp kd 59 a: — ft TRANSACTIONS . OF THE KENTUCKY AFFILIATED WITH THE A. A. A. S. VOLUME FIVE (1931-1932) EIGHTEENTH AND NINETEENTH | MEETINGS LEXINGTON, KENTUCKY 1933 T4 ACADEMY OF SCIENCE | TRANSACTIONS OF THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE. AFFILIATED WITH THE A. A. A. S. VOLUME FIVE (1931-1932) EIGHTEENTH AND NINETEENTH MEETINGS This Volume was Edited by A. M. PETER and ETHEL V. T. CASWALL LEXINGTON, KENTUCKY 1933 SiS 3@\>7 CONTENTS OPICERS nee eles aes Suey Neca, o Favs tee ral ellshion Sabuetocs) Grsttne, wists bi sodcn ave akes wen ay aucteiayn Mtiaty 4 IN CET OL OS amare pets cs tice re Peete seh eee se eee ore ia Cueateh ee trellcna eile Tone, ection aman aber euayckevoneue fos 5 WOMS EUG UGIOT a sete y eoreascen aoc Done aromas Sis Fie Slav aiate ese ee Sibiencloneionehd wie, SieSuatet$ 6 ESV ZI RWS euerete peste taco Sites tere aie ais aea esc "svg Be) wae SETA SS) Sowa BYE ONE eV SURRY 7 VEC ITI TS meeps pte te arete Sere oes eee sc ahs, otereie es easy auiatn Ue; meget crake. Sareea soneresisareee 9 Minutes of the Eighteenth Annual Mesting........................000. 15 Abstract of Papers presented at the Eighteenth Annual Meeting....... 18 Minutes of the Nineteenth Annual Meeting........................... 41 Abstract of Papers presented at the Nineteenth Annual Meeting...... 43 WDC? OSG SSSR Oe Se aie Os CONE re a ER ee he SN a Sr 719 Kentucky Academy of Science OFFICERS 1930—1931 President, V. F. Payne, Transylvania College, Lexington. Vice-President, Clara C. Ceoper, Eastern Kentucky State Teachers’ College, Richmond. Secretary, Alfred M. Peter, Experiment Station, Lexington. Treasurer, W. S. Anderson, Experiment Station, Lexington. Councilor ‘to A.A.A.S., A R. Middleton, University of Louisville, Louisville. 1931—1932 President, Anna A. Schnieb, Eastern Kentucky State Teachers’ College, Richmond. Vice-President, Charles Hire, Murray State Teachers’ College, Murray. Secretary, Alfred M. Peter, Experiment Station, Lexington. Treasurer, W. S. Anderson, Experiment Station, Lexington. Councilor to A.A.A.S., A. R. Middleton, University of Louisville, Louisville. Sn Memoriam He has crossed the river and is resting in the shade of the trees: Charles G. Crooks, 1860—1931 6 THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE CONSTITUTION OF THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE (As adopted May 8, 1914, and subsequently amended.) ARTICLE I—NAME. This organization shall be known as The Kentucky Academy of Science. ARTICLE II—OBJECT. The object of this Academy shall be to encourage scientific research, to promote the diffusion of usefui scientific knowledge and to unify the scientific interests of the State. ARTICLE III—MEMBERSHIP. The membership of this Academy shall consist of Active Membé:rs, Corresponding Members and Honorary Members. Active members shall be residents of Kentucky who are interested in science, or other persons actively engaged in scientific investigation within the state. Active members are of two classes, national and local. National members are members of the Academy and of the American Association for the Advancement of Science; local members are members of the Academy but not of the Association. Each active member shall pay to the Academy an initiation fee, upon election, and annual dues be- ginning October 1 next after election, the amounts to be fixed in the by- laws. The amount of annual dues to be paid by a national member shall equal the difference between the amount to be paid by a local member and the amount allowed per member by the A. A. A. S. Any member in good standing may become a life member by payment at one time of a suitable sum, prescribed in the by-laws, and is thereafter relieved from payment of dues. Corresponding Members shall be persons who are actively engaged in scientific work not resident in the State of Kentucky. They shall have the same privileges and duties as Active Members but shall be free from all dues and shall not hold office. Honorary Members shall be persons who have acquired special prom- inence in science not residents of the State of Kentucky and shall not exceed twenty in number at any time. They shall be free from dues. For election to any class of membership the candidate must have been nominated in writing by two members, one of whom must know the applicant personally, receive a majority vote of the committee on mem- bership and a three-fourths vote of the members of the Academy present at any session or, in the interim between meetings of the Academy, the unanimous vote of the members of the council, present or voting by letter. ARTICLE IV.—OFFICERS. The officers of the Academy shall be chosen annually by ballot, at the recommendation of a nominating com- mittee of three, appointed by the President, and shall consist of a presi- dent, vice-president, secretary, treasurer, and councilor of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, who shall perform the duties usually pertaining to their respective offices. Only the secretary, treas- CONSTITUTION AND BY-LAWS 7 urer and councilor shall be eligible to reelection for consecutive terms. ARTICLE V.—COUNCIL. The Council shall consist of the Presi- dent, Vice-President, Secretary, Treasurer and President of the preceding year. The council shall direct the affairs of the Academy during the in- tervals between the regular meetings and shall fill all vacancies occurring during such intervals. ARTICLE VI—STANDING COMMITTEES. The Standing Com- mittees shall be as follows: A Committe: on Membership appointed annually by the President consisting of three members. A Committee on Publications consisting of the President, Secretary, and a third member chosen annually by the Academy. A Committee on Legislation consisting of three members appointed annually by the President. ARTICLE VII—MEETINGS. The regular meetings of the Academy shall be held at such time and place as the Council may select. The Council may call a special session, and a special session shall be called at the written request of twenty members. ARTICLE VIII—PUBLICATIONS. The Academy shall publish its transactions and papers which the Committee on Publications deem suit- able. All members shall reczive the publications of the Academy gratis. ARTICLE IX.—AMENDMENTS. This Constitution may be amend- ed at any regular annual meeting by a three-fourths vote of all active members present, provided a notice of said amendment has been sent to each member ten days in advance of the meeting. BY - LAWS I—The following shall be the order of business. 1. Call to order. 2. Report of Officers. 3. Report of Council. 4. Report of Standing Committees. 5. Election of Members. 6. Report of Special Committees, 7. Appointment of Special Committess. 8. Unfinished business. 9. New business. 10. Election of Officers. 11. Program. 12. Adjournment. II—No meeting of this Academy shall be held without thirty days’ notice having been given by the Secretary to all members. IlI—Twelve members shall constitute a quorum of the Academy for the transaction of business. Three of the Council shall constitute a quorum of the Council. 8 THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE IV—No bill against the Academy shall be paid without an order signed by the President and Secretary. V—tThe initiation fee for active members shall be one dollar. Annual dues shall be two dollars and fifty cents for local members, and two dollars for national members. A life membership shall be fifty dollars. ViI—Members who shall allow their dues to be unpaid for two years, having been annually notified of their arrearage by the Treasurer, Shall have their names stricken from the roll. VII—The President shall annually appoint an auditing committee of three who shall examine and report in writing upon the account of the Treasurer. VilI—The Secretary shail be free from ail dues during his term of office. IX—All papers intended to be presented on the program or abstract of same must be submitted to the Secretary previous to the meeting. X—These by-laws may be amended or suspended by a two-thirds vote of the members present at any meeting. XI—The program committee shall consist of the Secretary of the Academy and the Secretaries of the divisions with the President of the Academy, ex officio. They shall serve from one annual meeting to the next. MEMBERS +) MEMBERSHIP FOR THE YEARS 1930-1 AND 1931-2 C indicates corresponding member; H, honorary member; hL, life member; a Z22Q442 ZZ 4 2) ZzanZz ez N, national member; *, no longer a member; =, deceased. Name and address Branch of science ADEE Shri GOUIS Allein ses Sie wele ee coon. stoheavacie: A) aueodsituears alee Medicine Adams, Kerney M., Eastern Ky. Teachers Col., Richmond... .Social Sci. Allen, R. S., Univ. of Kentucky, Lexington ....... Anat. & Physiology Allen, W. R., Univ. of Kentucky, Lexington .................. Zoology Ambrose, Luther M, Berea College, Berta .......... Physical Science Anderson, W. S., Univ. of Ky., Lexington .................. Genetics Averitt, S. D., Experiment Station, Lexington ............ Chemistry BAKE erAlSOMaMBeTEA tek aed Acie ssn hee hehe a ete eintons Anthropology Bancroft, Geo. R., 255 Roslyn Ave., Glenside, Pa. .......... Chemistry Bandeen, Dr. Stanley, 1456 S. 4th Ave., Louisville .......... Med. Sci. Bangson, John S., Berea College, Berea, Ky. ................. Biology Banks, Edgar, Eastern Ky. Teachers Col., Richmond ...... Chemistry Bassett, G. C., Gettysburg College, Gettysburg, Pa. ....... Psychology Beckner, Lucien, 311 W. Chestnut St., Louisville ............. Geology Birckhead, E. F., Supt. City Schools, Winchester .......... Education Bishop, Harlow, Univ. of Louisville .......................... Biology Blackburn, Walter E., Murray State Teachers Col. ........ Chemistry Blumenthal, P. L., 316 Parker Ave., Buffalo, N. Y. .......... Chemistry Boggs, Jos. S., 109 Watson Court, Frankfort ............ Engineering Bottom, Curtis H., Centre College, Danville .................. Biology Boyd peavleb URV Oh Key. oexdnetony a. ....----~ 4... - Mathematics Boyden, Ruth, Univ. of Ky., Lexington ..... Hee Scene eineneen ed Home Ecs. Brauer, Alfred, Univ. of Ky., Lexington ...................... Zoology Brown, L. A., Experiment Station, Lexington .............. Chemistry Browning, Iley B., Ashland (Box 129) ...................... Geology Bucher, Walter, U. of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, Ohio ........... Geology Buckner, G. Davis, Experiment Station, Lexington ........ Chemistry Bullitt, Wm. Marshall, Inter-Southern Bldg., Louisville. .Math., Astron. Burroughs, W. G., Berea College, Berea ...............2.0+225- Geology Butts, Charles, U. S. Geclogical Survey, Washington, D.C...... Geology Caldwell, C. E., Eastern Ky. Teachers Col., Richmond.... Mathematics Caldwell, Morley A., Univ. of Louisville, Louisville ........ Psychology Canon, Ernest H., Western St. T. C., Bowling Green ....... Education Capps, Julian H., Berea College, Berea .................... Chemistry Carmichael, H. St.G. T., Ky. Rock Asphalt Co., Kyrock...... Civil Eng. Carter, Ashby B., Eastern Ky. T. C., Richmond .......... Agriculture Caslick, Edward A., Claiborne Stud, Paris .................. Vet. Sci. Chalkley, Lyman, Univ. of Ky., Lexington ...................... Law Chinn, Harriette L., Eastern Ky. T. C., Richmond ........... Biology Sa 10 O18 anh mAAQA hei et fate 2 inl Pa Vol THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE Clark, Friend E., Univ. of W. Va., Morgantown, W. Va. .... Chemistry Clashman, W. H., 1400 S. Brook St., Louisville ............... Biology Clay, Thelma, 430 Breck Ave.. Richmond .................... Zoology Clement, B. E., Holly Fluorspar Co., Marion ................. Geology Coates, J. D., Eastern Ky. Teachers Col., Richmond ........ Education Cook, E. Wilbur, Centre College, Danville .................... Biology Cooper, Mrs. Clara C., 50 Morningside Dr., New York ..... Psychology Cooper, Thomas P., Director, Experiment Sta., Lexington........ Agri. Corley, Grover L., Univ. of Louisville, Louisville .......... Chemistry Coulter, (Stanley, hatayettes lads —em cece eine . Botany Cox, Benjamin B., 26 Broadway, New York, N. Y. ............ Geology Cox, Meredith J., East¢rn Ky. Teachers Col., Richmond .... Chemistry Crooks, C. G., Centre College, Danville .................. Mathematics Crouse, C. S., Univ. of Ky., Lexington .................. Mining Eng. Cuff, Noel B., Eastern Ky. Teachers Col., Richmond ...... Psychology Currier, L. W., U. S. Geol. Survey, Washington, D. C. ........ Geology Curry, Gordon L., Louisville Col. of Pharmacy, Louisville. ..Chemistry Davis, P. A., Univ. of Louisville, Louisville .................. Biology Day, Arthur L., Director, Geophysical Lab., Washington ..... Geology Desjardins, Louis, 125 W. St. Clair St., Cincinnati, O. ........ Geology Detlefsen, J. A.. The Wistar Inst. of Anatomy, Phila, Pa. .... Genetics Didlake, Miss Mary L., Experiment Sta., Lexington ...... Ent. & Bot. Dimock, W. W., Experiment Station, Lexington ............ Vet. Sci. Donovan, H. L., Pres. Eastern Ky. T. C., Richmond ........ Education Eddy, C. O., Experiment Station, Lexington .............. Entomology Edwards, Philip R., Experiment Station, Lexington .......... Vet. Sci. Erikson, Miss Statie, Univ. of Ky., Lexington .............. Home Ecs. Ewell, Miss Esther, 5757 Woodlawn Ave., Chicago ............ Science Fehn, Arthur R., Centre College, Danville .............. Mathematics Fenn, Herbert B., Berea College, Berea .................... Mechanics Fergus, E. N., Experiment Station, Lexington ............. Agriculture Ferguson, Dorcas Louise, Berea College, Berea ............ Chemistry Flexner, Morris, Heyburn Bldg., Louisville .................. Med. Sci. Fohs, F. Julius, 60 Broadway, New York, N. Y. .............. Geology Ford, M. C., Western Ky. T. .C., Bowling Green .......... Agriculture Fortney, B. B., Louisville Lighting Laboratory, Louisville ...... Physics Frank, Louis, 614 Heyburn Bldg., Louisville ................ Med. Sci. Freeman, Ellis, Univ. of Louisville, Louisville .............. Psychology Idgevoayol, ILyWobiel Ie, IanubaeMaVes., IAW, Soaodoanonandacodncdpoob we Education Funkhouser, W. D., Univ. of Ky., Lexington ................ Zoology Gardner, J. H., Exchange Nat. Bank Bldg., Tulsa, Okla. ..... Geology Garman, H., 638 South Limestone St., Lexington .............. Biology Gillis, Ezra L., Univ. of Ky., Lexington ............... Peiia Education Glenn, Ik C., Vanderbilt Univ., Nashville, Tenn. ..... oe Geology Good, E. S., Experiment Station, Lexington........ Animal Husbandry Z2Q2Q4 MEMBERS ii Graham, Charles C., Berea College, Berea .................... Science Graham, James L., Lehigh University .................... Psychology Guilliams, John Milton, Berea College, Berea ............ Psychology Guthrie, William A., Southern Ky. Sanitorium, Franklin .... Med. Sci. Harms, Amanda, Experiment Station, Lexington ............. Biology Hart, E. B., Univ. of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis. .............. Nutrition Hatfield, Chas., Georgetown College, Georgetown ....... Mathematics ehajy eran Whar bento a occas anaieeuvereknes cscs Gpsven c1rcoel lees olor Farm Economics Healy, Daniel J., Experiment Station, Lexington ........ Bacteriology ETE Ta CLG G ety Pedi oeelTe) Bs pe ne zh aremnre ic cae cs os woaeve aueene Tse Paes rahe eR oe Agriculture Hendricks, T. A., Berea College, Berea .................... Education Herndon, Thos. C., Eastern Ky. T. C., Richmond .......... Chemistry Hinton, Robert T., Georgetown College, Georgetown ........ Biology Hire, Charles, Murray State T. C., Murray .......... Physics & Math. Hoffman, EK M., Berea College, Berea ...................... Gen. Sci. Hoke, R. S., Morehead Teachers Col., Morehead ............ Gen. Sci. Homberger, A. W., Univ. of Louisville, Louisville .......... Chemistry Hull, F. E., Experiment Station, Lexington ................ Vet. Sci. lequene, Oy 1 CMG ID, IRM@aveaorel cosoucencoucsvsoesaucdcocc Medicine Hummell, A. D., Eastern Ky. Teachers Col., Richmond ...... Physics Hutchins, Wm. J., President Berea College, Berea .......... Education Insko, W. M., Jr., Univ. of Ky., Lexington ................. Nutrition Jensen, Milton B., Bowling Green .................. Psychol. & Edu. Jewett, H. H., Experiment Station, Lexington ............ Entomology USON es aWachy ase LAMrOGbo «oo ose micro retane oeye ne ae rica wees Geology Johnson, E. M., Experiment Station, Lexington ..... Plant Pathology Jones, S. C., Experiment Station, Lexington .............. Agriculture Jones, W. C., Eastern Ky. T. C., Richmond ............ Physicial Sci. Karraker, P. E., Experiment Station, Lexington .......... Agriculture Keffer, J. L., U. of Ky. Teachers College, Lexington ....... Chemistry Keith, Mrs. Chas. A., Eastern Ky. T. C., Richmond ........... Biology Kemper, D. C., Univ. of Ky. Teachers Col., Lexington ...... Education Kennamer, L. G., Eastern Ky. Teachers Col, Richmond ..... ecology Kent, R. A., President, Univ. of Louisville, Louisville ....... Education Kercher, Otis, Pike Co. Farm Bureau, Pittsfield, Ill. ...... Agriculture King, Miss Effie, Randolph College, Cisco, Texas ............ Biology Kinney, E. J., Experiment Station, Lexington ............ Agriculture Kiplinger, C. C., West Liberty St. T. Col., W. Va. .......... Chemistry TESTO) OF Oye ol 5 ssid ches Boel oe te ete ee AH ope TaD SE ee Nr Bacteriology Koppius, O. T., Univ. of Ky., Lexington ..................... Physics Krick, Harriette V., Eastern Ky. Teachers Col., Richmond .... Biology Kunkel, Mabel, 113 E. Walnut St., Richmond .......... Geog. & Geol. Lancaster, L. Y., Western Ky. T. C., Bowling Green ...... Biol. Sci. Lands, A. M., Univ. of Ky., Lexington ..................... Physiology JUS ILS Sey AN UVCKSN IES SYoNK0) oeomig a coeemae omar ons o Mena ene s He Geology Z za THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE Leggett, J. L., Transylvania College, Lexington ............ Psychology Leigh, Townes R., Univ. of Florida, Gainesville, Fla. ........ Chemistry higon) Ni. be Wnivs of Koy asxine toner nae eon Education Lovell, Harvey B., Univ. of Louisville, Louisville .............. Biology Lutz, Florence, 2006 Grasmere Drive, Louisville .............. Biology Lynch, John R., Road Engineering Dept., Frankfort....... Engineering McAllister, Cloyd N., Berea College, Berea ............... Psychology McCormack, A. T., State Board of Health, Louisville ...... Sanitation McFarlan, Arthur C., Univ. of Ky., Lexington .............. Geclogy McGlosson, Georgiana, 347 High St., Richmond ........... Geography McHaregue, J. S., Experiment Station, Lexington........... Chemistry McInteer, B. B., Univ. of Ky., Lexington ..................... Botany MeVey, Frank L., President Univ. of Ky., Lexington........ Economics IM enesaeIL IM ENKeobeo WZ, WIDE) Geooaoasononadozascocosodoe oc Medicine Martin, James H., Experiment Station, Lexington ......... Chemistry Martin, J. Holmes, Experiment Station, Lexington ...... Poultry Sci. Mayes, Mildred Ann, College P. O., Richmond ............ Geography Mayfield, Samuel M., Berea College, Berea .................. Geology Meader, A. L., Experiment Station, Lexington ............. Chemistry Middleton, Austin R., Univ. of Louisville, Louisville .......... Biology Miller, Dayton C., Case School of Applied Sci., Cleveland .... Physics Millers sRay monde Cecilia sess erie ee ee Geology Miller, Richard C., Experiment Station, Lexington ...... Animal Husb. Miller, W. Byron, Wallins Creek (Utilities Coal Corp)..... Engineering Millikan, R. A., Calif. Inst. of Tech., Pasadena, Calif. ........ Physics I GUOECS dh IBEy han, ope IEQIG, Ibesanavetioay 4 5b 4dhonondacnnoesoe Psychology MOOKeS) Williame Ji ko lGhnvoncdsss acca cece a cia ctieieeie re eerenens Education Morgan, Thomas H., Calif. Inst. of Tech., Pasadena, Calif..... Biology Moulton, F. R., Univ. of Chicago, Chicago, Ill. ............ Astronomy Muncy, V. E., 246 Sixteenth St., Ashland, Ky. ................ Physics Nash, William G., Georgetown College, Georgetown........... Physics Nicholls,” W.D., Univ. Of Kay) Thexiti stony sapiens «sts eeel Farm Ecs. Noll, Waldemar, Berea College, Berea .....................-. Physics Nollau, E. H., 14 Norton St., Newburg, N. Y................. Chemistry Norton, Mrs. Chas. F., Transylvania Col., Lexington...... Library Sci. O’Bannon, Lester S., Univ. of Ky., Lexington ............. Engineering O’Donnell, W. F., Supt. of Schools, Richmond....... Philos. & Psychol. Ogg, Earl F., Union College, Barbourville .................. Chemistry Olney, Albert J., Univ. of Ky., Lexington ................ Horticulture Osborn; John S\ Clanence eK yore. ees ie meiner Biology Owen, O. Edwin, Berea College, Berea ................-...00-- Zoology Parker, George H., Ky. Actuarial Bureau, Louisville ..... Engineering Payne, Anna L.; Berea College, Berea....................-. Home Ecs. Payne, Martha, 156 McDowell Road, Lexington ....... So ra alee Zoology Payne, V. F., Transylvania College, Lexington ............ Chemistry pH ya QA *A2AAzQ qo A2Haz MEMBERS 13 Pearson, Norma, 300 Linworth PI1., S. W., Washington, D.C...... Botany Pelluet, Dixie, Rockford College, Rockford, Ill. ................ Biology Pence, M. L., 635 Maxwelton Court, Lexington .............. Physics Pennebaker, G. B., Murray St. Teachers’ Col., Murray ........ Biology Peter, Alfred M., Experiment Station, Lexington .......... Chemistry Pierce, J. Stanton, Georgetown College, Georgetown’....... Chemistry Pindar. te vOtleyaVeESAeS] a:aecle or coe ae atete teen tea Med. Science Pohl, Erwin R., Mammoth Onyx Cave, Horse Cave .......... Geology Price, Walter A., Experiment Station, Lexington ........ Ent. & Bot. Pryor, J. W., 417 West 2nd St., Lexington ................ Physiology Pugsley, Donald W., Berea College, Berea ................ Mathematics Pyles, Henry M., Wesleyan College, Winchester .............. Biology Rainey, Frank L., Centre College, Danville ............ Biol. & Geol. Ray, Mrs. Willie C., Supt. City Schools, Shelbyville ...... Education Rhoads, McHenry, 1435 S. Limestone St., Lexington ........ Education Rhoads, Wayland, Experiment Station, Lexington .... Animal Husb. Richardson, Charles H., Syracuse Univ., Syracuse, N. Y. ...... Geology Rics He Cornell Univ, TthacayuNe Yn. 4. a ase eee ee ek ee Geology Robbins, Floy, Murray St. Teachers Col., Murray ........ Geography Roberts, George, Experiment Station, Lexington .......... Agronomy Roe, Mabel, 257 Roswell Ave., Long Beach, Calif. .......... Plant Path. Routt, Grover C., County Ag’l Agent, Mayfield .............. Biology Rumbold, Dean W., E. Ky. Teachers’ Col., Richmond ......... Biology Rush R. &. Centre College, Danville’ ...2..2..25. 2-2 +..2: 4: Chemistry Ryland, Garnett, Richmond College, Richmond, Va. ....... Chemistry Schnieb, Anna A., E. Ky. Teachers’ College, Richmond..... Psychology Seay, Maurice F., Union College, Barbourville ............ Education Semans, F. M., W. Ky. Teachers Col., Bowling Green.... Med. & Biol. Shepard, Nat L., Franklin Fluorspar Co., Marion .......... Chemistry Sherwood, T. C., Univ. of Ky., Lexington .................... Zoology Shoemaker THUS selene so soc eerste sie cies Aucreceteatie eesvel cule ra« Gen. Sci. Shutt, Chas. Noble, Berea College, Berea Simpson, Eugene, 203 E. Fourth St., Lexington ........... Ent. & Bot. Smith, George D., Eastern Ky. T. C., Richmond ............ Nat. Sci. Smith, N. F., Citadel College, Charleston, S. C. .............. Physics Smith, William Benjamin, 9 Price Ave., Columbia, Mo. .... Philosophy Snoddy, E. E., Transylvania College, Lexington ........... Philosophy Solomon, Leon L., The Solomon Clinic, Louisville .......... Med. Sci. FSJOPE ONES). Reed Ble 6 cea ny Oe i ERO eR RPS REE ae eee A One cs Aa Physics Spearman, C. S., Univ. of London, London, England ...... Psychology Speed, Wm. S., 315 Guthrie St., Louisville .............. Engineering Spillman, C. O., City High School, Berea ................. Agriculture Starnes. Clarence; sciences Halls. 252% .scmne osc nose deci gees Biology Starnes, W. Gayle, Wellington Court, Richmond .............. Physics SlatesweMEBNesC hicAcos alien: ek We nine) i acist sce ater sneists anchors Physics % THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE Stiles, Charles F., A. & M. Col., Stillwater, Okla. ........ Entomology Strandskov, sElerluty eseecanecoice ie cio steiel tet oeec he sie corner Plant Psysiology Stouder, R. E., 2161 Eastview Ave, Louisville ................ Geology Suter, Arthur Lee, 1841 Col. Road, N. W., Washington, .............. 1 RX © aR ee ey eet a ieee heme) bons ants lca cere SiOrG ore Pharmacology Tashof, Ivan P., Victor Bldg., Washington, D. C...... Mining & Met’gy Taylor, Charles L., Western St. T. C, Bowling Green .... Agriculture Taylor, William S., Univ. of Ky., Lexington ............... Education Terrell, Glanville, Louisa, Virginia ....................... Philosophy Theiss, Emory W., 305 Ohio Ave., Jeffersonville, Ind. ......... - Biology Threlkeld, Miss Hilda, Hamilton Colleges, Lexington ....... Education Thruston, R. C. Ballard, 118 W. Breckenridge, Louisville ..... Geology Ietoyekol, IRIEL It, TRilaraMOraCl sco5cocacennannoaccusp aos Dental Science Valleau, W. D., Experiment Station, Lexington .......... Plant Path. Walker, Wm. H., Berea College, Berea ................... Psychology Warburton, Fred W., Univ. of Ky., Lexington ............... Physics Ward, Henry B., Univ. of Illinois, Urbana, Ill. ............... Zoology Watson, Barney, Milton College, Milton, Wis. ................ Biology Watts, Nola C., Waddy High School, Waddy ............ Mathematics Weidler, Albert G., Berea College, Berea ................ Social Sci. Wells, Carroll, 421 Fulton St., Jeffersonville, Ind. ......... Biol. Sci. White, J. Taylor, Eastern Ky. Teachers Col., Richmond ...... Geology Whitehouse, Elmer Clay, Eastern Ky. T. C., Richmond....Agr. & Biol. Will, R. G., Centre College, Danville Willey, W. M., West. Ky. Teachers Col., Bowling Green .... Education Williams, Charles W., Reed Air Filter Co., Louisville ...... Chemistry Wilson, Gordon, West. Ky. Teachers Col., Bowling Green, Ky. Winsor, loeyniaaer di, Icahn ssscncacgancocscsse scsgnncse Astronomy Wilson, Samuel M, 812 Trust Co. Bldg., Lexington .............. Law Wolfson, Alfred M., Murray St. Teachers Col.. Murray ....... Biology Wolfson, Mrs. Marcelle, Murray St. Teachers Col., Murray.... Botany Womack, E. M., 2021 Grasmere Drive, Louisville ........ Zool. & Bot. Wurtz, Geo. B., U. S. Weather Bureau, Lexington ....... Meteorology Wyatt, Grace, Murray State Teachers Col., Murray .......... Biology WYCKOLE Ri TV SOM!" sea.. eakie ements eee OE ee Education Zarbell, Iver H., 1041 Cherokee Road, Louisville .............. Biology EIGHTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING 15 MINUTES OF THE EIGHTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING President Payne called the Academy to order at 9 a. m., May 2, 1931, in Morrison Chapel of Transylvania College, Lex- ington. Present, about 40 members. The Secretary’s report was received and ordered filed. The Treasurer’s report, showing a bank balance of $94.82 was referred to the auditing committee. The Secretary reported that the council had elected 24 persons to membership by letter ballot, namely: R. S. Allen, University of Kentucky; W. E. Blackburn, Murray Teachers’ College; C. E. Bottom, Centre College; N. A. Braden, Transyl- vania College; W. M. Caudill, Murray Teachers’ College; N. B. Cuff, East- ern Teachers’ College; C. O. Eddy, Experiment Station; Miss L. K. Fremd, Lees Junior College; E. L. Gillis, University of Kentucky; A. D. Hummel, Eastern Teachers’ College; Miss H. V. Krick, Eastern Teachers’ College; J. L. Leggett, Transylvania College; R. P. Meacham, University of Ken- tucky; W. J. Moore, Richmond; E. F. Ogg, Union College; L. O. Pindar, Versailles; Miss F. Robbins, Murray Teachers’ College; C. C. Ross, Uni- versity of Kentucky; M. F. Seay, Union College; F. M. Semans, Western Teachers’ College; T. C. Sherwood, University of Kentucky; Roy Smith, Murray Teachers’ College; W. M. Willey, Western Teachers’ College, and Mrs. A. M. Wolfson, Murray Teachers’ College. On recommendation of the membership Committee, the following persons were elected unanimously to membership: W. H. Clashman, Louisville; W. M. Clay, Transylvania College; L. Desjardins, Dayton Ky. High School and University of Cincinnati; Miss Olive Douglas, Transylvania and Hamilton Colleges; A. M. Lands, Univer- sity of Kentucky; D. M. Polot, University of Louisville; E. E. Snoddy, Transylvania College; A. F. Stoner, Jeffersonville, Ind.; E. W. Theiss, Jef- fersonville, Ind.; C. C. Wells, Jeffersonville, Ind.; Miss Grace Wyatt, Mur- ray Teachers’ College, and I. H. Zarbell, Louisville. The Councilor to the A. A. A. S., Dr. A. R. Middleton, presented a full report, dealing mainly with junior academies and academy libraries. The report was received and made part of the record. * The President appointed the following committees: Au- diting, Messrs. Averitt, Hire and Pierce; Nominating, Messrs. *The account in Science of Feb. 6, 1931 (Vol. 73, No. 1884, pp. 137- 168) covers most of the material. 16 THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE Beckner, McAllister and Buckner; Resolutions, Messrs. Mid- dleton, Anderson and Seay. The Academy accepted unanimously the invitation of President Donovan, extended by Dr. Cuff, to meet next year at the Eastern Kentucky State Teachers’ College. Dr. Arthur Braden, President of Transylvania College, welcomed the Academy, in an appropriate address, after which Dr. V. F. Payne delivered the presidential address en- titled ““A chemist views the social sciences.” At 10 o’clock the general session recessed until 2 p. m. and the divisional meetings were called by the respective secre- taries, namely: G. D. Buckner, Biological Sciences; O. T. Kop- pius, Physical Sciences and Mathematics, and Cloyd N. Mc- Allister, Psychology and Philosophy. The general session re- assembled at 2 o’clock. Mr. Beckner, for the nominating committee, reported the following nominations for officers: President, Anna A. Schnieb; Vice-President, Charles Hire; Secretary, A. M. Pe- ter; Treasurer, W. S. Anderson; Committee on Publications, W.R. Jillson; A.A.A.S. Council, A. R. Middleton. The report was adopted and the nominees were elected unanimously. The resolutions committee reported the following resolu- tions which were adopted unanimously: Resolved: 1. That the officers of the Academy be in- structed to take whatever steps are necessary to make the Academy eligible for an appropriation by the State to publish annually the Proceedings of the Academy. 2. That a committee be appointed at this meeting to study the possibility of securing the affiliation of the scien- tific and engineering clubs of the state with the Academy. 3. That a committee be appointed at this meeting to have prepared, for each branch of science, a list of books for a progressive course of reading on the part of laymen; that these lists be sent to the various libraries of the State, with the request that they place the books upon their’ shelves. 4. That the sincere thanks of the Academy be tendered President Braden and Transylvania College for the gracious EIGHTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING 17 welcome given the Academy by Dr. Braden and the entertain- ment given the Academy by the College. President Payne appointed the following committees un- der these resolutions: Resolution 2, Messrs. Pierce, Buckner and Leggett; Resolution 3, Messrs. Beckner, Capps and Pyles. The President appointed as a committee on Academy li- brary, Messrs. Healy, Valleau and Wurtz. Mr. George B. Wurtz read a humorous poem entitled ‘“Re- sourcefulness of the Irish People.” The Vice-President, Mrs. Clara Chessell Cooper, took the chair and introduced the guest speaker, Dr. Edmund M. Baehr, University of Cincinnati Medical School, whose subject was “The Uses of Adversity.” The members and guests were invited to visit the Tran- sylvania Medical Library, with Mrs. Charles F. Norton, Li- brarian, as hostess. The Academy adjourned sine die. EXTRACTS FROM THE SECRETARY’S REPORT, 1930-31 Twelve persons elected at the 1930 meeting qualified and have been enrolled as active members, namely: Ellis Freeman, Charles Hatfield, Harvey Lovell, Anna L. Payne, Martha Payne, Norma Pearson, Eugene Simpson, R. E. Stouder, Barney Watson, A. M. Wolfson, W. M. Insko, and Ruth Boyden. Dr. M. L. Pence was reinstated as a national member after being out of the Academy for several years. Nineteen persons elected by the Council have qualified and been enrolled. Nine of these are national members. The number of members at the time of the 1930 meeting was 172. Since then, 31 have been added and 8 have been lost, for various reasons, making the present total 195. These may be classified as follows: 18 THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE Active, in good standing, including 2 life members ....... 130 Active: invarrears 1 Wear sackscusc este cevie giae ciesia an us lee 17 Active;in arrears 2) Yates c.c teiose ei asrae ersrele sieue oe erecape mies 13 (O10) g des} 010) 410 UN at eeER eRe CoM nena tani anil tnisiS Seyid wic Re BOO Sie aia a 22 nS (0) ola) ee en AeMOPaen hG. eae ate Scie O ER iy crore arcoma cic pisicko bite 13 195 Volumes 3 and 4 of the Transactions have been printed and distributed. This brings the series up to date. The edi- tion was 500 copies of each. An invitation was received from the Ohio Academy to join them and the Indiana Academy ina joint meeting at Miami University on April 2, 3 and 4, 1931. The invitation was accepted and transmitted to our members in a circular letter. President Payne represented the Kentucky Academy at the joint meeting. By appointment of Secretary Livingston, your Secretary represented the A.A.A.S. at the Sesquicentennial celebration of Transylvania and the installation of President Braden, in June. ABSTRACTS OF PAPERS PRESENTED AT THE EIGHTEENTH MEETING 1. A Chemist Views the Social Sciences. (President's address) V. F. Payne, Transylvania College. (Published ia Science, May 29, 1931, Vol. 73, No. 1900, pp. 577-79, under the title “An optimistic view of the evolution of the sciences.”’) 2. The Effect of High Pressure on the Seed Coat of Hard Seeds. P. A. Davies, University of Louisville. The failure of seeds of Medicago sativa (alfalfa) and Melilotus alba (sweet clover) to germinate is caused by two conditions: (1) the loss of vitality of the young embryo (re- sulting in soft seeds), and (2) the impermeable nature of the seed coat (resuiting in hard seeds). That the impermeable seed coat is the cause of the low percentage germination of seeds of these plants has been confirmed by all workers on EIGHTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING 19 hard seeds. They find that when impermeability has been destroyed, either by hydraulic pressure or by other mechani- cal means, the seeds germinate readily. The writer, by ap- plying a hydraulic pressure of 2000 atmospheres, increased the germination of seeds of Medicago sativa over 50 per cent, and seeds of Melilotus alba over 200 per cent. This increase must be because the pressure in some way destroys the im- permeable nature of the seed coat. Pammel?, and Coe and Martin? found that the seed-coat of Melilotus alba is made up ef three distinct layers: the Malpighian layer; the middle, or osteosclerid; and an inner, or nutritive layer. According to Coe and Martin, the Malpighian layer consists of three layers: the outer layer, cuticularized material and cones; the middle layer, known as the light line; and an inner layer of Mal- pighian, or palisade cells. ALARARAAR culaerized ae C\ Light Line -Falisade ae SG ie Gimme =--Hutritive SSS JS —————— Section of the impermeable seed coat of Melilotus aiba. The arrows indicate the path of penetration under hydraulic pressure. The writer, using cresyl blue, haematoxylin, eosin, and _ gentian violet, observed that in impermeable seeds the stains 1Davies, P. A. Jour. Gen. Physiol. 9: 805-809. 1926; Amer. Jour. Bot. 15: 149-156. 1928: Amer. Jour. Bot. 15: 433-436. 1928. 2Pammell, L. H. Trans. Acad. Sci. (St. Louis) 9: 91-275. 1899. 3Coe, H. S., and Martin, J. N. U. S. Dept. Agri, Bull, 844; 26-35, 1920. ee a 20 THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE penetrate only as far as the light line. In permeable seeds, they pass readily thru the light line into the palisade cells and the underlying tissues. The path of penetration was occa- sionally between the palisade cells. The impermeable structure must lie either in the light line, the palisade cells, or in both. In seeds made permeable by high pressure, the path of pene- tration was not thru the palisade cells but between them (see figure). These results seem to indicate that, under hydraulic pressure, water is forced thru the cuticularized material un- til it comes to the light line, and then into the light line, caus- ing it to swell and rupture, particularly in the region where the palisade cells join, for in this regiou they are not guarded by the cones. As soon as the impermeable nature of the light line is destroyed, the palisade cells are pushed apart (by the swelling of the cementing material between them) allowing the water to pass into the underlying tissues. Once the light line is destroyed and the palisade cells pushed apart, a per- manent passageway thru the previously impermeable struc- ture is produced. These seeds can be dried and will germinate when placed under proper conditions. 3. Progress Report of a Study of Strains of Bact. abor- tus Bang each Obtained from an Individual Organism. E. S. Good and Amanda Helen Harms, Kentucky Agricultural Ex- periment Station. Considerable interest has been aroused recently among investigators concerning the relationship of the organisms that cause Malta fever in man, and infectious abortion in cat- tle and in swine. Alice B. Evans, of the U. S. Public Health Service, pointed out that certain relationships exist among these three organisms. The authors have found some differ- ences by culture and agglutination tests. They have not suc- ceeded in growing the organism from cows aerobically until it has first been cultured under diminished pressure of oxy- gen. The organism from sows, however, grows aerobically, even in the first generation. No report was found in the lit- erature, of the oxygen requirement of the melitensis organ- ism, when first isolated. EIGHTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING 21 Inasmuch as occasional variations were observed, in con- ducting routine agglutination tests for infectious abortion in cews, the present investigation was undertaken to compare the characteristics of cultures derived from single cells of the organism. About 40 of these “strains” have been pre- pared, by the method described by Avery and Leland in the Journal of Experimental Medicine for June, 1927. Two orig- inal cultures, C; and Cz, from different cows, were used. Lit- tle difference was found in the morphological, physiological and serological characterstics of the 40 strains. Four of the 15 strains from C, had a scant amount of flaky sediment and no pellicle; the remaining 11 formed pellicles and abundant flaky sediment, as in the original C,;. All the 25 strains from C. formed a small amount of mucoid sediment after 8 days, but only 2 formed a slight pellicle. The original culture pro- duced a mucoid sediment but no pellicle. Agglutination tests of antigens made from strains produced from individual cells of C, and Cy, differed little, if at all, from antigen made from the original cultures. 4 The Effect of a Diet of Polished Rice on the Mineral Content of the Carcases of Pigeons. J. S. McHargue and W. R. Roy, Ky. Agri. Expt. Station. Analyses of polished and unpolished rice show that a considerable portion of the mineral matter contained in whole rice is removed in the process of polishing. Polished rice was fed as the sole diet to pigeons until experimental polyneuritis was produced. Individual pigeons required considerably dif- ferent times to develop this condition. Brown rice and other cereals were then fed to ascertain which ones would bring about recovery and a normal gain in body weight. Analyses of the carcases show marked losses in potassium, phosphorus and calcium in the polyneuritic pigeons in comparison with normal pigeons. The authors are of the opinion that loss in body weight and a diminution in important major mineral constituents, including potassium, phosphorus and calcium, are factors in producing experimental polyneuritis. 22 THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 5. Growth of Watercress in a Solution Free from the Less Common Elements. J. S. McHargue and R. K. Calfee, Ky. Agri. Expt. Station. Cuttings from watercress growing under natural condi- tions were grown in water cultures of known chemical com- position. All chemicals composing the nutrient solution were known to be free from Mn, Cu, Zn, Co, Ni, Ba, Sr, B, I, and As. The cuttings contained originally .286% manganese. When the cuttings had attained a length of 7-8 inches, the top 2 inches were removed end started in a similar solution. It was found that the manganese content had been reduced to .05%. Growth was slower in the second cultures. The man- ganese content was .017%. The third transfer required a longer time to grow large enuf to transfer. The leaves were lighter in color than normal leaves, and contained .0069% manganese. The tops when transferred made very slow growth, and became speckled and a pale blue-green color; .00024% manganese was present. In the final transfer, the tops made very little growth and became cream colored. No manganese could be detected. 6. Functions in Grafted Limbs in Amblystoma Larvae. Harvey B. Lovell, U. of Louisville. Two very different types of function occurred when the hind limb anlagen were grafted to new locations. First, co- ordinate function was present in those limbs which developed in or near their normal locations. Homologous muscle groups in such grafts flexed and extended synchronously with those of the normal limb, if it were present, and alternately with those of the contralateral limb. The lumbosacral plexus is com- posed normally of the 15th, 16th, and 17th spinal nerves. Graphical reconstructions of the nerve paths show that those limbs with well-developed coordinate function were always innervated by at least one of the normal plexus nerves. In addition, nerves anterior to the plexus, such as the 14th and i3th, frequently entered the graft. While limbs not inner- vated by at least one of the normal plexus nerves occasionally exhibited movements, the coordination of such movements was either imperfect or lacking. Second, the foot and digits EIGHTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING 23 of the graft in a few larvae were observed to flex synchron- ously with swallowing movements of the mouth and throat. Such movements occurred only in those grafts which did not exhibit coordinate function, and such grafts were found to be innervated by nerves anterior to the lumbo-sacral plexus, as the 14th, 18th, and 12th. In a few cases a small twig from the 15th was contributed, but this was not sufficient to pro- duce coordinate function. 7. Condemned Before Birth. W.S. Anderson, Professor of Genetics, U. of Ky. The paper deals with the transmission from generation to generation of syphilis which was carried to a remote moun- tain section by a United States soldier at the close of the war between the States. This soldier married a vigorous young woman who contracted the disease from him. Before she re- covered her health under the treatment of a country doctor the husband died of the disease without leaving children. When the wife recovered she married and bore sixteen chil- dren, six of whom, because of the spirocheta pallida in her blood, were stillborn. Of the ten living children six married and had rather large families. Almost all the grandchildren and many of the great grandchildren were born with the blood stream contaminated with the syphilitic germ. In recent years health workers have given these unfor- tunate people medical attention and after the plague has wrought its ravages for over sixty years it is about to be con- quered. The havoc it has wrought in the community in still- births, in suffering children and adults, in paresis, and in loss of energy by four generations can never be adequately described. All this human suffering and economic loss could have been avoided had the soldier received the right medicaj care before marriage. 8. The Chemical Control of Battery-Brooder-Raised Chicks. G. Davis Buckner, J. Holmes Martin and W. M. Insko. Jr., Ky. Agri. Expt. Station. Battery brooders confine chicks unnaturally. This re- stricts activity, increases consumption of feed and hastens early growth. Experiments have shown that under these 24 THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE conditions greater care is required in the selection of rations used. A mash which has given excellent results consists of wheat bran 25, wheat middlings 25, ground yellow corn 25, meat scrap (50% protein) 12, dried buttermilk 10, sodium chloride 1 and steamed bone meal 5 parts, and .125% forti- fied cod liver oil (super D). This mash supplemented a grain mixture of equal parts of yellow corn and wheat. Chemical analysis showed that this mash contained protein 19.8, fat 6.5, fiber 5.5, water 8.7, nitrogen-free extract 47.4, calcium 3.3, phosphorous 2.0, other components of the ash 6.8 percent. The ratio of calcium to phosphorous is 1.65 to 1. It has _ been found advisable to prepare a ration which contains approxi- mately 1.2% calcium, having a ratio of calcium to phosphor- ous not materially exceeding 2 to 1. 9. Seed Transmission of Ring-spot in Tobacco. W. D. Valleau and E. M. Johnson, Ky. Agri. Expt. Station. Altho seed transmission of viruses is recognized, ring-spot appears to be the only tobacco virus in which seed transmis- sion has been demonstrated. Two types of tobacco ring-spot occur, one in which the chlorotic patterns are made up of var- ious shades of green (green ring-spot) and one in which they may be yellow (yellow ring-spot). In the latter, leaves pro- duced following the period of pattern formation are inclined to be a yellowish green, in contrast with the normal color of the former. Seed transmission of green ring-spot occurs, but as the plants are normal in color and produce no patterns, de- tection is difficult. Plants exposed to relatively low temper- atures (50 to 65°F), if affected, develop a leaf-edge chlorosis and necrosis by which the presence of the disease may be rec- ognized. Seed transmission of yellow ring-spot is readily demonstrated, as the seedlings become light green to yellow within a few days after germination. Failure of ring-spot tebacco plants to set a normal quota of seed appears to be due to partial pollen sterility, varying proportions of pollen grains being smaller than grains from healthy plants or plants af- fected with certain other viruses. EIGHTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING 25 10. Rate of Bone Growth and Body Weight in Kittens Given Large Doses of Cod Liver Oil and Irradiated Hrgosterol. R. S. Allen and A. M. Lands, Dept. of Anatomy and Physiol- ogy, U. of Ky. Irradiated ergosterol (Viosterol), in doses containing ap- proximately 100 to 200 times as much of the antirachitic sub- stance as doses of cod liver oil which were extremely toxic and fatal, had no injurious effect but, on the contrary, showed some improvement. Cod liver oil with vitamin A destroyed gave similar results altho less marked. Cod liver oil to which irradiated ergosterol had been added was toxic but not so toxic as cod liver oil alone. The administration of an excess of vitamin B along with the toxic dose of cod liver oil seemed to modify the toxic symptoms to some extent. A brief review of the literature bearing upon the subject was presented. ‘aia Ca ee Weight Curves of Kittens 26 THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE Per Cent - > 9 30 70 60 50 HO 30 20 10 9 10 : ores ree ral ed He dS | 2 mie SN) Hr im | E ak LS 3 1 " ’ Percentage differences in diaphyseal length of the tibia of kittens. 1. Cod liver oil, large doses, 45 days, females. 2. Viosterol, 100-200 times as much Vitamin D as in l, 55 days, females. 3. C.l.o., .40 the quantity given in 1, 75 days, females. 4. C.l.o., with D added, quantity same as in 3, 75 days, females. 5. C.l.o., vitamin A removed, same quantity as in 3 and 4, 75 days, females. 6. C.l.o., vitamin A removed, quantity same as in 3-5, 59 days, female, control male. 7. Viosterol, quantity same as in 2, 59 days, males. 8. C.l.o., with excess of vitamin B, quantity same as in 3-6, 59 days, males. 11. The Effect of Large Doses of Cod Liver Oil and Ir- radiated Ergosterol on the Basic Metabolism of Young Rats. T. C. Sherwood, Dept. of Zoology, U. of Ky Basal metabolism tests showed a slight decrease in cal- ories when large doses of cod liver oil were given. A very EIGHTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING 27 marked increase in calories was noticed when irradiated er- gosterol was given. The thyroid picture is being studied and the anterior lobe of the pituitary gland. Results are very sig- nificant. VIOSTEROL +-—— COD LIVER OILY — —x CONTROL 2900 —I10 3 on = 3 es B [oo mls 6 2 3 = non \ Rais wo \ cE a AGE, DAYS ‘ AGE, DAYS | vill i in t | I—fo go [060 130 @ So qe [do qt) Metabolism and Weight Curves of Kittens 12. The Effect of Tri-orthocresy] Phosphate on the Cat, and a Comparison with so-called Ginger Paralysis in the Human. A. M. Lands and W. T. Forman, Dept. of Anatomy and Physiology, U. of Ky. At present considerable interest is manifested in a “1930 type of multiple neuritis” resulting from drinking an adulter- ated fluid extract of ginger. Evidence points to tri-orthocre- syl phosphate as the causative factor. A comparison of two cases of “ginger paralysis” in the human with paralysis in- duced in cats by oral, subcutaneous and intravenous adminis- tration of C. P. tri-orthocresyl phosphate (Eastman) shows a marked similarity. The intravenous injection of this com- pound caused immediate onset of symptoms. Depression and dyspnea set in within an hour or two, with motor symptoms (stimulation and spastic incoordinated walking) within 24 to 56 hours. Subcutaneous injection showed a latent period of 28 THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE two or three weeks in which the only symptom was slight de- pression with loss of weight. This long period no doubt represents the time necessary for the absorption of a toxic amount. We believe that tri-orthocresyl phosphate is a quite stable compound, is very slowly broken down and excreted, and is toxic as the whole molecule. The toxic picture is as follows: 1. Depression and dyspnea. 2. Gastro-intestinal disturbance. 38. A general fine muscle tremor follows oral or intravenous administration in about 24 to 30 hours. 4. Motor impairment in the lower extremity. 5. Slight foot drop may develop in the upper extremity. 6 Severe poisoning involves neck and respiratory musculature. 7. Increased susceptibil- ity to infection. A study is being made of the pathology af- ter tri-orthocresyl phosphate poisoning. 13. A New Method for the Determination of Iodine in Rocks and Soils. J. S. McHargue and W. R. Roy, Dept. of Chemistry, Experiment Station. A satisfactory method for the determination of iodine in rocks and soils is highly desirable because it would afford a ready means of ascertaining whether or not an iodine defi- ciency is likely to occur in the foods and drinking water of any particular region. Fusion with sodium carbonate or so- lution by means of hydrochloric acid have been the methods heretofore used. It is generally admitted that each of these methods is subject to considerable error. Failure to find iodine in well-burned lime suggested the idea that this ele- ment could be distilled from its combination in rocks and soils. Accordingly, samples of limestone, sandstone, rock chosphate and soil were subjected to distillation in an electric tube furnace giving a maximum temperature of about 1,100°C. The volatile products were absorbed in a 10% solu- tion of sodium carbonate contained in gas washing bottles. The residue from evaporation of the sodium carbonate solu- tion was ignited gently and the iodine extracted with 95% alcohol and determined by the colorimetric carbon disulfide method in a microcolorimeter. Fairly concordant results were obtained for the iodine contained in limestones, sandstones, rock phosphate and soils thus far analyzed. EIGHTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING 29 14. The Estimation of Potassium and Sodium in Mixed Chlorides by Indirect Analysis. S. D. Averitt, Ky. Agr. Expt. Station. To determine chlorine in such a mixture and compute the quantities of potassium and sodium is much quicker and eas- ier than to determine the potassium as chloroplatinate. Nev- ertheless, the indirect method has not found favor with ana- lvsts, probably because of the common teaching that results are accurate only when the quantities of the two chlorides are about equal. However, in 1864, P. Collier reported good results on mixtures of a wide range of composition.* The author’s experience is that results are accurate even when the quantity of NaCl is relatively small, as shown by the follow- ing comparative tests. The solution of the mixed chlorides was halved for analysis by the two procedures. Solution Indirect Method Chloroplatinate Nacl KCl NaCl KCl 1 .0039 .0236 .0038 .0237 2 0015 .0260 .0013 .0262 3 .0016 .0404 .0016 0404 4 .0018 0362 .0020 .0360 5 .0018 .0116 .0017 .0117 6 .0025 0431 — .0026 .0430 Solution 1 was 50 cc of a solution of 0.2502 KCl and 0.0252 NaCl in 500 cc of water. No. 2 was 50 cc of a solution of 0.275¢ of the same lot of KCl, in 500 cc of water. Nos. 3 and, 4 were from the ash of redtop, and Nos. 5 and 6 from the ashes of wheat grain and alfalfa, respectively. The findings by the two procedures are equally good. For analyses like the foregoing, the silver solution should not be stronger than 1 cc — .001g Cl (4.79142 AgNO; in 1 liter), the volume titrated should be 35-50 cc, and the weight of Cl should be stated to 5 decimals. Chromate and dichlor- ofluorescein were equally good as the indicator. The quantity of NaCl present is equal to 3.63 times the difference between the KCl equivalent of the Cl found and the weight of the mix- ed chlorides. * Amer. Jour. Sci., Series 1, Vol. 37, p 344. Chemical News, Vol. 10, p. 182. —— ee 30 THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 15. New Oil and Gas Map of Kentucky. W. R. Jillson, Kentucky Geological Survey. By title. 16. The Pre-IJinoian Glaciation of the Cincinnati Region. Louis Desjardins, Geology Department, U. of Cincinnati, and Dayton, Ky., High School. Scattered areas of decomposed drift near Cincinnati, gla- cial boulders in Kentucky far south of the Illinoian drift bor- der, and recent drainage studies by Leverett indicate a pre- Illinoian ice sheet of great antiquity in this region. The au- thor’s studies indicate that the old surface possessed three major northward drainage lines profoundly different from all hitherto recognized pre-glacial lines. The course of the cen- tral and largest, the ancestral Licking, lay east of its present and its pre-Illinoian courses as far south as Pendleton and Bracken counties and to a point north of Cincinnati. About a dozen drainage changes on this old surface have been worked out. The inference as to a glacial epoch is clear. The ice came from an easterly direction, and must have been approx- imately contemporaneous with the first uplift after the pene- plain stage, because all down-cutting due to the later cycles is along the newer drainage lines. A second pre-Illinoian glacial stage that gave birth to the present large Ohio River, which occurred at a time much later than the first, is indicated with almost certainty in a second series of drainage changes along the Ohio and Licking val- leys. This occurred when the valleys had been cut down about 200 feet below the old age surface, but still about 250 feet above the level reached just before Illinoian time. The best evidence to date shows that both the old till found near Cincinnati and the old boulders found in Kentucky belong with the first of these glacial stages. No drift has been found attributable to the second, suggesting that this ice nev- er extended beyond the later Illinoian limits. A study of all known data concerning Jerseyan, Nebraskan, and Kansan gla- ciation shows the strong likelihood that the two. older events in this region were Jerseyan or Nebraskan, and Kansan, re- spectively. . EIGHTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING 31 16¥%,. A Simple Form of Boyles Law Apparatus. A. D. Hummell, Eastern State Teachers’ College. A simple apparatus has been designed which proves the law for a range of pressures from 15 to 150 cm. of mercury. Settings are adjusted by pumping air into or out of a reser- voir which supplies the open and closed tubes with mercury. It has the advantages of commercial forms that retail for more than twenty dollars and costs less than half as much. The apparatus is entirely of glass and may be easily made in the laboratory. 17. The Structure of Seeds Found in Coal Balls from Harrisburg, Illinois. Harriette V. Krick, Eastern State Teach- ers’ College. 18. The Preparation of the 1, 4-Dithienes and Related Compounds.* Charles Barkenbus and R. H. Baker, U. of Ky. Attempts to prepare the 1,4-dithienes by a more satis- factory method than that described by Johnson** led to the discovery that 2,5-diphenyl-1,4-dithiene could be produced in good yields by the hydrolysis of phenacylsodiumthiosulfate in the presence of strong hydrochloric acid. By a similar hy- drolysis, 2,5-di-metanitrophenyl-1,4-dithiene was prepared, but attempts to apply this method to the preparation of the theoretically possible dimethyl and dibetanaphthyl derivi- tives did not succeed. In the course of the study several com- pounds not mentioned in the literature were prepared and described, namely: phenacylsodiumthiosulfate, acetonylsodi- umthiosulfate, metanitrophenacylsodiumthiosulfate, and 2,5- dimetanitrophenyl-1,4-dithiene. 19. The Rectification of Current for Laboratory Uses. Charles Hire, Murray State Teachers’ College. A rectifier mechanically operated and of unlimited cur- rent capacity is demonstrated and briefly discussed. 20. A Convenient Force Table. Charles Hire. A simple, convenient and accurate apparatus for demon- * Thesis submitted by R. H. Baker to the Graduate School of the Uni- versity of Kentucky, May, 1931. **Jour. Amer. Chem. Soc., 35, 447. 32 THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE strating and teaching the composition and resolution of forces is discussed and shown. 21. The Nature of Sun Spots. Charles Hire. It is assumed that chemical reactions taking place within the sun may be either endothermic or exothermic. The tem- perature would be reduced where endothermic reactions oc- cur, and temperature differences would result within the at- mosphere, possibly within sub-photospheric layers of the sun. Measurements in spot umbras have shown a temperature con- siderably below that of the remaining areas of the sun. The assumption is made that these temperatures are low enough te cause the condensation and sclidification of metals in the solar gasses, including iron, and that the temperatures are below 786°C., at which solidified iron would become magnetic. The magnetic properties of this iron accentuate any magne- tic force about the sun, and the influence of the strengthened field within the spot region produces magnetic and electrical disturbances on the earth. The temperature differences with- in the solar gasses necessarily cause storm regions in the re- versing layer and chromosphere. It is concluded that the spot is a storms center, where metallic vapors are being con- densed and solidified, or that the spot is a storm center with a solid metallic core. 22. Dielectric Constant of Liquids by Vacuum Tube Os- cillator Method. W. L. Rast, U. of Ky. 23. A Study of Thermionic Emission from a Tungsten Filament. F. L. Yost, U. of Ky. 24. Temperature Variation of Young’s Modulus in Cop- per. E. L. Kirk, U. of Ky. 25. The Thomsen Effect in Alloys of Bismuth and Tin. C. H. Bernard, U. of Ky. 26. A Study of Thermionic Volt Meters. C. B. Crawley, UGE Ky: EIGHTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING 33 27. Contributions to Child Psychology by The Univer- sity of Vienna. Anna A. Schnieb, Eastern State Teachers’ College. The University of Vienna has made three outstanding contributions to child psychology: First, in devising accom- plishment baby tests for the first two years of life. Second, in making a detailed study of the successive steps in the de- velopment of the human being from birth to maturity. Third, in maintaining a psychological laboratory with unlimited sub- ject-matter. The sources of these contributions were: 1. De- tailed inventory of every action of sixty-nine children rang- ing in age from one day to twelve months. 2. Large number cf diaries. 3. Council work. 4. Observations of a large num- ber of children of various ages both in Europe and in the United States. 5. Cooperation of the City of Vienna. First contribution. The detailed inventory furnished the basis for the baby tests. Forty per cent of the children were trom private homes and sixty per cent were “institution” children. In all, sixty-nine children, representing a varied so- cial environment and ranging in age from less than a month te twelve months, were observed. Five complete observa- tions were made for each age group. The method employed was uninterrupted systematic observation of the same child under conditions which were normal in his everyday life. Each child was observed during twenty-four hours, both waking and sleeping. The observer kept himself completely passive in relation to the child, and in no way disturbed the normal daily plan. Protocols were kept of all that was observed. Most of the protocols were made by the same two observers. Only healthy babies were observed. Frequently the same children were observed at different age levels so that monthly pro- gress in development could be seen in the same child. The purpose in making the exact observations was: 1. To obtain a complete picture of the child’s behavior during the first year of life. 2. By means of an exhaustive inventory of every item of observable behavior, to obtain an inventory that would serve as a standard for normal development with- in this period. 34 THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE The material stated in the detailed protocols has been treated in three ways: First, a qualitative and quantitative analysis of the behavior was made. This describes and deter- mines the separate behaviors at the different age levels. Second, the time analysis of the day and the time measure- ment of the behavior. This is concerned with those types of behavior which can be observed within one day, and with separating and determining those groups of reactions which follow one upon the other. Third, the meaning of the facts— that is establishing the levels of development in the course of the first year of life. Thru the interpretation of the detailed inventory and thru other research studies, the first accomplishment baby tests for the first two years of life were devised. The tests were drawn up after making ten preliminary trials for each month and were then given to more than thirty children in each month. The tests, according to Buhler, do much more than show whether the child is normal or subnormal. They enable one to say something rather positive concerning the productivity of the individual. According to Buhler, productivity can nev- er be measured by a definite, limited task with a prescribed goal. If talents are to be measured, mental freedom must be assured. Tests must show the individual’s level positively rather than merely its relative deviation. The tests must ac- tually test the level, not simple intellectual dexterity, matur- ity or ability. Test items must be so arranged as to measure the individual in all the varied aspects of his life. They must be based upon an exact knowledge of the necessity and possi- bility of performances in the stage of development to be con- sidered. They must measure exactly that which is charac- teristic of one stage of development and maturation. The tests were not restricted to the child’s intelligence, but were directed to his personality as a whole. They were devised in order to determine the stage of the child’s develop- ment in the mastery of life. The total system of action was considered, not single intellectual function. Three questions were considered: How does the child develop; 1, in physical EIGHTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING 35 and mental control of himself; 2, in social relationships; 3, in the manipulation of materials? Second contribution. According to Buhler, the develop- ment of childhood and youth consists of five phases. The principal problems of each phase are: mastery of body and self, social reactions, manipulation of materials, and intellec- tual development. One of these problems predominates each phase. The phases may be characterized as: First, from birth to one year of age—largely bodily control and _ func- tional handling of materials. Second, from two to four years —largely subjective interests; child becomes conscious of self and asserts his will. Third, from five to eight years— largely objective interests, which are shown by the things the child makes and by his understanding of duty and _ work. Fourth, from nine to thirteen years—continued curiosity and interest in learning. Interests cease to be subjective. Fifth, from fourteen to nineteen years—physiological changes— puberty and adolescence; psychological changes—feels need for a special friend; active interests in a philosophy of life. Third contribution. The psychological laboratory is in one of the municipal temporary homes for children ranging in age from one day to fourteen years. The children come from a varied environment. Several thousand are received each year. Major students in child psychology and guest students of the University may do research work at the laboratory provided it is done under the supervision of the University. 28. The Relation between College Marks and Extra-Cur- ricular Activities.* Clara Chassell Cooper, Richmond, Ky. The data for this study were collected in connection with an investigation of the relation between moral and intellec- tual traits among college students. The institutions repre- sented were Cornell College, Heidelberg University, the Uni- versity of Nevada, Washburn College, and William Woods College. These institutions differed significantly in respect * A fuller account of this study will appear in a book, entitled The Relation between Morality and Intellect: a Compendium of Evidence Con- tributed by Psychology, Criminology, and Sociology. (Bureau of Publica- tion, Teachers Coliege, Columbia University, New York.) 36 THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE to location, type, and affiliation or control. All were four- year coeducational institutions except the fifth, which was a junior college for women. Members of the senior class served as subjects. The data on college marks consisted of a transcript or a compilation of the scholastic records for the full college course, in each institution. The data on extra-curricuiar ac- tivities consisted of the information as to activities given in the college annual or in the senior edition of the college pa- per, covering a period of two to four years, according to the institution. The two types of data were statistically reduced in order to provide two series of measures for each type. Thereupon, reliability coefficients and paired coefficients of correlation were obtained by the rank-difference method, in routine fashion, between the appropriate halves of the data, and a suitable correction for attenuation formula was applied. The results showed a practically zero correlation between college marks and extra-curricular activities in four institu- tions, in contrast with a high degree of correlation, represent- ed by a corrected coefficient of .59, in the fifth. An explan- ation of the divergent result was possibly found in the super- vision of student affairs afforded by a cooperative govern- ment association including both faculty and student members. The conclusion appears to be justified that, as a rule, prac- tically no correlation exists between college marks and extra- curricular activities, but that under certain conditions super- ior scholastic achievement and active participation in student affairs, or their opposites, may be associated. In the presentation of this study, a tabular method of report advocated by the writer for various types of investi- gation in psychology and the allied sciences was utilized; and two point system used in the evaluation of extra-curricular activities, covering all activities reported for the subjects in the five institutions, were exhibited. 29. An Analysis of Factors in Motor Learning. R. L. Hoke, Morehead Teachers’ College. A study in tossing balls at a target, under controlled conditions, is reported. The condition most conducive to ef- EIGHTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING 37 ficiency was to keep the individual fully aware of the degree of success attained. The study has been published as a Doc- tor’s Dissertation, Univ. of Cincinnati, College of Education, June, 1929. 30. What Freshmen Read in a Teachers’ College. Noel B. Cuff and H. L. Donovan, Eastern State Teachers’ College. The study was conducted by means of a questionnaire covering three main points: first, the amount of voluntary reading of newspapers, and what appeals to the student; sec- ond, the quantity of independent reading of magazines and what appeals to the student; third, the amount of reading of books not directly connected with college work. Answers from 330 freshmen in Eastern Ky. State Teachers’ College seem to justify the following conclusions: 1. More than 80 per cent of the freshmen read newspapers and magazines reg- ularly. 2. The average number of newspapers read daily is 2.5, and of magazines read regularly is 2.5. 3. The students devoted an average of about 12 hours per week to voluntary reading. 4. The wide variation in the amount of time spent on independent reading is striking and significant. The range of hours per week spent on reading daily papers was from 0 to 18; on magazines, from 0 to 20; on books, from 0 to 30. 5. Students were most interested in the front page of news- papers and in short stories. 6. Students read reasonably sub- stantial types of magazines. 7. The average number of books read voluntarily, per student, during one semester was 4.3. 8. The averages for the independent reading of freshmen in Eastern Ky. State Teachers’ College were higher than the averages reported for freshmen in other institutions. 31. A Genetic Study of Cheating Among Elementary School Groups. Graham B. Dimmick, U. of Ky. The purpose of this study was to determine the inci- dence of cheating in schoolroom situations and the relation of such behavior to age, sex, type of school, intelligence, achieve- ment, retardation, and social status. Seven hundred and fifty- five subjects ranging in age from nine to sixteen years, from grades four to seven, inclusive, were selected as representa- tive of: (1) a rural school; (2) an urban school, and (3) a 38 THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE - mill-village school. Two equivalent forms of a standardized arithmetic problem test were administered upon separate oc- casions. A key sheet containing the correct answer was passed out with Form I, with explicit instructions that it was not to be used except to score the papers at the conclusion of the test. Retest of the same subjects was made two days later with Form II, with no answers available. Previous ad- ministration of both forms of the test to a comparable group, under conditions precluding cheating, made possible the es- tablishment of norms of ‘expected’ differences. The mean and the standard deviation of these ‘honest’ differences were used as points of reference and the raw difference score of each subject of the experimental group was converted, by di- viding it by the standard deviation of the honest differences, into a multiple of this standard deviation. This procedure made possible the translation of the raw difference scores in- to a statement of the probability of the honest occurrence of such a deviation. A subject was considered as having cheat- ed when the probability of the honest occurrence of the dif- ference was six in ten thousand. Tabulation of the data showed: (1) increase in the inci- dence of cheating with age; (2) no reliable sex differences; (3) no significant differences in respect to type of school; (4) a marked inverse relation between intelligence and cheating; (5) a marked inverse relation between cheating and school achievement; (6) the incidence of cheating among retarded pupils was three times as great as among those at age for their grade; (7) no relation between cheating and social sta- tus as indicated by parental vocation. 32. The Inadequacy of Current Intelligence Tests for Testing Kentucky Mountain Children. Eston J. Asher, U. of Ky. 33. Must We Give Up God? Wm. H. Walker, Berea College. Atheism, even ignoring Russia, is exploited at the pres- ent time as never before. It assumes that science and philos- cphy have made a belief in God impossible. But the many schools of philosophy and their various wings are by no means EIGHTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING 39 a unit in their attitude toward belief in God. Furthermore, ~ recent changes in the concepts of space, time, and matter, and the abandonment of the mechanistic theory are favorable to the theistic idea, while the leading scientists of the world are emphatic in their expression of belief in God. Far from as- suming that this results from an “emotional inheritance’, it is more just to recognize it as an attitude growing out of a sense of the order of the world. Wherever order is recognized and its source is known, that source is mind. Where a higher order emerges out of a lower order, and the moving force is known, itis mind. The world generally is under the operation of the principle of entropy, or of increasing disorder; but en- tropy is reversed in living organisms. To say that “purpose presupposes order, not order purpose,” ignores the fact that the higher order is latent in the lower. In man order comes to itself in man’s conscious purpose. Hence purpose is latent in the whole process—unless it be introduced from without, which few would accept today. It is in this latent purpose that the theist sees God. Such a God is immanent, not trans- cendent or anthropomorphic. It is vain for Lippmann to in- sist that nothing but an anthropomorphic God is the God of ancient faith. In Hebrew history the anthropomorphic idea began to be abandoned almost as soon as it was formulated in literature, and Christianity’s early literature provided for divine immanence. Recognizing that man himself, in the entirety of his be- ing, must be embraced in the World-Purpose, we must give to that Purpose the capacity to give rise to man in all his emo- tional and volitional life. Hence that Purpose must have an emotional and volitional life like unto man’s. This sets no limit to God, nor does it assert that we can fathom the depths of his being. It merely asserts that God must be at least as much as man, and that beyond that limit God must reach im- measurably farther. 34. The Seen Occasional, The Unseen Eternal. William Benjamin Smith. (By title.) 40 THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 35. The Uses of Adversity. Edmund M. Baehr, M.D., College of Medicine, Univ. of Cincinnati. The paper showed that pain and fatigue are protective agencies without which we would fare badly. “It may not be known to all of you that just as we possess special nerve structures as the eyes and ears whereby we may see and hear, SO we possess special nerve structures in the surface skin that can be excited only by noxious or destructive external agents. These are as specific in their function of appreciating such stimuli and transmitting their information to the brain as are the visual nerves in responding to “light”? waves and, what is more important, they are very much older. Perhaps our first nervous contact with the world, it is permissable to suppose, was a painful one. “It seems to me our physiological chemists have not made much of a case of the idea that fatigue was the conse- quence of the accumulation in the tissues of metabolism prod- ucts. My own belief is that fatigue is defensive physiological inhibition of function working in conjunction with the pain sensibility ; that it is psychical rather than chemical, and that without its purposeful functioning we should never know when our otherwise uncomplaining organs were in desperate need of rest and recuperation. “T maintain my right to contemplate life that I am ex- pected to live as the relation of myself to a perpetually severe and brutal physical environment every element of which is at work to destroy me. I survive only because I am well equipped to meet this environment—or avoid it—and I realize I have strange equipment wherewith to accomplish these ends.” For the complete paper see The Journal of Medicine, Cincinnati, Chio, October, 1931. NINETEENTH ANNUAL MEETING 41 -MINUTES OF THE NINETEENTH MEETING President Schnieb called the Academy to order at 9:35 a. m. in the auditorium of Eastern Kentucky State Teachers’ College. Present about 70 members and 120 visitors. The report of the Secretary was received and ordered filed. The Treasurer reported a bank balance of $75.50, unpaid bills, $90.50, and $75 in Lexington Building and Loan Asso- ciation stock to cover life memberships. The report was re- ferred to the auditing committee who later reported it cor- rect. Dr. Middleton reported on the meeting of the council of the A.A.A.S. and the Academy Conference in New Orleans. See Science, February 5, 1932. Mr. Gayle Starnes, Dr. V. F. Payne and Mr. John Osborn reported for the committee on Junior Academy. The membership committee recommended 56 persons for membership. The report was adopted and these persons were elected unanimously. Dr. Irvin Abell and Dr. Charles E. Spearman were elected honorary members, unanimously. Mr. Beckner, for the committee on list of books on science for popular reading reported that the committee had not been able to prepare such a list, largely because the best scientific books are too technical for the general reader. Prof. J. S. Pierce, for the committee on affiliation of scientific societies in the state, reported the recommendation that the secretary of the Academy write to the secretary of each sociéty asking the appointment of a representative to meet at some future date with a committee of the Academy, for the purpose of considering affiliation, this committee to report to the Academy in 1933. Mr. Wurtz, for the library committee, reported that President McVey had consented to allot the Academy space in the University library, provided that our books and papers were bound suitably. He exhibited and recommended a bin- der for manuscripts and pamphlets. PoP - Ss Sor 42 THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE The President appointed the following committees: Mem- bership, W. R. Allen, Julian Capps, Robert T. Hinton. Legis- lation: S. M. Wilson, G. D. Buckner, Lucien Beckner. Junior Academy, Gayle Starnes, John Osborn, V. F. Payne, A. R. Middleton. Auditing, A. D. Hummell, S. D. Averitt, W. G. Burroughs. Nominating, Noel B. Cuff, G. D. Buckner, V. F. Fayne. Resolutions, Lucien Beckner, W. R. Roy, J. L. Leg- gett. Scientific books for laymen, Lucien Beckner, Julian Capps, H. M. Pyles. Upon motion, it was ordered that the committees on membership, legislation and junior academy be made perma- nent. Following announcements from the Chair, Dr. H. L. Don- ovan addressed the Academy (paper No. 1), after which Dr. Schnieb delivered the President’s address (paper No. 2). The general session adjourned until 2 p. m. and the Divisions met for their respective programs. At 12:30 the members and guests were entertained by the college at a delightful luncheon, at the close of which Mr. Geo. B. Wurtz read a humorous poem entitled “Evolution.” The general session reconvened at 2 p.m., President Schnieb in the chair. Dr. Donovan introduced Dr. Irvin Abell, who addressed the Academy on “Some recent contributions of science to the field of medicine” (paper No. 23). Dr. Miner then introduced Dr. Charles E. Spearman who spoke on “The Nature of Intelligence” (paper No. 24). The committee on nominations reported as follows: For President, George Roberts, University of Kentucky; for Vice-President, Robert T. Hinton, Georgetown College; for Secretary, A. M. Peter, Experiment Station; for Treasur- er, W. S. Anderson, Experiment Station; for Member of Pub- lications Committee, J. B. Miner, University of Kentucky. Upon motion, the report was adopted and these were elected unanimously. The Academy adjourned to meet next year at the Uni- versity of Kentucky. After adjournment, members and visi- tors were taken on a tour of inspection of the campus. NINETEENTH ANNUAL MEETING 43 Divisional secretaries reported the meetings well attend- ed and all papers read. A. M. PETER, Secretary EXTRACTS FROM THE SECRETARY’S REPORT FOR 1931 - 32 Nine persons elected at the 1931 meeting qualified and have been enrolled as active members, namely: W. H. Clash- man, Louis Desjardins, Harriette V. Krick, A. M. Lands, E. EH. Snoddy, E. W. Theiss, C. C. Wells, Grace Wyatt, I. H. Zar- bell. Thirty-four persons elected by the Council qualified and have been enrolled. We have lost one member by the death on September 2, 1931, of Dr. Charles G. Crooks, retired Dean of Centre College. The number of members at the time of the 1931 meeting was 195. Since then 43 have been added and 14 dropped, for various reasons, making the present number 224. This is the first time that the number of members has exceeded 200, and credit for the increase should be given to the indefatigable work of our president. Dr. W. R. Jillson was authorized to ea the Acad- emy in the International Geographical Congress in Paris, France, September 16-24, 1931, he having been appointed by the Governor to represent Kentucky. Unfortunately, he could not attend. The Academy was invited to send a representative to the International Congress of Mathematics in Zurich, September — 4-12, 1982. 1. The Scientist and the Social Order. H. L. Donovan, President, Eastern State Teachers’ College. My first thesis is that the masses do not comprehend the discoveries of men of science and are, therefore, indifferent to scientific revelations. In times of prosperity, they may tolerate scientists with their play houses; but in periods of 44 THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE depression, they either abolish them or leave them with re- sources that render them impotent. The masses do not be- lieve in men of science, but pin their faith to a political order. They do not turn to the scientist to assist them in the solu- tion of the hard problems of life, but to the politician. They possess no knowledge of the scientific approach to social, eco- nomic, educational, or governmental problems. They thoroly understand the political approach and usually attack all prob- lems by this method. My second thesis is that men of science are so enamored with their work in the laboratories that they assume an atti- tude of indifference toward the masses, believing them inca- pable of understanding and appreciating their discoveries. These men, like the proverbial lover, receive their pleasure in the pursuit of the unknown rather than in the possession of the object of their affections. As soon as they have discov- ered a new truth, they turn in search of another. After hay- ing discovered some new thing, they usually display but lit- tle interest in the dissemination of the results of their labors. If they do attempt to explain their research, all too frequently they talk or write in an unknown tongue, as far as the general public is concerned. The masses do not understand technical terms and probably have but little interest in mastering a vocabulary that would enable them to appreciate a scientific vernacular. My third thesis is that there is now available scientific knowledge on social, economic, educational and political prob- lems, which, if intelligently applied to their solution, would advance civilization a century in a single decade. Business has used scientific research to promote its ends—profits. It has built up the machine until the machine has almost des- troyed business. Much study has been given to the construc- tion of the machine for production, but little thought has been given to how to control the machine in the interest of a bet- ter industrial order. Except for the uses made of research by industry, scientific discoveries have not been utilized to any great degree. The discoveries of the scientists are not always used to promote the general welfare of mankind to the end NINETEENTH ANNUAL MEETING 45 that the masses may enjoy a better social order. The masses do not appear to be aware that they have missed anything. The politician will attempt to make you believe that if the human race is left to its own devices, it will automatically make the right decisions and do what is best for itself. The scientist knows that the human race is lazy and if left to itself, it will do nothing but continue its course by the trial and error method, which ultimately leads it into oblivion. As evidence in support of my theses, let me give some concrete illustrations. Take, for example, the work of our last General Assembly. In using this illustration, no reflec- tion is meant on either of the parties or upon any individual cr group of individuals involved. The actions of practically any State Legislature would serve equally well. I use our own General Assembly because we are familiar with its actions. i use it as an illustration of a system in which we find our- selves rather than in criticism of its methods and procedures. The members of this Assembly alone are not to blame. We must all accept our share of the responsibility. Do the constitutionally-elected representatives of the masses respect the man of science? Do they call upon him when drafting revenue bills to share with them his investiga- tions on matters of revenue and taxation? We have in our State as President of our University, a man who is an econ- omist of national reputation, and professors in our various colleges who have given the best of their lives to a study of economics. Was their judgment sought in the last General Assembly in helping to solve the financial tangle in which the State found itself? Or rather were not the laws which were drafted written without adequate information with re- spect to their effect upon the economic order? I believe that a study will reveal that no well-trained economist has ever written a revenue law for our State which finally has been adopted. There is not the slightest doubt that there are a number of men in the colleges, who have worked in this field, who could render valuable service in working out an equitable system of taxation for the Commonwealth. Let us turn to another field. What position does the ed- OO! One® hie 46 THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE ucator occupy in the minds of the masses of our citizens? Do they respect his judgment? Do they regard his technical and professional training? Do our citizens say: “In view of the excellent opportunities you have enjoyed to study the problems of education in a scientific manner and because of the wealth of experience you have had in administering and supervising schools, we, therefore, concur in your judgment relative to the direction of our schools?” Or is their senti- ment more likely to be something like this: “He is just an- other school teacher and doesn’t know much about practical affairs.” Again I cite the results of the last General Assembly that you may study the actions of the duly elected represen- tatives of the people, and conclude which of these sentiments actually expresses the attitude of the general public. Against the advice and best judgment of every educator in the State, laws were enacted that were detrimental to the children of the Commonwealth. A political system was foisted upon the masses that will result in handicapping their children in the struggle to receive an adequate education. To carry the illustration further, may I inquire whether our roads are built by engineers? Or are our penal institu- tions administered by students of criminology whose advice is sought in restoring criminals to good citizenship, or by poli- ticians interested only in the spoils of office? Are psychia- trists and psychologists called to the aid of those who direct the affairs of our asylums in helping the mentally unbalanced back to mental health? Are men of science in Kentucky call- ed upon for any service other than teaching the youth a lot of theories about which the average man does not have any convictions? The conclusion of the whole matter is that scientists can- not afford to be out of touch with the masses. They will have to interpret the findings of the laboratories to the people. They must translate their works into a language the common man can understand. Furthermore, scientists will find it necessary to convince the people that their work is being done in the interest of the public and for the promotion of a better civili- NINETEENTH ANNUAL MEETING 47 zation. Somehow or other the masses must be led to nave confidence in the scientist and in his ability to help them in the solution of their problems. The gap between what is known to be good and desirable and what is applied, is far too great. The scientist must not only discover the truth but he should be interested in helping to interpret it to the masses, so that they will demand that truth shall be the guiding prin- ciple under which they live. Dissemination of scientific truths may be as important as their discovery, in the building of a better social order. My plea is that scientists may be able to lead the average citizen to accept the scientific approach to our problems and abandon our old futile efforts to solve them by the political system which now prevails. 2. The Philosophical Basis of Education in Germany. (President’s Address.) Anna A. Schnieb, Eastern State Teach- ers’ College. Today, as one observes the German boys and girls at work in the various types of schools, for there is still a great va- riety in Germany, and as one studies in the German universi- ties, he cannot help but be impressed with the philosophical atmosphere which permeates the entire educational system. All branches of learning seem to have a philosophical slant. Every German student in the secondary school as well as in the university, has a Weltbild, a Weitanschauung—a view of life, a definite feeling for worths or values for which he stands. As one attends the lectures, comes in contact with his professors and with the students, he asks himself again and again, just what is this philosophy? After much study and personal contact, I tried to satisfy my thinking by defin- ing this philosophy. To verify my interpretation, I conferred with my major professors at the University of Vienna, Pro- fessor Meister and Professor Buehler, and with Professor Spranger of the University of Berlin and Professor Litt at the University of Leipzig. With a few minor changes made by them, it is this interpretation which I shall convey to you now. The philosophy of German education is necessarily dif- ferent from that of American education because of the dif- 48 THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE ference in background. Here in America, as we well know, we had no tradition to commence with; we had the influence of frontier life, the necessity of subduing a wilderness on its own terms. European tradition was not sufficient to meet these needs. New ways must be found. Strong individual self direction was needed, a reliance on self and on small-group cooperation. Thru successive generations, characteristics of initiative, self-reliance, and face to face cooperation were built into the folkways, along with an impatience at restraint of any sort whatsoever. From the beginning we have been a freedom-loving people and a people of action. To appreciate the German. philosophical viewpoint, one must understand the German classification of the sciences. According to German thinking, the sciences can be classified as theoretical and practical. The theoretical sciences are pure theoretical knowledge. Their purpose is simply knowledge as such. Education in Germany until now was _ considered a practical science, which is clearly’ illustrated by Comenius, Locke, Rousseau, Basedow, Pestalozzi, Herbart, Froebel and others. Until now the development has been one-sided. It was but a system of norms. Nothing was said concerning the meaning of education and its place in culture. If one spoke of the meaning of education, this did not belong to pedagogy, because until now pedagogy or education was en- tirely practical. In 1915 there came a new viewpoint. This was the con- sideration of education as a pure science on a philosophical basis. From this date, education ceased to be merely a prac- tical science. A philosophy of education began to be develop- ed. The outstanding men in this movement were Spranger from Berlin, Meister from Vienna, Litt from Leipzig, and Fischer from Munich. These educators worked for a theoret- ical basis for the existent practical education. Pedagogy as a pure science, according to German thought, raises the question, What is education? Pedagogy as a practical science raises the question, How shall one edu- cate? In this last question, one goes from the facts of educa- tion, as it is being carried out, to the demands of education or NINETEENTH ANNUAL MEETING 49 how one should educate. Pedagogy as a pure science gives rise: First, to a historical side in which one sees the: History of education; Types of education. Second, to a pure philo- sophical side which gives: A theory of worths which, in turn, indicates the place of education in culture and the general purpose of education; a theory of knowledge in pedagogy. Concerning the place of education in culture, the question arises: What-is culture? According to German thinking, cul- ture is the sum of all objective intellectual products. For in- stance, art, science, religion. Objective intellectual products are those which have duration. Everything which man pro- duces belongs to culture, the physical as well as the intellec- tual. Culture must be classified and should be classified accord- ing to the different fields. For example, art, philosophy, re- ligion. The existence of culture is bound first to cultural work and second to the passing on of the entire cultural possession. Thru this we see the meening of education. Education has the task of leading man to culture. Education must lead the child in the process of critically assimilating culture. There- fore, education has a double function concerning culture: First, passing on culture; second, making the different fields of culture a unity in man, an integrating process. From this comes the purpose of education, which is to form personality. A personality, according to German think- ing, is an individual who actively takes part in the cultura! life of his time; who has a general view of the entire field of culture and who possesses a philosophy of life. The idea of personality must not be confused with the idea of individual- ity. Individuality is an unborn disposition. Personality is an ideal. Only thru an ideal of personality can a cultural work be secured and maintained as living and universal, as a pert of the entire field of culture. From reflection about the idea of culture and the condi- tions of culture, comes the meaning and the purpose of edu- cation. From the meaning and purpose of education are de- rived the three fundemental forms of education: First, gen- eral education, which gives the general view of culture. Sec- eee ee 2 ee 50 THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE ond, education for profession or trade, which makes for intel- lectual workers and for commerce and production. This pro- vides for actively taking part in the cultural work. Third, education for a philosophy of life. Concerning the theory of knowledge of the pedagogical laws or norms several questions arise: First, Whence do the pedagogical ideas come? Second, How far are they true? Third, What are the limits in education in general? Concerning the first question, they come from reflection and from the meaning of culture. From these conclusions we find the meaning and the purpose of education. The gen- eral supposition for these pedagogical principles is the appre- ciation of cultural work and the wish to continue and to fur- ther this cultural work. Culture is a worth: This is the fun- damental idea. Concerning the question as to how far the pedagogical rorms are valid, it is said their validity depends upon: 1. General psychology, thru its research and method. 2. The type and heighth of culture. Culture provides the content of education. For instance, in Austria, English is taught in all night schools and in nearly every public school. The same can be said of art. 3. Individuality of the pupil. 4. The spe- cific individual case. The disposition of the teacher and the pupil as weil as the environment play a part. Pedagogical norms can never be made to serve all conditions or all cases. They must be adapted to the individual case. While the gen- eral pedagogical norms are not always true, their philosophi- cal suppositions are always true. They only depend upon the appreciation of cultural worth. Concerning the question as to what are the limits of edu- cation, it is said that the individuality of the pupil is the first limit of which we must take cognizance. Earlier it was be- lieved that education had no limits—nothing was impossible. Today it is believed that human individuality forms a limit for education which must be recognized. Second, we cannot foresee all pedagogical situations and make norms for them. Here we need intuition which is an inward consciousness of the right. One cannot learn to be an educator. He must be NINETEENTH ANNUAL MEETING ol born an educator. Pestalozzi was a born educator. Here science ends and ert begins. Today, according to German thought, pedagogy is not merely a practical science. It does not depend as before upon psychology and ethics, e.g. Her- bart; but today it depends upon its own philosophical princi- ples and has its own scientific methods. Thru this, pedagogy has become an independent science. In the case of a people like the German, who can _ look back on a glorious educational tradition, it is possible for a new cultural ideal to arise only if the spiritual forces are giv- en their free play. So long as humanity is made up of men and women, and not of machines that may be ordered from some factory, so long will we have to deal with personal apti- tudes of various kinds, requiring a corresponding variety in our system of teaching. Today diversity of talent is recog- nized as a dispensation of nature; the student who gives evi- dence of superior intellectual powers, must be given a chance to develop them, no metter to what social group he may be- long. This arises from a recognition of the welfare of the ration as a whole. The Weimar Constitution of 1919 calls for the cultivation of a patriotic and loyel sense of citizenship; it also demands a recognition and cultivation of friendly relations with other peoples. No nation can successfully work out its own destiny except in harmony and peaceful cooperation with the other nations. The ideal of cultivating a spirit of peace and har- mony among the nations must be a principle of the education in Germany. Religion, music and art are now recognized by the schools as necessary specific outlets for the spiritual emo- tions in order to meet the spiritual demands of the time. The gulf between art and science is commencing to disappear, which is shown by many of the books published today. It is rather difficult to know if they belong to art or to science. As Dr. Meister said “Whenever we honestly acknowledge the - subjective character of the scientific mind we are well on the way of realizing that what is called the scientific talent springs from those mysterious sources in which the artistic talent also has its origin. To quote Dr. Becker of the Uni- 52 THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE versity of Berlin, ‘““Even if our minds should one day be able to discover and give a rational account of how the scientific and artistic sides of our nature are interrelated, this discov- ery would only be of the same kind as all the discoveries made in the realm of physical science; for these only raise one veil after another, and leave us always face to face with newer mysteries. Therefore, such an achievement on the part of the human intellect, great as it might be, would not bring us te a cold intellectual understanding but rather to an attitude of awe and wonderment before the mystery of our own being. That attitude would be akin to the contemplative mood in which we gaze upon and appreciate a great work of art, which our reason cannot account for or explain.” And further Dr. Becker says, “The spirit of genuine humanity has_ been strongly awakened and brought into the activities of every- day life. That spirit will not sink back into its primal inactiv- ity; nor will it cease to be a formative force in the outer world. It is an all-important matter that the mental orientation re- ceived from this philosophy of life does not look for eternity only in what is dead and past, but in what is living and near at hand. Be it as unscientific as it may, this faith in the eter- nal endurance of one’s own personal experiences is a _ faith that is not a mere outward and passing thing but rather something which has in it the capacity to set in action and sustain the creative powers of the human spirit. In the spiritual tendencies of the present age, the most productive element has been their power of fusing individual views and purposes into a common social ideal. This is clear- ly shown in the Youth Movement of Germany. In the socia! aspect of its organization, the Youth Movement was a protest against the accepted social forms which had become worn out and which were only mechanical restrictions on the liberty of the individual. We see, then, that a new spirituality has come up to offset the old intellectual idea of education. Ac- cording to Dr. Becker of Berlin, with this spirituality which is of the soul rather than of the mind, we have a new concep- tion of the function and the place of the human body in our practical lives. Gymnastics have come to take an outstand- NINETEENTH ANNUAL MEETING 53 ing place in the training of the German youth. The currents of many streams come together here. The development of respect and care for the body, as the sacred house of our hu- man nature, is largely due to the Youth Movement. To de- velop muscle, valor and gallantry, is no longer the exclusive purpose of the athletic sports and games. The German inter- pretation is that these exercises are essentially the outer ex- pression of the spiritual forces which actuate the whole human being. So we see that the use of athletics has its in- tegral place in the general educational system. According to German thinking, it develops the character and the will and brings them into harmony with the activities of the body: and thus leads to the all-round development of mind, spirit, and body which constitutes the new ideal in education. 3. Experiments on the Development of the Pelvic Gir- die. Harvey B. Lovell, Biol. Dept., U. of Louisville. The pelvic girdle proper of Amblystoma punctatum con- sists of a flat ischio-pubic plate and a slender ilium extending dorsally to articulate with the sacral rib on the 16th verte- bra. In heterotopic grafted limbs it differentiated as a topo- graphically complete structure in every case in which the free limb was fully developed. When the extirpated rudiment failed to regenerate, the girdle was found to be absent, but when the limb regenerated completely, the pelvic girdle also was structually normal. It was therefore shown that the pel- vic girdle proper is an equipotential restitution system. In an inverted limb bud (stage 42) the symmetry of the girdle agreed with that of the limb. The ypsiloid process which ex- tends forward from the center of the ischio-pubic plate was found to be a separate embryonic rudiment. It was absent from the girdles of grafts and in the orthotopic position the right fork was or was not present according to the size of the extirpated rudiment. An intimate developmental relationship between the pelvic girdle and the sacral rib was demonstrated. When the girdle was absent the sacrel rib was no longer than the ribs on the vertebrae immediately anterior. 54 THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 4. Heterothallism in the Water Mold, Dictyuchus. Har- low Bishop, Biol. Dept., U. of Louisville. The organism discussed, Dictywchus monosporus Leitgeb, is closely related to the commoner fungi, Saprolegnia and Achlya. All these characteristically reproduce asexually by biciliate zoospores and sexually by thick-walled oospores. Sex- ual reproduction is accomplished by a high type of heter- ogamy, with the formation of antheridia and oogonia. In all conclusively studied cases other than in Dictyuchus, the plants are monoecious or homothallic and each is capable of produc- ing antheridia and oogonia. The material studied was. col- lected in October, 1927, from a stream in the Blue Hills Res- ervation, near Boston, Mass. The cultivation of the fungus was continued on agar. Pure cultures were obtained and sin- gle zoospores were isolated from them. Many such zoospores were isolated and the strain of the fungus arising from each zoospore was maintained in pure culture. Meany matings of the resultant strains were made, without, however, the pro- duction of oospores. This is characteristically to be expected of dioecious or heterothallic plants. Later experiments dem- onstrated that all the first strains were antheridial. At length, in July, 1930, the mating of two strains was successful in pro- ducing abundant oospores. A recently isolated strain had proved to be a female or oogonial strain. In this way the fact of heterothallism for the genus was established for the second time. Dr. John N. Couch, of the University of North Caro- lina, discovered and proved heterothallism in Dictyuchus for the first time (see Annals of Botany, vol. 40, No. 160, October, 1926, pp. 849-881). In a recent letter Dr. Couch states that the work of the writer is the first confirmation of his proof of the heterothallic nature of Dictyuchus. 5. The Effect of Alcoholism on the Thyroid Gland of Guinea Pigs. Albert Stoner, U. of Louisville. 6. The Iodine and Bromine Content of Animal Tissues. J. S. McHargue and D. W. Young, Chemistry Dept., Ky. Agr. Expt. Station. Preliminary feeding experiments with rats indicated that bromine is essential in the metabolism of animals. The ap- parent importance of bromine in the metabolism of animals NINETEENTH ANNUAL MEETING 55 has led us to ascertain the iodine and bromine content of or- gans from a few species of domestic animals. A modification cf the method of analysis published by Pincussen and Roman was used. A 25-gram portion of dried, finely divided tissue was heated with a strong solution of potassium hydroxide, in an iron crucible, over a small flame, until the water had been expelled and a carbonized residue remained, after which the crucible was heated in an electric furnace at a temperature not exceeding 400°C. until most of the carbon had been burn- ed. The water solution of the residue was divided into two parts and acidified with suifuric acid. Jodine was set free by adding nitrite to one part, extracted with carbon disulfide and its quantity measured in a microcolorimeter. Bromine was set free by adding chlorine water very cautiously to the other part and was extracted and measured in a similar way. The results show that iodine and bromine are present in the © tissues of rats, chickens, hogs, sheep, cattle and horses. The quantity of bromine found was larger than thet of iodine, ex- cept in the thyroid gland. Milk and eggs contain nearly equal amounts of iodine and bromine and it is the opinion of the au- thors that iodine and bromine are contributing factors to the nutritional value of these important foods. Further experi- ments will be made to ascertain more definitely the impor- tance of bromine in the metabolism of animals. 7. The Mineral and Nitrogen Content of the Leaves of Some Important Species of Forest Trees at Different Stages During the Growing Season. J. S. McHargue and W. R. Roy, Chemistry Dept., Ky. Agr. Expt. Station. Analyses were made of the leaves of 21 species of trees, at three stages of development: when the leaves were about one-third grown, when they were ‘mature, and just prior to the first frost. The analyses show the trend toward accumu- lation or decrease in mineral content and nitrogen of the leaves. Percentages of ash, SiO., Mn, Ca, and Mg increase thru the growing period, while P, Na, K and N decrease in percentage. These tendencies are fairly uniform in all species analyzed, tho some varieties of leaves seem to have a prefer- ential requirement of certain elements. Several aspects and applications of the findings are discust. ES eer — tt 56 THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE trees; many kinds of fruits; the fruit of the spineless cactus of Luther Burbank; a rattler, coiled, ready to strike; and a copperhead in the same situation. Photography makes it possible to get all kinds of slides vhich, with the coloring true to nature, can be used at any time during the year to bring before the pupil all that grows out of doors. The author has made a large number of slides and has sent them to twelve schools in New York City, to Luther Burbank in California, to colleges and universities all over the United States and Canada, and to many high schoo!s of the middle west, south and northern United States, and is still making them. 10. Physiographic History of the North Branch of the Susquehanna River in Nerthern Pennsylvania and South-Cen- tral New York. Wilbur Greeley Burroughs, Berea College. The Susquehanna River from Athens to Towanda gorge, Bradford County, Pennsylvania, flows nearly southward in an “open-valley”. The river then swings toward the southeast and continues in this direction in a sinuous course to Pittston, Pennsylvania, where it turns toward the southwest. Thru- cut the southeast course the valley is of an “in-grown”’ type. At the north end of Towanda gorge the southward course of the ‘‘open-valley” is continued as a “strath” in the Mine Ridge peneplain of late Tertiary time. There is no stream in the remnant of this “strath’”, but field evidence indicates that the “strath” formed the valley of the southward-flowing Susque- hanna in Tertiary time. This ancient valley continues in a direct line to the gorge of the South Branch of Towanda Creek where that stream cuts thru Kellogg and _ associated synclinal mountains whose summits are remnants of the Cre- taceous peneplain. “‘Berms” or “strath-terraces,” high up on the valley sides, indicate where the Susquehanna Valley ex- isted in Cretaceous and Tertiary time. In Tertiary and probably Mesozoic times the southward- flowing Susquehanna River was paralleled on the east and west by other southward-flowing streams. Portions of these rivers exist today. By a series of captures performed by tri- butaries of these streams, the present upper Susquehanna Ce ee Oo ae ape om ge A tno NINETEENTH ANNUAL MEETING oT 8. Comparative Methods of Determining the Normal Rates of Growth of Experimental Animals. G. Davis Buck- ner, W. M. Insko, Jr., and J. Holmes Martin, Ky. Agr. Expt. Station. | In an experiment to determine the normal rate of growth of White Leghorn chickens raised under favorable experimen- tal conditions, individuals were removed from time to time, either for experimental purposes, because of sickness or by death. Separate growth curves were made of cockerels and pullets, according to each of the following three procedures: (1) by using the average weights of all chickens alive on each weigh day; (2) by omitting the weights of all that died dur- ing the experiment; and (3) by omitting the weights of those removed for experimental purposes, as well as of those that died. Each lot originally contained 120 chicks. The curves obtained in these three ways were practically identical. This shows that the number of chicks in each group was suffi- ciently large to overcome individual variation. The removal of chicks from the experiment by death and the removal of two average sized chicks from each lot on monthly weigh days, for the purpose of obtaining information concerning the in- dividual development of the average chick in each lot, did not materially alter the curves of growth, which we believe to be normal for the White Leghorn cockerel and pullet. 9. Photography as an Aid in the Study of Nature. G. D. Smith, Biol. Dept., Eastern State Teachers’ College. The thousands of negatives taken in the study of plants and animals under natural conditions constitute a wonderful record and are a great aid to the memory. The author has taken 5600 negatives of wild mushrooms and other closely as- sociated fungi and, at sight, can give the scientific name of nearly every one. A few of the things that the author has preserved with the camera are: the eight-legged pig; the black raspberry; young rabbits; the gray squirrel; the Opos- sum; the American coot; the oyster mushroom; the maras- mius mushroom; the coral mushroom; the inkpot mushroom ; quail and nest; mockingbird’s nest; catbird’s nest; blackbird’s nest; young flickers; young sparrow hawks; many kinds of 98 THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE and upper sections of the other south-flowing rivers to the west of that stream were diverted westward into the south- ward-flowing Susquehanna at Athens. In the meantime, a stream flowing southeast on a coastal plain or peneplain in pre-Kittatinny time became superposed upon the underlying strata. This stream worked headward and in Tertiary time captured the southward-flowing Susquehanna in the vicinity of Towanda, Pennsylvania. The northward-flowing Seneca River or a tributary cut thru a divide in the present Chemung River valley near Nar- row Hill, northwest of Waverly, during late Tertiary time, tapped a tributary to the Susquehanna and diverted that stream into Seneca River. A divide formed near Towanda. The Susquehanna from near Towanda to Waverly was_ re- versed in its direction of flow, as indicated by “barbed” tri- butaries, and became a tributary to the Susquehanna-Seneca River. Streams cut thru the divide at Towanda, and the northward-flowing section of the Susquehanna was turned southward into the southeast-flowing, sinuous Susquehanna, long before Wisconsin time. Physiographic features indicate that the region under discussion was glaciated by a pre-Wisconsin glacier. An in- terglacial stage then ensued, followed by Wisconsin glacia- tion. Evidence of glacial lakes and local ponding in the Sus- quehanna Valley during Wisconsin time are seen. Glacial and fluvio-glacial deposits include recessional moraines, ground moraines, morainic terraces, valley trains, kames, and other features. Two river terraces have been cut in the fluvio- glacial deposits of the Susquehanna Valley. At a higher ele- vation is a morainic terrace. 11. The Origin of the Topographic Term, Jumps, in Ken- tucky and Tennessee. Lucien Beckner, Louisville. 12. Erosion or Non-deposition on the Cincinnati Geanti- cline. Lucien Beckner. 13. A Demonstration of Photoelectric Control. sisals cise cece sien cistel ieee Biology Middleton, Austin R., Univ. of Louisville, Louisville .......... Biology Miller, Dayton C., Case School of Applied Sci., Cleveland .... Physics Miller, W. Byron, Wallins Creek, (Utilities Coal Corp.).... Engineering Millikan, R. A., Calif. Inst. of Tech., Pasadena, Calif. ...... Physics Miner; J.B: Univ. of Ky. bexineton) .2seceee sees seers Psychology Moores Walliams eb Chim On Gamermeeer er eres einen ee Education Morgan, Thomas H., Calif. Inst. of Tech., Pasadena, Calif. ... Biology Moulton, F. R., Univ. of Chicago, Chicago, Ill. ............ Astronomy Muncy, V. E., 246 Sixteenth St., Ashland, Ky. .............. Physics Nash, William G., Geogetown College, Georgetown .......... Physics Nicholls, W. D., Exper. Station, Lexington ................ Farm Ecs. Noll, Waldemar, Berea College, Berea .....................- Physics Nollau, E. H., Wilmington, Del. ................. etn so Chemistry Norton, Mrs. Chas. F., Transylvania College, Lexington .. Library Sci. O’Bannon, Lester S., Univ. of Ky., Lexington ............ Engineering O’Donnell, W. F., Supt. of Schools, Richmond ........ Philos. & Psy. Ogg, Earl F., Union College, Barbourville .................. Chemistry * A F 2A aa Z2a2 m © Members 1] Olney, Albert J., Univ..of Ky., Lexington .............. Horticulture Osborn) Ohnw S41 Clarence IVa ease sos bers Scie ele glee Seis mle biee bee Biology Owen, O. E., 3101 Cottage Grove, Des Moines, Iowa .......... Zoology Parker, George H., Ky. Actuarial Bureau, Louisville ...... Engineering Payne, Anna L., Berea College, Berea .................... Home Ecs. Payne, Martha, 156 McDowell Road, Lexington .............. Zoology Payne, V. F., Transylvania College, Lexington ............ - Chemistry Pearson, Nerma, 300 Linworth Pl., S.W., Washington, D.C...... Botany Pelluet, Dixie, Rockford Col., Rockford, Ill. .................. Biology Pence, M. L., 635 Maxwelton Court, Lexington .............. Physics Pennebaker, G. B., Murray State Teachers Col., Murray ...... Biology Peter, Alfred M., Exper. Station, Lexington ................ Chemistry Pierce, J. Stanton, Georgetown College, Georgetown ...... Chemistry Gatlin OLIEVa ViCESATIES Hs soos cc coun tpg sie a ettiny Aaa eh cuales suse oreuens Medicine Pohl, Edwin R., Mammoth Onyx Cave, Horse Cave .......... Geology Price, Chas. S., Berea College, Berea .................... Agriculture Price, Walter A., Exper. Station, Lexington ............ Ent. & Bot. Pugsley, Donald W., Berea College, Berea .............. Mathematics Pyles, Henry M., Wesleyan College, Winchester ............ Biology Rainey, Frank L., Centre College, Danville ............ Biol. & Geol. Raver vins= Willie: “Shelbyville: 23.25.2262 cece oe eteee Education Rhoads, McHenry, Univ. of Ky., Lexington ................ Education Rheads, Wayland, Exper. Station, Lexington .......... Animal Husb. Richardson, Charles H., Syracuse Univ., Syracuse, N. Y. .... Geology iPRIGS, 1ely Comal paris WTR ING Se Ses ae aennbeneacuesese Geology Robbins, Floy, State Teachers College, Murray .......... Geography Roberts, George, Exper. Station, Lexington .............. Agronomy Roe, Mabel, 257 Roswell Ave., Long Beach, Calif. ........ Plant Path. Ross, W. G., Berea College, Berea ........-.......--00002- Philosophy Routt, Grover C., County Ag’l Agent, Mayfield .............. Biology Roy, W. R., Exper. Station, Lexington .................... Chemistry Rumbold, Dean W., State Teachers College, Richmond ...... Biology Ryland, Garnett, Richmond College, Richmond, Va. ...... Chemistry Schnieb, Anna A., State Teachers College, Richmond ..... Psychology Seay, Maurice F., Union College, Barbourville .............. Education Semans, Frank Merrick, W. Teachers Col., Bowling Green ... Biology Sebastian, W. R., Bellevue High School, Bellevue ............ Nat. Sci. Sherwood, T. C., Univ. of Ky., Lexington .................... Zoology Shutt, C. N., Dean of Academy, Berea Coliege, Berea ...... Education Shoemaker, Hurst G., Earlham College, Richmond, Ind. .... Gen. Sci. la ekas Viel MEOUIS VANES Sor occ sh areca elas g oc deiw 14 198 MEG io rn ea th pes 64 288 >) 242 15 204 1 Ly PAS se ae Rat a hy 5k es 65 140 as 132 16 234 208 i: 66 160 ae 120 ule 310 288 & 67 178 ae 156 18 190 a LY Et NC Megha 68 150 esis 136 19 368 340 eet 69 200 Ss 160 20 282 244 pene 70 288 EAE, 194 21 200 174 ied Chee 71 160 iat 140 237) 364 350 ait fe 72 222 pat). 192 23 224 190 eee 73 192 Se 168 24 238 222 74 160 =k 148 25 168 124 75 142 Ee 106 26 188 160 16 126 cas 108 27 228 200 ss TT: 114 eM 102 28 232 OA aro eee 78 180 ae 170 29 212 OF, tpg Re ee 79 120 ing 106 30 412 SO tee Wy Saar eC Oe 80 150 aft 100 31 260 PAV INS ee Rw ee 81 126 Aue 110 32 336 302 82 156 me, 6c 130 33 288 242 83 130 asthe 70 34 140 L2G UC hl aes 84 150 sae 118 35 228 OA Se cet 85 122 oes 110 36 192 168 v 86 nit: pam ae es SA 118 37 170 160 87 132 eae 110 38 300 280 a 88 124 ba 112 39 362 296 = 89 112 atts 76 40 220 ay (ee NS oa Tee a 90 162 esas 149 41 240 UL Die reeds texto 91 130 ed 110 42 226 182 ae 92 160 —_ 140 43 284 274 eget 93 320 pee 282 44 236 220 94 124 CAE 110 45 280 192 95 140 = 100 46 210 BAS) aie eee 96 122 mess 100 47 260 260 ee ost ee 97 110 Poi 80 48 230 190 ——— 98 130 pa ean 120 49 360 340 sd 99 150 Pea! 110 50 280 220 —= 100 126 = 100 SUMMARY 1. Total number of cases observed, 100. 2. Total number of cases observed 30 min. after stimulation, 63. 3. Greatest drop observed 30 min. after stimulation, 88 mg. 4. Average drop observed 30 min. after, 29.1 mg. 5. Total number cases observed 1 hr. after stimu- lation, 37. 6. Greatest drop observed 1 hr. after stimulation, 50 mg. 7. Average drop ob- served 1 hr. after stimulation, 25.6 mg. Twentieth Annual Meeting 47 The author has made statements in most all of his lec- ture work during the last twelve years that islets of Langer- hans were not dead but were lying dormant, and relief from diabetic disturbances could be obtained only by removing the substance keeping them dormant, thereby restoring the nor- mal electrochemical balance of blood protein and tissue col- leids. Quoting from an oral conversation with one of the re- search men from McLeod Laboratory, Toronto, Canada, “The results from your research work substantiate your theory that the islet cells are dormant and not dead, as the blood chemi- cal tests reveal a marked response to pancreatic stimulation.” If this paper took into consideration the temporary or permanent recuperation of the islet cells, many cases could be given where the blood sugar was markedly decreased at the same time the carbohydrate and fat of the diet were increased. The most outstanding case was Mrs. D. L., whose blood sugar was decreased from 204 mg. per 100 cc of blood to 100 mg. per 100 ce of blood, and her diet increased from carbohydrate 51 gm., protein 32 gm., fat 37 gm., up to carbohydrate 110, pro- tein 58, and fat 90. This was accomplished in 27 days. The patient has been able to maintain this improvement for the past 18 months. Only time will determine the lasting qual- ities and recuperative power of pancreatic stimulation. The longest time to date is 10 years on a woman who had a fasting blood sugar of 376 mg. per 100 cc of blood. Stimulation of the pancreas over a period of a few weeks, with correct diet to fit the individual case, brings about marked improvement. At least the symptoms do not return until the original cause again becomes operative. It must be borne in mind that the cause is much more likely to return than if it has never been present; therefore, whether the dis- ease is diabetes or something else, the patient must cooperate with the physician and do his best to avoid habits of life which predispose to bring about a return of the condition. Pancreatic stimulation consists of raising the second, third, fourth, and fifth ribs. With the patient lying on the 48 The Kentucky Academy of Science back, stand on the left side and place the right hand on the angle of the upper dorsal ribs. Have the patient reach up and place the left hand on your shoulder. With your left hand placed on the angle of the ribs just below the right hand, step back and at the same time apply pressure at the angle of the ribs. By the use of the pectoral muscles and the patient’s arm as a lever, a marked movement of the upper dorsal ribs is ob- tained, which by the anatomical arrangement, thru the lateral chain ganglia produces a marked stimulation of the islets of the pancreas. This is evidenced by the rapid drop in blood sugar as shown by the accompanying table. 6. Theories Regarding the Decline of the Seed-bearing Ferns of the Paleozoic, Harriette V. Krick, Biology Depart- ment, Eastern State Teachers’ College. Several current theo- ries regarding the decline of the pteridosperms of the Paleo- zoic were discussed, with evidence derived from fossils for their substantiation. 7. Birth Control. Leon L. Solomon, The Solomon Clinic, Louisville. 8. The Organization Center of the Amphibian Embryo. Edmund K. Hall, University of Louisville. The organization center of the amphibian embryo consists of the dorsal lip of the blastopore in the gastrula, of the roof of the archenteron in the neurula, and of. the notochord and somites in later stages. Transplanted under the central or lateral ectoderm, the organization center induces, at the time of neurulation, the formation of a secondary neural plate and tube from this ectoderm. The author’s experiments show that the center guides the development of the neighboring organs after the differ- entiation of neural tissue has been initiated. If the notochord is displaced laterally, the medullary groove points toward it, aus does the pointed dorsal portion of the gut. If the posterior half of the archenteron roof (“trunk organizer’) is replaced by the anterior half (“head organizer’), the spinal cord de- Twentieth Annual Meeting 49 velops normally; head organizer has manifested its general powers of neural induction without revealing its specific brain- inducing properties. When head organizer is replaced by trunk organizer, the brain which develops is very long and narrow, without eyes or vesicles. In this case, trunk organizer has probably manifested its specific spinal cord-inducing tenden- cles. 9. The Thigh Muscles of Amblystomez Punctatum. Harvey E. Lovell, University of Louisville. In connection with exper- imental studies upon the morphogenesis of the hind limb of Amblystoma punctatum, it was found necessary to identify the muscles of the thigh. They have been named according to the system introduced by DeMan (’74) for Triton and Sala- mandra, the name, whenever possible, being a combination of the origin and insertion of the muscle. The names given to these muscles by several earlier investigators were discarded. However, since Mivart (’69) on Menopoma had already used this system for four muscles (ischiofemoralis, caudalifemor- alis, ischiocaudalis, and femorofibularis), these names were accepted by DeMan. The adductor femoris was first so named by Perrin (92). The iliotibialis was first recognized by Wild- er (12) as a distinct muscle in Nectwrus and separated from the ilio-extensorius. The ilio-extensorius of DeMan therefore includes both it and the iliotibialis. The name ilio-extensorius was first used in its present limited sense by Wilder (712). Noble (’22) has shown that the thigh muscles of urodeles are of importance in tracing evolutionary relationships. He aiso finds on the basis of innervation that the homologies be- tween the muscles of salamanders and higher vertebrates made by the earlier investigators are largely inaccurate. In the present study all the muscles known to be present in the thigh of urodeles have been identified and figured for A, punctatum, The sacral plexus is formed by the union of three spinal nerves. The first caudal nerve also sends a twig to one of the 50 The Kentucky Academy of Science extrinsic caudal muscles. The chief branches of the plexus are the obturator, crural, ischiadic, fibular, and two additional nerves which I have called the adductor and the caudal nerves. The ischiadicus divides into the lateral and median divisions at the middle of the thigh. First, we shall consider the muscles of the ventral or ad- ductor side of the thigh, which consist of a superficial layer of three muscles and a deeper layer of two muscles. 1. M. pubotibialis (pt). This muscle is well developed and quite separate in Amblystoma. It has its origin (pl’) in part by a short tendon from the preacetabular process of the pubis and in part from an aponeurosis to the adjacent fascia. It is inserted (pi”) upon the proximal end of the tibia by a short tendon. Innervation: adductor nerve. 2. M. puboischiotibialis (pit). This is a broad muscle part- ly divided into a distal and a proximal portion by a raphe’. It has its origin (p7l’) from the posterior two-thirds of the ven- tral median line of the puboischium, and its insertion (pit”’) is on the ventral surface of the tibia distal to that of the 2 otibialis. Innervation: adductor nerve. 3. M., ischio-flexorius (is-fl). This muscle has its ont (is-fl’) on the posterior outer edge of the ischium, where its proximal fibers are partly fused with those of the puboischio- tibialis. It is inserted upon the fascia of the shank. Inner- vation: adductor nerve. 4. M. adductor femoris (ad.f). This slender muscle lies dorsal to the pubotibialis between the puboischiofemoralis in- ternus and externus; it has its origin from the ventral outer edge of the pubis and is inserted on the distal third of the femur between the insertions of these two muscles. Innerva- tion: adductor nerve. 5. M. puboischiofemoralis externus (pife). The proximal portion of this muscle is very broad, having its origin from the median line of the entire puboischium. It is inserted on Twentieth Annual Meeting 51 | CESS SSS SSA FIGURE 1. Muscles of hind limb of Amblystoma punctatum. A. Ven- tral side of the thigh. B. Dorsal side of thigh. C. Deeper muscles of ventral side of thigh. D. Deeper muscles of dorsal side of thigh. 52 The Kentucky Academy of Science the ventral side of the femur and on a bony crest, the crista femoris. Innervation: obturator nerve. The second group is composed of seven muscles which are found on the dorsal or abductor side of the thigh. The first three form a sheet of superficial muscles arising from the lateral surface of the ilium. 6. M. iliotibialis (it). This muscle arises from the anter- ior side of the ilium. At its posterior end i is closely asso- ciated with the ilio-extensorius, both muscles ending in a continuous aponeurosis which passes over the knee to the fascia of the shank. From the middle of this aponeurosis a slender tendon passes inward between the muscles and is in- serted on a slender bony spine on the tibia. Innervation: crural nerve. 7. M, ilto-extensorius (il-ex), This muscle has its origin in a tendon on the lateral margin of the ilium. It is inserted on the fascia of the shank as described above. Innervation: fibular nerve. 8. M. iliofibularis (ifi). This muscle also has its origin from the lateral margin of the ilium and its tendon partially -fuses with that of the ilio-extensorius. Distally these muscles are quite distinct. The iliofibularis has a broad insertion (ifi”) on the posterior side of the proximal end of the fibula. Inner- vation: fibular nerve. 9. femorofibularis (ff). The origin is on the posterior side of the femur slightly beyond the middle. It is inserted on the outer side of the fibular distal to the insertion of the iliofibularis. Innervation: lateralis nerve. 10. puboischiofemoralis internus (pifi). The large mass of muscle lying next to the femur has been considered a single muscle in Necturus (Wilder ’12). However, Noble (22) has shown that there are two distinct muscles. In Amblystoma the portion anterior to the ilium arises from the median line of the anterior two-thirds of the puboischium, and a few fibers Twentieth Annual Meeting 53 from the base of the ypsiloid process (Cf. Whipple ’06). These swing anterior to the ilium and have an extensive insertion on the dorsal and anterior sides of the femur. Innervation: crural nerve and a nerve arising at une junction of the obtur- ator with the crural nerve. 11. M., iliofemoralis (ife). This muscle has its origin in part on the ischium and in part on the posterior and lateral margins of the ilium. It swings caudal to the latter bone and is inserted upon the posterior side of the femur. Innervation: ischiadicus nerve. 12. M. ischiofemoralis (is.fe). This short stout muscle has its origin in a notch (ischiadic notch) in the outer margin of the ischium. It is inserted on the trochanter of the femur by a stout tendon. Innervation: adductor nerve. The third group of muscles consists of three extrinsic muscles passing from the tail to various appendicular struc- tures. 13. M. caudalifemoralis (cf). This muscle has its origin en the haemal arches of the fourth and fifth caudal vertebrae and is inserted by a tendon upon the caudal process of the crest of the femur. This is the most lateral of the three cau- cal muscles. Innervation: caudal nerve. 14. M. caudalipuboischiotibialis (cpit). This muscle is ventral and median to the preceding. It has its origin chiefly upon the haemal arches of the third and fourth caudal verte- brae in close association with the ischiocaudalis and is insert- ed upon the puboischiotibialis at the point where it is strength- ened by the raphe’. Innervation: caudal nerve. 15. Mz, ischiocaudalis (ic). .This is the most median of the: three caudal muscles and lies close to the large cloacal gland. The origin of this muscle is from the inner surface of the ischium by a broad, flat tendon. It is inserted chiefly up- on the haemal arch of the third caudal vertebra. Innervation: first caudal spinal nerve. 54 The Kentucky Academy of Science LITERATURE CITED DeMan, J. G. 1874. Myologie Comparee de |’Extremite posterieure chez les Amphibies. Nierd. Arch. f. Zool., Bd. 2. Mivart, St. George. 1869. Notes on the Myology of Menopoma alleghan- ience. Proc. Zool. Soc. of London. Noble, G. K. 1922. The Phylogeny of the Salientia. I. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. 46. Perrin, A. 1892. Contributions a ’Etude de la Myologie comparee: Mem- bre Posterieur chez un certain nombre de Batraciens et de Sauriens. Bull. Sci. France, Belge 24. Whipple, I. L. 1906. The Ypsiloid Process of Urodeles. Biol. Bull., Vol. 10. Wilder, H H. 1912. The Appendicular Muscles of Necturus maculosus. Zool. Jahrb., Suppl. 15, Bd. 2. 10. Methods of Branching in Ailanthus Glandulosus. P. A. Davies, University of Louisville. In volume 15 (July, 1929) of the Journal of Heredity I discussed an abnormal method of branching occurring in Ailanthus glandulosus (tree of heaven). Since the publication, I have found many interesting exam- ples of this abnormality. Normal branching exhibits two gen- eral types: (1) Forked, irregular growth with many short shoots, found in old trees which exhibit much extension growth. (2) Long, extended growth in which only a few shoots (often only one) develop, is found in very young trees which are growing very rapidly. Abnormal branching appears at the apex of rapidly growing shoots. It is first noticeable by an abnormal arrangement of the leaves and a flattening of the shoot. As the flattening continues, the shoot divides. 11. The Ecology of the Helminth Parasites of Testudi- nata. D. W. Rumbold, Eastern State Teachers’ College. An ecological study of the parasites of North Carolina turtles from four types of habitat which formed a more or less grad- ed series: (1) Land; (2) an artificial lake, about 20 years old, at Lakeview, N. C.; (3) a 45-year-old pond above a dam in Eno river, near Durham, N. C., and (4) an artificial lake about 105 years old, northwest of Gibsonville, N. C. Regular examina- tions were made to determine what parasites were character- istic in the turtles of each of these localities. Turtles included Twentieth Annual Meeting 55 tortoises and terrapins as well as semiaquatic and aquatic turtles. Correlations were found between habitats frequented and types of parasites present. Certain parasites showed spe- cifically for particular habitats, hosts, or organs, and seasonal variation in numbers were found among certain parasitic worms. 12. The Composition of the Blood of Starved Ewes. G. Davis, Buckner, Wayland Rhoads, and E. J. Wilford, University of Kentucky. Three ewes, weighing 142, 175, and 142 pounds, respectively, were put into stalls February 1, 1933. One was fed normally during the experiment; one was fed normally until February 4, when feeding was discontinued, and one was not given any feed during the experiment. Water was before them constantly. Blood was drawn from the jugular vein of each February 2, 4, and 7. Analysis showed no material diff- erences in the content of calcium, phosphorous, or potassium. 13. The Pythagoreau Theorem in Fourier Analysis. Leon W. Cohen, University of Kentucky. 14. The Value of the Ph. D. Dissertation fer Teachers of Undergraduate Students. Waldemar Noll, Berea College. Nine Doctors of Philosophy with degrees from six universities were asked their opinions as to whether or not the training acquired in working out their doctor’s dissertations was of value to them in teaching undergraduate classes. The overwhelming consensus of opinion was in the affirmative. Nineteen reasons were stated in support of this opinion. Among them were: (1) training in getting all details just right; (2) training in exact thinking; (3) broadening value; (4) clear understand- ing of technical terms, and (5) increased interest and en- thusiasm. 15. Homemade Apparatus to Demonstrate Attraction Between Masses. Samuel J. Combs, student, Berea College. Two lead balls, 350 grams each, were attached to the ends of an aluminum rod suspended horizontally in a box, by an elec- troscope, suspension. The lead balls could be drawn to the sides of the box by heavy cannon balls placed near them. 16. New Discoveries Concerning the Devonian Delta of 56 The Kentucky Academy of Science the Appalachian Geosyncline. Wilbur Greeley Burroughs, Berea College. The field investigations upon which this pa- per is based were carried on by the writer in the Towanda re- gion of Bradford County, northeastern Pennsylvania. Corre- lations were made between the strata of this region and the strata in Pennsylvania, New York, and other states. The bed-rock exposed in the Towanda region is of Upper Devonian age. Ascending geologically the formations are: (1) Wellsburg gray sandstone, shale and calcareous beds of the Chemung, 800 feet; (2) Chemung-Catskill Transition Zone consisting of gray, green, and red shale and sandstone and calcareous beds, 126 to somewhat over 200 feet; (3) Catskill red, green, and gray sandstone and shale, the red predominat- ing, 1,000 feet. South of the Towanda region the Catskill is overlain in ascending order by the Pocono and Mauch Chunk formations of the Mississippian, above which come Pennsyl- vanian coal-bearing strata. The Chemung beds vary in thickness and character with- in short horizontal distances, due to the shifting currents at time of deposition. Good key horizons in the Chemung of this area do not occur. Calcareous beds, usually only a few inches thick, are found, especially in the upper portion of the Wells- burg. One calcareous deposit at Burlington is made up almost entirely of the fossils, Spirifer disjunctus and Athyris. These fossiliferous beds are three inches to seven feet four inches thick, the total deposit being 95 feet thick. The Chemung-Catskill Transition Zone is distinguished from the overlying Catskill by its marine fossil fauna, where- as the Catskill contains a brackish to fresh-water fauna. The most characteristic fossils of the Transition Zone are Spirifer disjunctus and Athyris. Fossils in the Catskill of the Towanda region are rare. They consist of fish-plates, probably the gen- era Holoptychius, fish scales, and plant remains. The Catskill formation in this region is a delta deposit. In advance of the main delta, currents carried Catskill sedi- ments into the Chemung sea. These became intermingled in the same bed and also interbedded with Chemung sediments, Twentieth Annual Meeting 57 forming the Chemung-Catskill Transition Zone. As the delta continued to advance, Catskill sediments were deposited upon those of the Transition Zone. Chemung sediments were being deposited farther westward. Thus the higher portion of the Catskill is the time equivalent of the Chemung formation farther west. The base of the Catskill was deposited upon in- creasingly younger Chemung strata as the Catskill delta ad- vanced westward. The base of the Catskill, therefore, rises in the geologic column as the formation is followed westward. 17. The Benzaldehyde Electrode. Thomas C. Herndon, Hastern State Teachers’ College. Benzaldehyde may be oxi- dized to benzoic acid or reduced to benzyl alcohol; hence, it should exhibit an oxidation-reduction potential. This paper discusses this potential, its magnitude, and its relation to the pH values of alkaline, buffered solutions. The numerical data are summarized by means of a graph, and an equation relat- ing the electrode potential to the pH values is given. 18. The Educational Sound Picture “Molecular Theory of Matter.” A. D. Hummell, Eastern State Teachers’ College. The effectiveness of the film on silent equipment was dem- onstrated. Since the lecturer does not appear in the picture, absolute synchronization is not so important and the lecture may be given by the instructor. 19. An Alkaloidal Study of Phytolacca Decandra. Mere- dith J. Cox, Eastern State Teachers’ College. The study was undertaken because of the use of the young poke shoots for “oreens” in the South. Analysis of dried plants, about 4 weeks old, gave: water, 4.75 per cent; ash, 17.2; protein, 38.96; fat, 2.04; crude fiber, 9.8; carbohydrate, 25.75. No alkaloid was detected. A review of the literature is given. Three authors claim to have detected an alkaloid. 20. An Amperian Current Model of Magnetization. F. W. Warburton, University of Kentucky. Fifteen small coils, their axes indicated clearly by painted arrows, are inserted in a large, transparent solenoid. In this magnetic field they line up, representing the electronic currents circulating about the atoms in soft iron, which makes the iron magnetic. Reversing 58 The Kentucky Academy of Science the magnetic field in the solenoid causes the coils to reverse direction, and follow thru the hysteresis cycle. Ewing’s model of magnetization may also be inserted and carried thru the hysteresis cycle. 21. A Laboratory Determination of “C’, the Ratio Be- tween Electromagnetic and Electrostatic Units. F. W. War- burton, University of Kentucky. A current balance, consist- ing of a long, rigid wire and a single loop suspended from a beam balance, is connected in series with a calorimeter heat- ing coil of 100 ohms resistance. A current (of 2 to 15 am- peres) may be determined in absolute electromagnetic units by the measured attraction of the wires in the current bal- ance. The potential difference between the ends of the heat- ing coil is measured in absolute electrostatic units by an at- tracted disk electrometer, and from the heating of the calori- meter, the current is found in electrostatic units. Comparing the values of the current in e.m.u. and e.s.u. gives the ratio ¢ = 3-10 emy/see: 22. The Relationship of Socio-Economic Status to Intelli- gence and Achievement. Noel B. Cuff, Eastern State Teachers College. The procedure was to score 317 freshmen, in 1931, and 417 in 1932-33, by the Thurstone and Thurstone Psycho- logical Examination (American Council) and Sims’ Socio- economic Score Card. Edgerton’s table was used to find scholarship rates for data obtained from the Registrar. The results showed that many college freshmen come from the lower socio-economic strata, as measured by Sims’ score card; that there is a slight tendency for those in the higher socio- economic centiles to score higher on intelligence tests and to make higher college grades, and that one would make almost as great an error in judging intelligence from socio-economic status as in making a random guess. It follows that college opportunities should not be based mainly upon socio-economic status. 23. A Comparison of Delinquent and Non-Delinquent Twentieth Annual Meeting 59 Girls Paired for Intelligence. Walter E. Watson, University of Kentucky. 24. The Place of Research in the Undergraduate eolleee: Anna A. Schnieb, Eastern State Teachers College. This study is the result of observations made of a large number of Ger- man students for more than a year, and a direct contact with students in teachers colleges for several years. The study was prompted by the desire: First, to help remove one of the dif- ferences observed between the German students and our Amer- ican student—that of possessing little, if any, intellectual curi- osity. Second, to help students have a desire to think and to form the habit of thinking. From my work with the German student, I found him to possess a veritable passion for study, a desire to investigate, to question, largely prompted by an inner urge. While he does read in light of what his professor says, nearly always accepting the same view-point, he does go on independently, almost voraciously in his study and in his reading. Even be- fore registration in the universities is completed the libraries are crowded. We all know too well the poverty of our students ith reference to intellectual acquisitiveness, and to making fine and exact discriminations; the paucity of the desire to study and to investigate for self satisfaction. Recently a student was requested to look up the spelling of “Cloisonne’.’” After writing the word on the board, he was asked to explain it. He immediately replied, “I didn’t look that far; you only asked for the spelling.” The question is apparent—Why this differ-- - ence and how can it be removed? A survey of almost any field of life will soon show that what is most needed is the power, energy, and willingness to _ think—the open, free, and constantly growing mind. A dem- | ocracy above all other forms of government needs a thinking | citizenry. Our carefully thought-out plans for one decade are out of date and useless almost before the next decade. Only a constantly growing intellect can cope with and keep in rein 60 The Kentucky Academy of Science an ever-changing world. It is not enough to know facts. True thinking is dependent upon insight into the meaning of facts. Today, in practically every one of our modern school cur- ricula, much attention and emphasis are given to the type of learning known as “Problem Solving.” Knowing that outside of the school room we are daily meeting not only large and small problems, but conclusive and inclusive solutions to these problems, our courses of study have endeavored to provide opportunities for the pupil not only to solve his problems in- dividually, but to solve problems thru group discussion also. In recent years, every effort has been made to bring problem solving into the class rooms thruout the grades and into the high schools. Pupils are now given, many oppor- tunities to experience those types of problems which come in- to one’s daily life, such as building, dramatic, editorial, aesthe- tic, problems of organization and personal relationships, as well as problems of expression and morals. Yet when we meet the college student in the class room, he seems to be docile and inclined to look upon much of the work as a task, the per- formance of which is a favor to the professor. “I have to get that for her. Yes, we have to get 75 specimens for him,” and other similar statements are frequently heard on the college campus. Many of our college students fail to have the point cf view which says that the student himself must bear his share of responsibility for what is, first, last and all the time his own education and his alone. The use that the college student makes of that all-impor- tant document the “term paper” or the “notebook” further illustrates that many students have rather a perverted notion concerning the meaning of education. Students frequently have reported that it is not at all an uncommon practice for notebooks and term papers to be sold, rented, loaned, and stolen. Much of the reference work required consists of merely rewriting the titles of the chapters, the marginal refer- ences and a few notes taken from here and there. Teaching more than the regulated numbers of hours and having large classes, many times results in the acceptance of ‘such work, © Twentieth Annual Meeting 61 Because the professor is enthusiastic for his subject, he thinks, of course, his students are equally interested. Much of our college work is given in the form of lectures. There are those of us who feel that we can teach 75 as well as 25. Some administrators advocate such classes because it is economical. If it is true that the “lecture system is that mys- terious method whereby the notes of the professor’s notebook get into the student’s notebook without passing thru the heads of either,” it could hardly be said to be economical, especially if one is cognizant of the time, paper, and ink con- Se WN “A, shows the position of the skeletal structures in the normal fowl. B, shows the position of the normal skeletal structures and the position and development of the extra appendages. Internal observations indicate no abnormal development above the diaphragm. Just posterior to the diaphragm, the vertebral column was twisted toward the right. The twisting of the vertebral column to the right reduced the space nor- ‘- Twenty-First Annual Meeting — Pa mally occupied by the kidney so that only the first two lobes of the right kidney developed. Abnormalities shown in the digestive tract were three caeca and two cloacae. The blood system was modified to supply blood to the abnormal append- ages. The nervous system showed abnormal conditions in the spinal nerves posterior to the spinal nerves which form the sacral plexuses. ~ 7. The Friedman Pregnancy Test. E. W. Cook, Jr., Cen- tre College. Various tests for pregnancy were reviewed and compared. The technic of the Friedman test which includes the intravenous injection of 10 to 15 c.c. of urine from a sus- pected case, and the reading after a 36-hour period, was dis- cussed. A positive test is indicated by corpora hemorrhagica on the ovaries, with a hyperemic condition of the tubes. The test, when negative, shows no change in the internal genitalia. The importance of having virgin females was stressed, which virginity includes isolation of prospective test animals for thirty days before the test is performed. A short resume of the literature shows .a high percentage (95% plus) of correct Giagnosis of pregnant and non-pregnant conditions. A prep- aration of a positive and negative test was shown. 8. Alkalinity Measurement of Blood Serum. Daniel J. Healy. We have demonstrated that the condition known as pregnancy disease of ewes, is an acidosis.! We agree with Sellards? that acidosis is an impoverishment of the tissues and fluids of the body in fixed bases or in substances which readily give rise to fixed bases. We have found the following modification of Sellards’ method for titratable alkalinity ac- curate and simple. To lcc of blood serum in a 15cc centrifuge tube is added 3cc of of 95% alcohol, the mixture thoroly shak- en, the precipitated protein thrown down in the centrifuge, the liquid decanted into an evaporating dish, three drops of a 0.5% ani Dimock, W. W., Daniel, J. Healy and J. F. Bullard. Jour. Amer. Vet. Med. Assoc. 72, 4. 511. 1928. : 2. Sellards, A. W., The Principles of Acidosis and Chemical Methods for Its Study. Harvard University Press. 1919. a —— OE |e: The Kentucky Academy of Science phenolphthalein solution added, the liquid evaporated to dry- ness on the water bath, a .01N HCl solution added drop by drop until all color is discharged, and the quantity of HCl solu- tion required noted. The table shows results obtained by this method. Alkalinity of the Blood of Pregnant Ewes, Expressed as Quantity of .01N HCl to Neutralize 1 cc of Serum. Healthy With Acidosis Ewe cc Ewe cc 1 1.00 11 0.00 2 0.95 12 0.15 3 0.85 13 0.26 4 0.92 14 0.56 5 0.73 15 0.00 6 1.10 16 0.40 7 0.60 17 0.45 8 0.95 18 0.00 9 1.10 10 0.75 Average 0.89 Average 0.23 9. The Artificial Culture of Sapromyces Reinschii. Har- low Bishop, University of Louisville. The organism brought into pure culture as a result of this study is an aquatic fun- gus, belonging to the class, Phycomycetes, family Leptomi- taceae. Gross cultures can be raised on barberries and haw- thorn fruits. No record of the pure culture of the genus Sapro- myces has been found, altho studies have been made by Thax- ter? *, and Coker!. Pure cultures were obtained originally from a gross cul- ture collected by Dr. Arthur Kevorkian in June, 1933, in a 1. Coker, W. C., Chapel Hill, N. C., 1923. The Saprolegniaceae. 2. Thaxter, R. Observations on the genus aceon of Reinsch. Bot. Gaz., v. 19, pp. 49-55, pl. 5. 1894. 3. ———_— New or peculiar aquatic fungi. 4. Rhipidium, Sap- romyces, and Araiospora, nov. gen. Bot. Gaz., v. 21, pp. 317-’31, pls. 21-23, 1896. Twenty-First Annual Meeting 125 sphagnum bog near Walpole, Mass. The Barber micropipette was used to isolate spores. A suspension of the sporangium- bearing mycelium was made on the under side of a large cov- er glass, which acted as the top of a moist chamber. With a sterile micropipette, a zoospore which had come to rest and ’ had just begun to germinate was picked out and blown into a fresh, sterile drop of water. Since the gross culture contained other fungi, bacteria, and some protozoa, the desired spores were often not alone in the new drop. The technique used to separate the spore of Sapromyces from these other forms, was to push it gently to one side of the new drop and then use a second, sterile micropipette to bring it into a third sterile drop. All contaminating organisms except bacteria were elim- inated by this second transference. Bacteria were removed by the use of an extremely delicate micropipette, of so fine a bore that bacteria only were drawn into it, the desired spore meas- uring about 10 microns in diameter, while the bacteria usually measured about a micron. Test of the purity of the culture from bacteria was made by hanging drop cultures with media favorable to the metabolic activities and reproduction of bacteria. When bacterial con- taminants were present the 2% peptone used became, within a few hours, a cloudy, opaque mass. When the cultures were pure, careful observation with high power, of every portion and plane of the drop revealed only the delicate strands of Sapromyces, which grew but slowly at first. There is more rapid growth at the end of the second day, but four days are required to obtain a typical plantlet, with rhizoids, extra- matrical mycelium and mature zoosporangia. The latter soon liberate an abundance of free-swimming zoospores in the same drop of culture medium. The vegetative life cycle is thus com- plete within a single drop. Successful cultures, absolutely free from other organisms, have now been grown on prune agar and corn meal agar, as well as in solutions of peptone and malt. Many attempts to bring Sapromyces into pure culture have been made by other —— ae 126 The Kentucky Academy of Science investigators. The writer attributes their failure to. the ex+ tremely slow growth habit of the organism. Because of this, all competitive organisms must be completely removed before Sapromyces will thrive in culture. The micropipette method seems to be especially suited to pure culture technique of this group of organisms. ee 0) 10. The Arsenic Content of Some Normal Soils, Plants and Animals and the Effect of Feeding Small Quantities of Lead Arsenate and Arsenic Trioxide on Albino Rats. J. S. Mc- Hargue and W. R. Roy, Experiment Station, University of Kentucky. The arsenic content of normal soils, plants and animal tissues was determined by oxidizing the organic mat- ter with sulfuric and nitric acids and by the application of the Gutzeit procedure for arsenic determination. The soils ranged from 0.00011 percent to .00145 percent of arsenic. The arsenic content of plants grown on normal soils ranged from 0.000007 percent to .000114 percent. Plants grown in soil to which small amounts of arsenic were added contained appreciably more. of the element than the control plants.. Arsenic was found in measurable quantities in all.of the tissues analyzed from nor: mal animals. The spleen, blood and liver, in the order named, contained the largest amounts of arsenic in normal] animals. Rats fed a diet containing small doses of lead arsenate or .arse- nic trioxide for several weeks showed a gradual increase in the arsenic content of their tissues over the controls. With cessa- tion of arsenic feeding the element was eliminated rather rap- idly. ; Nsie Sate 11...'The Effect of: Certain Bertier Materiel on the Iodine Content of Important Foods. J.S. McHargue and D. W. Young, Experiment Station, University of Kentucky. The re- sults of the analysis for iodine of forage crops and vegetables grown on similar types of soil showed rather: wide variations when different kinds of fertilizers were used. The examination of some crude fertilizer materials showed that they contained varying amounts of iodine..,When fertilizers containing iodine were applied to the soil and crops grown, the iodine content of the crop was increased markedly. Tests by dialysis proved Twenty-First Annual Meeting 127 that the iodine was in organic combination. Therefore it is possible to produce foods that contain an adequate amount of iodine by the use of fertilizers containing iodine. 12. Copper, a Vital Factor for the Growth. of Flowers and Pollen in Corn Plants. J. S. McHargue and R. K. Calfee, Agricultural Experiment Station, University of Kentucky. Corn plants, a yellow dent variety, were grown in purified sand cultures with and without copper. No differences were, ob- served until the tassels developed. The plants receiving cop- per (2.2 mg. per plant) produced normal tassels and an abun- dance of pollen. The untreated plants produced short, stunted spikes and practically no pollen. The total green weight of the untreated plants was slightly greater than that of the treated. The dry weight, however, was only about 75% of that of the treated plants. No copper could be found in the ash of the un- treated plants. 13. Myosis in Eiquidambar sty eavitais Stelio Imprescia, University of Louisville. 14. A Summer in Spanish Honduras. A. R. Middleton, University of Louisville. By title. : 15. Factors Favoring Male Production in the. Cladoceran, Moina Macrocopa.'! L. A. Brown, Transylvania College. Ex- perimental work on the control of sex in cladocerans has been a search for some single simple factor, the presence of opera- tion of which causes a female to produce male young instead of the usual parthenogenetic females. While this goal has ‘not been attained, three elements of the environment have been studied. which influence the sex ratio, to a marked degree. These are, the degree of crowding of the mothers, the amount of available food, and the temperature. It seems that tem- perature? and amount of food? act as general or limiting con- 1 A report of work done jointly with A: M- Banta of Brown University, at the Department of Genetics. Carnegie Institution, Washington. 2 L. A. Brown and A. M. Banta, Physiol. Zool., V. 218, 1932. 3 C. A. Stuart and A. M. Banta, Physiol. Zool., IV,, 72, 1931; C. A. Stuart and H. J. Cooper, Physiol. Zool., V, 70, 1932; C. A: Stuart, J: Tall- man and H. J. Cooper, Physiol. Zool., IV, 581, 594, 1931. 128 The Kentucky Academy of Science ditions. By this is meant that in order to induce Moina moth- ers to produce males, they must be reared within a certain range of food concentration (bacteria per ml) since above and below this rather extensive range males do not normally occur. The limiting effect of temperature is not so simple, as there are two temperature intervals allowing only limited male pro- duction. When the amount of food is within the optimum range and the animals are reared within the proper tempera- ture range, a third factor, the crowding of the mothers, appar- ently operates to determine just how many males appear among the offspring. Workers in this field disagree as to the manner in which crowding of the mothers acts to increase male production. Recent data seem to indicate that the in- creased concentration of excretory products associated with crowding is of primary importance. The indications are two- fold: that male production is proportional to the concentration of excretory products (i.e., proportional to the reciprocal of the volume of culture medium per mother), and temporary relief from excretory products during the period of sex determina- tion markedly lowers the percentage of males produced. 16. Viability of Dodder Seed After Feeding. W. A. Price and E. 8. Good, University of Kentucky. Most samples of clover, alfalfa and lespedeza seed examined at the seed labora- tory contained seeds of dodder, a noxious weed. This shows the wide dissemination of dodder in these hay crops. ‘To as- certain if viable dodder seed may be returned to the land in the droppings of livestock that have been fed hay containing dodder seed, the departments of Entomology and Botany, and Animal Husbandry cooperated in the experiment reported in this paper. A steer that was being fattened in the dry lot was given, in his feed, about three-fourths of a cupful of dodder seed, in three equal portions, one in the morning feed, one at night and one the next morning. The seeds began to appear in the feces 24 hours after the first feeding and were very numer- ous in 86 hours. They could be detected easily because they had become swollen. Six percent of the seeds recovered were found to be viable, Inasmuch as the viability of the seeds orig- Twen ty-Pirst Annual Meeting 129 inally was 46 percent, the experiment indicates that 13 percent of the viable dodder seed fed, retained their viability after having passed thru the alimentary tract of the steer. From this it appears that the manure of animals fed hay containing dodder, may disseminate that weed. 17. Cytological Changes in the Thyroid Glands of Bats (Myotus lucifugus LeConte) from January to March. Elon B. Tucker, Graduate Student, University of Kentucky. (By in- vitation). Cytoplasmic changes in the thyroid gland were described. In January the gland presents hyperplastic areas intermingled with areas of normal secreting cells. Three stages of secretion were described as follows: pre-secretory, secretory, and post secretory. In March the gland has no areas of hyperplasia, but all cells are in some stage of active secre- tion. There is evidence of mitochondral metamorphosis during this time period. 18. The Effect of Hair-loop Constriction on the Develop- ment of Bruchid (Coleoptera) Eggs. A. Cecil Taylor, Graduate Student, University of Kentucky. (By invitation.) Eggs of Bruchus quadrimaculatus constricted anteriorly by fleece fi- bers, show a regulative development of complete embryos be- hind the knot. Only part embryos may form anterior to con- strictions. Egg regions other than normal presumptive areas may contribute to embryo formation. 19. Fishes of the Mammoth Cave Region. J. S. Jackson, Bowling Green High School. (By Invitation.) 20. The Bottom Fauna of Drakes Creek. T. R. Milam, Western State Teachers College, Bowling Green. (By Invita- tion.) The relation of fauna to character of bottom was studied. Mud bottom had fewest animals, 16 per square yard, © followed, in increasing order, by sand, flatrock, gravel, and boulder bottom. The last had 66 individuals per square yard. (Drake’s Creek is in Warren County, Ky.) 21. Effect of Accumulation of Nest Eggs on Broodiness. G. Davis Buckner, University of Kentucky. White Leghorn hens that had not become broody when trap-nested in their 130 The Kentucky Academy of Science pullet year, tended to become broody when the eggs were al- lowed to accumulate in the nests. 22. Another Lawn Pest. W. A. Price, University of Ken- tucky. Larvae of the Green June Beetle, Cotinus nitida Linne’ (“June Bug”) were a serious pest in many lawns, in 1933. Complaints and inquiries concerning these insects were re- ceived in September and October, from home owners in the bluegrass area. The beetle deposits its eggs in sod or vegeta- ble matter, such as a pile of grass clippings, from which the grubs, when nearly full grown, migrate to the lawn, on warm, wet evenings. There they make horizontal tunnels near the surface of the ground, and vertical holes, 12 to 15 inches deep, for retreats. The grubs injure the grass by eating the rootlets and loosening the soil, and the little piles of excavated earth are unsightly. The grubs may be trapped in troughs made by nailing to- gether three boards, 34.x8 inches. These are sunk in the ground, surrounding the part infested. The migrating grubs fall into them. The grubs can be driven from their holes by flooding the ground with water. They come out quicker if the ground is first sprinkled with a solution of one ounce of extract of pyrethrum in four gallons of water, about 1 gallon to the square yard. If possible, choose a warm evening following a rain. The grubs that come up may be gathered by hand and destroyed. To avoid infestation, piles of grass cuttings should not be allowed to remain near a lawn or golf green. 23. Evidence of Local Ponding by Glacial Ice in the Sus- quehanna River Valley. Wilbur Greeley Burroughs, Berea College. Ponding of portions of the North Branch of the Sus- quehanna River in Pennsylvania and New York during the . close of Wisconsin (Pleistocene) time created, according to some geologists, several large lakes, each many miles in length, in the valley of the Susquehanna and its principal tributaries. Other geologists have questioned the existence of these lakes. The results of the writer’s field investigations in the Towanda region of Pennsylvania are as follows: The pre-Wisconsin val- ley of the Susquehanna River is still partially filled with fluvio- Twenty-First Annual Meeting 131 glacial deposits consisting of blue clay which does not outcrop, and overlying sand, gravel, and cobbles. Two river terraces have been formed by the river in these deposits. At a higher elevation than the river terraces is a morainic terrace which extends along the valley side. The fluvio-glacial sands, grav- els, and cobbles which change rapidly in composition and tex- ture within short vertical and horizontal distances, were laid down by streams. There is no uniform transition in the size and weight of these sediments from the center of the Susquehanna Valley towards the sides of the valley, to indi- cate that they were laid down in a lake. There are no delta de- posits in the fluvio-glacial deposits of the Susquehanna and its tributary valleys, such as would occur if the Susquehanna or its tributaries had built deltas into a large lake in the Sus- quehanna Valley. No stratigraphic or physiographic indica- tions of a large lake exist. : Evidence of local ponding, however, was found. A hang- ing-delta is seen in the Susquehanna Valley at the entrance to Wysox Creek valley. This delta was formed by a stream flow- ing from the uplands into water ponded between the valley side and a mass of stagnant ice in the valleys of Wycox Creek and the Susquehanna River. Morainic terraces in the Sus- quehanna and its tributary valleys were formed between stag- nant ice in the valleys and the valleys’ sides. Alluvial fans that were deposited on the surface of the stagnant ice and lowered to the valley bottom on melting of the ice, are seen in Wycox Creek valley. Slack waters may have occurred temporarily over large areas in the Susquehanna and its tributary valleys, but if so, no signs of a large temporary lake were left. Features due to local ponding should not be mistaken for deposits formed in a large lake. All the evidence points to local ponding by stag- nant ice. 24. Determinism and Modern Science. Waldemar Noll, Berea College. 25. Removal of Iron from Some Inorganic Salts. Julian H. Capps, Berea College. Ferrous sulfate is a common impur- a 132 The Kentucky Academy of Science ity in copper sulfate. The two are isomorphous and not sep- arable by crystalization. But if the ferrous sulfate were oxi- dized to ferric sulfate, which is not isomorphous with copper sulfate, crystalization would render the copper sulfate pure. Oxidation usually is done with nitric acid, excess of which re- mains in the solution. In the proposed method hydrogen per- oxide is used to oxidize the iron. Basic ferric sulfate separates. Complete precipitation is ensured by adding pure copper hy- droxide and boiling thoroly, which also decomposes excess per- oxide. Filtration removes iron and excess copper hydroxide. The copper sulfate has not received impurities in the process except traces of acetanilid from the peroxide and of possible alkali from the copper hydroxide. The salt, therefore, need not be recrystallized for many purposes. The method applies to other salts than copper sulfate. 26. A New Method of Determining the Relative Loca- tion of Points Within a Body by X-ray Photography. A. D. Hummell, Eastern Kentucky State Teachers College, and O. F. Hume, M. D., Richmond, Ky. Two pairs of scales are mounted in parallel planes with a known distance between them in such a way that the images of these scales and the points in question will appear on the same photograph. To determine the three- dimensional location of a point with respect to an arbitrary zero, two photographs are necessary and differ only in a small lateral displacement of the source of X-rays. The actual rela- tive positions of the points in question and the scales must be the same for these two pictures. After locating the image of the same point in these two photographs, perpendiculars from ~ the image of the point to each of the images of the scales are drawn. The intersections are noted in terms of the units into which the scale images are divided. From these readings the spatial coordinates of the point may be determined analytically or graphically. The distance between any two points may then be calculated by means of the following well-known formula from analytic geometry: the square of the distance between two points in space is equal to the square of the difference of their x-coordinates plus the square of the difference of their Twenty-First Annual Meeting 133 y-coordinates plus the square of the difference of their z-co- ordinates. 27. Demonstration of Chemiluminescence. Thos. C. Herndon, Eastern State Teachers College. The article, ‘““The Oxidation of 3-amino-phthalhydrazide as a Lecture Table Dem- onstration of Chemiluminescence” by E. H. Huntress, L. N. Stanley and A. 8S. Parker, in the March, 1934, Journal of Chem- ical Education was reviewed and the phenomenon of chemi- luminescence demonstrated according to the method given by these authors. 28. Prime Numbers. Richard Brauer, University of Ken- tucky. (By invitation.) A report was given about the history and the modern development of the theory of prime numbers. The prime numbers are of fundamental importance among the integers. Thus, it is no wonder that this special theory is al- most as old as mathematics itself. The first important the- orems were proved by Euclid. A characteristic property of the theory is that a large number of theorems may be formulated very easily, as it was shown in many special cases. On the other hand, the mathematical proofs are usually exceedingly difficult and could be given only after the great progress in analysis in the last fifty years. Many problems are not solved yet. For instance, it is very likely that a prime number always exists between two consecutive squares, a* and (a+1)?, but it has not been possible to prove the theorem yet. 29. Absorption of X-Rays. T. M. Hahn, University of Kentucky. Absorption coefficients of paraffin and elements 6, 18, 29, 47, 73, 74, 78 and 82 were measured for the wave length region, 230 to 140 x-units. It was shown that the elec- tronic scattering O can be accurately found by plotting va/Z against Z for constant \; experimental values of 0 agree with the Klein-Nishina scattering formula rather than with the - Compton or Breit and Dirac formulas. An anomaly in the value of va/Z for hydrogen is attributed to either classical scattering by the hydrogen electron, or excess absorption by the hydrogen electron in a combined field due to carbon and hydrogen nuclei, or to experimental error. A small inverse | : i Y | 134 The Kentucky Academy of Science discontinuity was observed in em for silver at 235 x-units. A value of 2.50 was obtained for the exponent of », and 3.18 for the exponent of Z in the equation wa /Z—Ck NeenO if SPts=(O7, Oo) 0° 30. Methods of Solving Optical Problems. Bertrand P. Ramsay, University of Kentucky. Three distinct mathematical processes may be employed for the solution of optical prob- lems: the methods of geometrical optics, the method of diffrac- tion, and the method of interference. The principal mathe- matical relations employed by the respective methods are Snell’s law and the laws of reflection and refraction, the Kir- chhoff-Voigt complete diffraction equation, and Airy’s inter- ference equation. Owing to the nature of the assumptions in- volved, the degree of mathematical intricacy required, and the approximations inherent in physical apparatus, the three methods are not equally applicable in all cases. The prism formulas are calculable, for instance, by the methods of geo- metrical optics; and the optical properties of prisms can be determined by diffraction processes. A complete study of the prism has been made, however, by treating it as an interferen- tial device. In conclusion, it is noted that a common ambiguity, which arises in defining the term, is eliminated when “inter- ference” and “‘diffraction’”’ are considered not as distinct phe- nomena, but as distinct methods of solving optical problems. 31. Magnetic Force of Moving Charges. Forrest F. Cleve- land, University of Kentucky. The standard equation for the magnetic force between current elements, when applied in the customary manner to the calculation of the forces in a rec- tangular circuit three sides of which are mechanically separ- able from the other side, leads to the result that the three- sided part lifts itself. This is contradictory to the well-estab- lished law of action and reaction. If the equation be applied in a manner consistent with the law of action and reaction, it leads to the result that action and reaction are not equal, for the me- chanically separable parts. Ampere’s force equation, on the other hand, predicts equality of action and reaction for the separable parts. Twenty-First Annual Meeting 135 To test these contrary predictions, first the single side, and then the three sides of a rectangular circuit were attached to the arm of a balance, and the forces measured. Action and reaction were equal and opposite. Thus one has strong indica- tion of the incorrectness of the standard force equation for partial circuits, and equally strong indication of the validity of Ampere’s equation for such circuits. Both equations, as is well known, yield the same results when at least one of the in- teracting parts is a closed circuit. 32. A Biographical History of Physics. Norman E. Dod- son, Berea College. The paper explains the reasons for the composition of 80 short biographies of famous physicists, from Archimedes and Aristotle to Einstein, Millikan and other moderns. The study of the discoveries of these men is made more interesting by a knowledge of their personalities; hence a book such as is proposed should be useful in connection with physics teaching. The biographies will be in chronological order, with a portrait of each subject. A bibliography of pub- lications in which biographies are found, is to be appended. 33. A Religious Philosophy in an Age of Science. W. G. Ross, Berea College. This paper is due in part to two types of conversations during the past few years, (1) conversations with many scientists in their unscientific as well as their sci- entific moments, and (2) conversations with many people who say they have been disturbed, even upset, by the claims of some scientists and the criticisms they have directed against 136 The Kentucky Academy of Science religion and religious ideas. But the paper is also the result of studying some recent literature dealing with the topic un- der discussion, such books as are mentioned later. For the purposes of this discussion the subjects of reli- gion and science will be considered in terms of conflict—not to intensify the conflict but to locate some of its subtler causes. The terms ‘scientist’? and ‘theologian’ will be used as tho they designated two distinct species, which they do not. There are certain very impressive common denominators in the two groups. The remainder of the discussion will be pre- sented in semi-outline form, and for convenience the leading statements will be numbered. 1. Scientists ordinarily are not qualified to discuss reli- gion at length because they don’t seem able, except in extreme- ly rare instances, to do so ‘scientifically’. 2. Most specialists in religion are not qualified to pass judgment on scientific method and the results of scientific method as practiced. This is partly due to the fact that the pendulum has swung from the extreme of intemperate criti- cism in the early days (of Galileo, Spinoza, Darwin) to the extreme of sentimental hero-worship on the part of many liberal theologians. I am speaking of religious weaklings who grovel about the tables of scientists looking for crumbs of confirmation of their own ideas, timorously held. They sing the praises of, say, Eddington because they think he has shown that belief in God is again ‘respectable’. 3. The faults and shortcomings of scientists are often very much like the faults of theologians. They are not so much the faults of one group or the other as they are fundamental ‘faults’ of homo sapiens. Most people are often rash and reckless in what they reject and naive or servile in what they accept . Thus it has been that both groups have tended to take such attitudes and actions toward each other as dogmatism, peremptory rejection, intemperate criticism, and resentment. These are not limited to the two groups men- tioned, but they, as groups, must learn what these things sig- nify and what they do. Twenty-First Annual Meeting 137 4. What does the scientist believe to be his most unas- sailable position? Undoubtedly it is his method. In other words, it is believed by the scientist that his method will vin- dicate itself. But to speak of the scientific method as one which people will adopt and use on any extensive scale is like talking of the Messianic Age. In fact, the religious pro- nouncement, “Behold, I send you forth as sheep among wolves” can be said to the honest proponent of the scientific method as well as it was to the ancient Galileans, especially when the scientist encounters the wolf of human selfishness and the hydraulic brakes of mortal inertia. 5. Another localization of the conflict is the realm of paradox. Religion seems to thrive on paradoxes. Some reli- gionists have been known to say the whole world is paradox- ical. ‘Whosoever will save his life shall lose it,’ “He that is greatest among you shall be your servant,” “The kingdom of heaven is like a little child,” et al. A friend of a scientific turn once asked, “Do you suppose the time will ever come when we can talk in exact terms in- stead of paradoxes?” I do not know, but I do know that the vein of quartz which will turn the point of any paradox is lit- cral-mindedness. I am, therefore and hereby, suggesting a tew paradoxes for the relation they may have to the subjects of science and religion. Any of them, of course, can be argued about at length: There is nothing that a determinist resents more than a restriction of his freedom. What the lay propon- ents of freedom of choice want most is some sort of an au- thority. The freest religious spirits today generally believe in determinism thruout the entire natural order. Many modern scientists have felt free to believe in determinism. 6. The literature on the subject is varied, illuminating, and yet, taken together, perhaps confusing. E. W. Barnes, in “Scientific Theory and Religion,’ is a thorogoing theist. Bernhard Bavink, in “The Natural Sciences” and “Science and God,” is perhaps a pantheist. Walter Lippman, in “A Preface to Morals,” speaks of the passing of authority and tries to analyze the manner in which the ‘acids of modernity’ have 138 The Kenlucky Academy of Science eaten away the once solid structure of authority. W. E. Or- chard, in “From Faith to Faith,” tells the story of his con- version and complete submission to the authority of the Cath- olic Church, to which he went from Protestantism. Many lesser books discuss science and religion, most of them saying that “there is really no conflict”. This blinks some of the difficulties, but does suggest the question, “What do scientists think about religious questions?” Some time ago two hundred members of the Royal Society were questioned cn six items. Their replies have been classified in ‘““The Reli- gion of Scientists” by C. L. Drawbridge (Macmillan, 1932). The six questions were: (1) Is there a spiritual domain? (2) Is man in some degree responsible for his acts of choice? (3) Is belief in evolution compatible with belief in a Creator? {4) Do you think that science negatives the idea of a personal God as taught by Jesus Christ? (5) Do you believe that per- sonalities of people exist after the death of their bodies? (6) Do you think that the recent remarkable developments in sci- entific thought are favorable to religious belief? To the first the answers were mostly yes, to the second mostly yes, the third mostly yes, the fourth mostly no, the fifth about even, the sixth mostly yes. 7. Immediately that introduces the question and problem of authority. Whence do we derive authority? Whence does religion derive its authority? and other such questions. This may represent a paradoxical situation in that such questions seem so vital in a day when so much is being written concern- ing the so-called passing of authority, when so many people are asking, “How does one know what to believe?” 8. Before leaving the subject of authority, I should like to combine it with item 8, calling item 8 “Use of texts as sub- stitutes for authority.” Here are two examples which are in- teresting if not amusing: I have heard scientists attack reli- gion and theology, then, in expounding their own positions, quote some phrase of classical religion as a text. Again, I have heard representatives of religion denounce science and Twenty-First Annual Meeting 139 yet enthusiastically quote some scientist (usually Eddington) that seems to verify belief in the life of the spirit. But the outstanding texts used by various “sides” are: By scientists, “Know the truth and the truth shall make you free.” (John 8:32) By representatives of religion, “Canst thou by searching find out God?” (Job 11:7) When anyone uses a text he tacitly adorns it with at least the cosmetic ap- pearance of authority. But the interesting thing about the two texts quoted is not that they both come from the Bible but that when used they are almost invariably misused. “Know the truth....” (not “Seek...” as it is so often mis- quoted). means, in the original context, a certain kind of truth, namely the truth about Christ. “Canst thou by search- ing ....” are the words of 2 critic of Job, a critic who, later in the bobls. is condemned for a false defense of God! 9. The last item concerns positive statements. Usually we might think of positive statements as those contained in creeds, dogmas, etc. If we describe, in a sentence, an age of science it might be something like this:—an age which is con- cerned with the “causes of sensible effects” (Newton), with the observed phenomena of nature, an age which professes to take no stock in a priori certainty. It has therefore scared many people out of attempting the adventure of positive statement. Scientists such as Galileo and Astruc feared to make positive statements because of opposition from repre- sentatives of religion. Now, it seems, representatives of re- ligion fear to make positive statements because of scientists. In the first place, absoiute certainty is not to be had. - Jn the second place, it is not true that all religious exper- ‘jencé is produced by and tied to some antiquated authority. In the third place, we are just now at a place when we can begin abolishing fear, timidity, and negative dogmatism, and again set sails for the adventure of positive statement. And these positive statements will gather around two great nuclei: (1) Man’s sense of God. (2) Man’s struggling spirit. Man will always have a religious philosophy, whether it be because he is a nuisance in his own search for truth or FS ee Oa a ES el et a aS SN i eee > 140 The Kentucky Academy of Science truths or because he really does have dim apprehensions of truth or truths beyond the mortal pale, or beyond the “observ- able phenomena of nature”. 34. Report on the Meeting of the Western Division of the American Philosophical Association Held at Bloomington, Indiana, March 29-31, 1934. John Kuiper, University of Ken- tucky. The papers delivered at the meeting were briefly re- viewed. Some controversial issues in Professor Swenson’s pa- per on “What is Wrong with Current Systems of Symbolic Logic” were discussed at considerable length. The nature of logical systems based exclusively on truth-functions was clar- ified, and the System of Material Implications was defended against the main attack of the critic. The matrix method of proof was presented to show more clearly the characteristics of contemporary logical procedure. 35. The Size and Shape of Molecules. Edward Mack, Ohio State University. The investigations which organic chemists have been conducting for the past one hundred years have resulted not only in the development of methods of anal- ysis and synthesis of organic molecules, but have also brought forth some very definite pictures of the structure of the mole- cules, of how the atoms within the molecule are joined togeth- er one to another in various skeletal shapes and various spa- tial configurations. It is interesting to apply some of the new physical methods to a study of the same problems to deter- mine to what extent the reasoning of the physicist and the logic of the chemist check in leading to the same conclusions regarding molecular structure. The most powerful tool, and the most useful in this con- nection, which the physicists have developed, is the x-ray analysis of crystal structure. With it one can show that the structures of such molecules as benzene, palmitic acid, hexa- methylene tetramine, cellulose, certain proteins, etc., are in- deed what the chemist had already deduced. Another inter- esting approach to the problem is by means of the oil film method, developed intensively in this country by Dr. Lang- muir and Dr. Harkins. From an examination of the area of Twenty-First Annual Meeting 141 spread of various animal and vegetable oils on a water sur- face, one can calculate the length and cross-sectional areas of these long stick-shaped molecules, as they stand oriented in the surface. Among several other methods which have been applied to this type of study, a kinetic method involving an experi- mental determination either of diffusion coefficients or vis- cosity coefficients may be mentioned. It permits one to cal- culate the average collision area of a molecule; and then, in combination with some scheme for obtaining the average cross-sectional area of models made to scale, such as a shadow method, it is possible to reach definite conclusions about the shape of the molecules in question. The general agreement between results obtained by chemical and physical methods is strikingly good. THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SOCIAL SCIENCE This affiliated organization met (in the Woods-Penni- man Building) as the Division of Social Sciences of the Ken- tucky Academy of Science, with Mr. W. J. Moore presiding, Dr. Esther Cole as secretary, and 22 members present. The following papers were presented: 1. A Progress Report on F-6, “Farm Mortgages, Land Values and Tax Delinquencies” in Kentucky. C. J. Bradley, University of Kentucky. The plan was described of the pro- posed. survey as a part of a general survey which is a0 cover the whole United States. 2. Rural Families on Relief. Merton Oyler, University ef Kentucky. The plan was described for a survey of 247 families on relief, in Knott, Madison and Todd counties. 3. The Rural Housing Survey in Kentucky. Mrs. R. P. Lorch, University of Kentucky. This was a joint project of the Bureau of Home Economics, U.S.D.A., and the Division of Agricultural Engineering of the College of Agriculture. Bourbon, Boyle, Calloway, Fayette, Fleming, Hardin, Hick- man, Knott, Ohio, Oldham, Shelby and Simpson counties were 142 The Kentucky Academy of Science studied. In the 22,321 farm homes studied were 12,048 white owners, 9,028 white non-ownei's, 334 non-white owners, and 551 non-white non-owners. In construction, 62% of the houses were frame, painted; 24% frame, unpainted; 8% log; 0.5% stone, and about 0.12% concrete. About half were one story. In age, 24% were more than 50 years old; 33% from 25 to 49 years; 27% from 10 to 24 years, and 18% were built within the last 10 years. Sixty-five per cent needed painting, 38% needed foundations repaired or replaced, and 40% needed roofs repaired or replaced. Kerosene or gasolene lamps were used by nearly 90% of the families; washboards by 63%, and only 7% had water piped into the house. The engineers esti- mated that adequate housing would cost $22,500,000. 4. County Jail Financing. C. M. Stephenson, University of Kentucky. The fees and expenses allowed jailors, by stat- ute, and the amounts actually collected and retained, in 36 counties, were compared. Two important findings were that detailed reports of receipts and expenses were not submitted, in most counties, and such reports as were made often were either too much condensed to be of much value, or the figures were so obviously padded as to be practically worthless. Ex- penses tended strangely to fluctuate up or down, or to disap- pear, as receipts went up or down, the idea apparently being te so doctor them that no excess earnings over $5000 might remain, to revert to the county, or as little as possible. The study shows that. the earnings of jailors and sheriffs may be a fruitful field. for further investigation and possible litiga- tion to recover money unlawfully retained by these officers: 5. Welfare Work in Kentucky Municipalities. Harry R. Lynn, University of Kentucky. Discussed by Mr. R. F. Ter- rell. 6. Forces Limiting Recovery. Rodman Sullivan, Uni- versity of Kentucky. The following were discussed: (1) The decline in the rate of increase of population, which ends ex- pansion of the market for producer’s goods. (2) The corres- pondingly increased number of aged dependents. (3) The in- crease in organized crime. (4) Payments to veterans. (5) Twenty-First Annual Meeting 143 Jompetition in armaments, among nations. (6) Waste of na- tural resources. (7) Excessive debt, unwisely contracted. (8) Tecreased foreign trade. (9) The spirit of nationalism which leads to the enactment of tariffs, quotas and embargoes. No way to counteract these influences is suggested, but the au- thor thinks that maintenance of an attitude of “‘frantic search . for a magic formula” to restore prosperity is detrimental to the best interests of the country. : 7. Comment on Professor Sullivan’s Paper. Charles: J: Turck, Centre College. A planned society may be the remedy, provided the planning is for the good of the largest number. We have always had a planned society, but heretofore the planning was for the advantege of the upper ten per cent. That should be changed. 144 Index INDEX Page Academy of Social Science meeting —————_—_____-____ 141 Ailanthus glandulosus, method of branching —_______ 54 Alkalinity measurement of blood serum ————________________________- - 123 Amblystoma punctatum, thigh muscles Of, — n-nonane 49 Amperian current model of magnetization —__-_____________ 57 Arsenic, effect of small quantities in the diet of albino rats _______________ st 126 Arsenic in normal soils, plants and animals 2 ee 126 Attraction between masses, demonstration of, —--___-_-_____ 55 Bandeen, S. G:, Pancreatic) sinul2tlon) ee ee 37 Banesonsds S.,;GeNebics ama evOVUL LON eee eS 107 Benzaldehyde welectyo dey eset ee eS 57 Birth! *contro)) 2224s ae eee 48 Bishop, H., Artificial culture of Sapromyces reinschii ——— 124 Blood of starved ewes; composition of ee 55 Bottom fauna of Drake’s-creek: -...:-5 a SE eee 129 Branching of Ailanthus glandulosus —_-_------------------------- 54 Brauer, A., Derivation of the notochord in higher saraiaismiies 36 Brauer Richard. Prime numbets) = 133 Brown, L. A., Factors favoring male production in Moina macrocopa 127 Buckner, G. D., and others, Blood of starved ewes —....._.___ = 55 Effect of accumulation of nest eggs on broodiness 129 Effect of accumulation of nest eggs on broodiness _ 129 Burks Tees eMen tall caus ath] Orn eo a ee ee ee " 69 Burroughs, W. G., Devonian delta of the Appalachian geosycline _ 55 Ponding by glacial ice in the Susquehanna valley —. . 130 Cable, R. M., Effect of alternating temperature on pupal development of BD) mel aro BS tere aceon eee ge a 120 Caldwell, M. A., Does pragmatism involve indetermination? 68 Calfee, R. K., and J. S. McHargue, Copper, a vital factor in the growth of flowers and pollen: in: ‘corn plants 2.5. 2. ee eee eee ee eee 127 Capps, J. H., Removal of iron from some inorganic salts 131 Chemiluminescence; demonstration Of 2 133 Cleveland, F. F., Magnetic force of moving Charges ----------- ee ceceeeee eee eee 134 Cohen, li. W?, (Pythagorean theorem so 6c eg 55 Combs, S. J., Apparatus to demonstrate attraction between masses _....______-___- 55 Committee on affiliation of scientific organizations, report of 93 Constitution and by-laws of the Junior Academy oe ee LAO Cooky EW. dt. nlhe, Friedman pregnancy bec ty eee eee mani nein seen 123 Copper a vital factor for the growth of flowers and pollen in corn plants __._.__ aby} Cox, M. J., Alkaloidal study of Phytolacca decandra _....................... = 67 Cropsadaptation, importance: Of sae 108 Cuff, N. B., Relation of socio-economic status to intelligence 58 Cytological changes in the thyroid glands of bats _......—ssssstsCSCSSSS — 129 Davies eA. Ani abnormalitiy, imitihe, Low] pee ee eee see inia nae as naa 121 Branching of: Ailanthusselandulosws) me eee 54 Derivation of the notochord in higher vertebrates ............._... _+f 36 Determinism! andsmodern Science i eee ere mn oer = ASE Devonian delta of the Appalachian geosyncline _..................___ dicot ied an ae 55 Diabetes, control of, by pancreatic stimulation ...._ == tsts—CSCS 37 Doddersseed) viability ‘after’ feeding: ee eee mete ee 128 Dodson, N. E., A biographical history: of ‘physics oe _. 135 Drosophila melanogaster, effect of alternating temperature on the pupal development: ‘Of, 8 120 Electromagnetic and electrostatic units, ratio between ........... sss 58 Ecology of helminth parasites of testudinata Index Eddy, C. O., A new spreader for nicotine —_— se Se See Se Fergus, E. N., Importance of crop adaptation in crop production ———____________ BA Bele Fishes of the Mammoth Cave region —___________________ BEE DS eat ee nia Follicular atresia in ovaries of garter — = SS eee 2 Friedman pregnancy test ———————___ oe lee ene mes =e) Garter snake, follicular atresia in, —_________ : ee Be eee a Sexual anatomy of —__— eS eee sue en Se, eas Genetics and evolution - patos ahs ue ED ir Pi snot Gilligan, L. F., Memorial to Dr. McAllister ee a ee ee ee g ae Good, E. S., and W. A. Price, Viability of dodder seed after feeding? 2:S< eee Ss Hahn, T. M., Absorption of X-rays ———————_______________. z een ees Hall, E. K., Organization center of the amphibian embryo ——____. e eens Healy, D. J., Alkalinity measurement of blood serum = uh eset ee Helminth parasites of testudinata s ee oon UE eo ne Herndon, T. C., Demonstration of chemiluminescence ed eer oe eee ee The benzaldehyde electrode —__ Se et IO Hh eT ea Hummel, A. D., Sound picture ‘“‘Molecular theory of matter” = ie Ec A new method of determining the relative location of points within a ~ body by X-ray photography ——____— pe are ca Bey Bee —— Imprescia, Stelio, Myosis in Liquidambar styraciflua __ 2 suave sss se Iodine content of food plants, effect on fertilizers on << ees Iron, removal from some inorganic salts —__ Zee She a er = Jackson, J. S., Fishes of the Mammoth Cave region ___ ee in SE June bug as a lawn pest aR: = & = Junior Academy of Science ___________ = ee 17, 23, 95, 97, Kuiper, J., Report on the meeting of the American Philosophical Association —___ Kraatz, C. P., Sexual anatomy of the garter snake __— Se eS Krick, Harriette V., Seed-bearing ferns zn nas Bi ee eae se a severe Local ponding by glacial ice in the Susquehanna River aati foe Tapa co Oe paces EL Lovell, H. B., Development of grafted optical vesicles in Anura = coe Thigh muscles of Amblystoma punctatum —___. = McAllister, C. N., Memorial to —___ = SUEY sais ee McHargue, J. S., and R. K. Calfee, Copper a Hie Secon in the growth of flowers and pollen INS COLD es DL Sa ee a ee ee and W. R. Roy, Arsenic content of normal soil, plants and animals ____ and D. W. Young, Effect of fertilizers on the iodine content of food plants — Seog FUE ee eS se one Rem eH ea Teese ett z Mack, Edward, The size and shape of aa eaules = SAM Sh eid Oe Eee oe Sa Malsnetic forceso® moving, Changes. ss EE Ee ee ee eee TVS TIN IETS ETP Sco tame a Sees ee en ea EEE a, ee Sak eee Memorial to Dr. McAllister _______ ieee on ee es etl le eee ___-=_-==-=.. - Minutes of the 21st Annual Meeting of the Kentucky Academy ____ SSF Moina macrocopa, factors favoring male production in, Molecules, the size and shape of _________ ae eee ae x oP cree 2 My OSISMIME LiqQuidambarestylaciaud. == ae. Sess ee ee eee eee Noll, Waldemar, Determinism and modern science _____ pease eS Walite Ofathe- Piet) SiGiSSeLba tO rig se ee ee ae Notochord, derivation of, in higher vertebrates _... ete Optical problems, methods of solving, I re Nae A ee pS a Organization center of the amphibian embryo Saree E panes Rancreatic Shimulation. === sa ee ee = ees eee Papers presented at the Academy of Social Science meeting _... =e, Papers presented at the 20th meeting of the Kentucky Academy Se ees Papers presented at the 21st annual meeting of the Kentucky Academy _.._ Physics, a biographical history of, — Ue =e Phytolacca decandra, alkaloidal study of __._- Ss Pe eee = President’s. address ____ 2 = 146 Index Price, W. A., Another lawn pest ———--—_-—- and FE: S: Good, Viability of dodder seed after feeding————__________— Prime Numbers i a Pythagorean theorem in Fourler aay SiS. a Ramsay, B. P., Methods of solving optical problems ————————__——____— Religious philosophy in the age of Science ———— ee 54 ffiliation of scientific organizations ——-——_____-__—_ Report of the committee on a Report of the committee on Junior Academy 23; Report of the resolutions committee ee 1s Report of the Secretary tee Se Ve ee Research, place of, in the undergraduate college —————-—_—____——_—-———~ a. Resolutions committee, report of, 2S) Gatti) 2 ee ae Rhoads, W., and others, Blood of starved ewes ——————-——_-___-__---__--_ — = Roberts, George, President’s T00cCSs Peat BP Drees athe Sh rs Ross, W. G., A religious philosophy in an age of science ———————________———_ Roy, W. R., and J. S. McHaregue, Arsenic in normal soils, plants and animals) == Rumbold, D. W., Helminth parasites of testudinata —————_-____-___---___--__-_— = Sapromyces reinschii, artificial culture of ———————_-___________—_ 5 een ae =e Schnieb, A. A., Place of research in the undergraduate (fol Us}2X2) ee Science, Socialization Of, em = De oS ee ee eels Secretary’s report ———-—--------------- Sexual anatomy of the garter snake — Snoddy, E. E., The socialization of science ——_____$____$_______———. Socialization of Science ——— ——————— ee Solomon, L. L., Birth control, —————_—__________- Taylor, A. C., Effect of constriction on the development of Bruchid eggs ——______— Follicular atresia in garter snakes —— —— ——_____________________ Testudinata, helminth parasites of, —________________————————— < Theories regarding the decline of the seed-bearing ferns of the paleozoic —________— = s Thigh muscles of Amblystoma punctatum ————————___________________——— Tucker, E. B., Cytological changes in the thryoid glands of bats ————_--__-_____—_ Value of the Ph. D. dissertation for teachers of undergraduate students —________— Warburton, F. W., Amperian current model of magnetization ——— —-—______. = ogame of the ratio between electromagnetic and electrostatic Watson, W. E., Delinquent and non-delinquent girls paired for intelligence -________. White, M. M., Relation of electrical resistance to relaxation and to mental work ——— Why a Kentucky Academy of Science? ——_—_______»__»_ eee Wilford, E. J., and others, Blood of starved ewes, —-———_____-_—_-_______— ss Tavs. absorption of, ee = aaa pe and J. S. McHargue, Effect of fertilizers on the iodine content of food 130 128 133 55 134 135 93 95 104 91 59 104 55 27 135 126 54 124 59 69 91 35 69 69 48 129 36 54 48 49 129 55 57 58 58 68 27 55 133 126 TYPEWRITERS Sales and Service Dealer: L. C. Smith and Corona @ STANDARD TYPEWRITER CO. 225-27 West Short Street Lexington, Ky Eliceborel ad Industial Paleo Apparatus Vv Assayers’ Materials, Chemicals and Drugs Vv EIMER and AMEND Incerporated 1897 Third Avenue 18th to 19th Street NEW YORK CITY . NITRIC ACID SULPHRIC ACID P aa St . P. GLACIAL ACETIC . P, HYDROCHLORIC ACID P. AMMONIUM HYDROXIDE Prompt Delivery The Grasselli Chemical Co. Founded 1839 CLEVELAND, OHIO Always Dependable " ‘Twenty-Fourth Meetings a: 1935-1937 ie Lexington, Kentucky gts LOE Uy ee =e cK by ay, “* ts va} at PS Choose Furniture that “Lets Your School Grow” — Handle Maximum Enrollment and Larger Classes : 3 Without Handicapping Teacher or Student When you have Laboratory, Home Economics, Vocational or Lib Furniture to buy, think first of Kewaunee. It’s the certain wa) save time and money and to be sure of maximum in service, stu accommodation and value. F Call on Kewaunee Engineers to assist you with plans for new equip: ment. They put at your disposal the advantage of 33 years experience, That’s the way to make sure the furniture you install now will allow your school to grow. Kewaunee Engineering Service is offered ai [_-_=2::Sh oo S---— 16 The Kentucky Academy of Science Increase in Yield of Corn at the Soil Fertility Fields, from Application of Limestone and Tennessee Rock Phosphate, and Limestone and Superphosphate. Limestone and Soil tests Field Number of crops Rock Super- Acidity Easily averaged phosphate phosphate soluble phosphorus Bu per A Bu per A pH* Lbs per A Berea 17 18.3 18.7 4.5 880 Fariston 14 20.0 35.2 4.5 820 Greenville 16 16.2 19.6 5.5 660 Mayfield 16 11.9 8.8 4.9 960 Average of 63 crops on 4 kinds of acid, low-phosphate soil 16.6 20.9 * pH is a measure of acidity. A neutral soil is pH 7. The smaller the pH value, the stronger the acidity. Most of our crops do best at about pH 6. So it appears that limestone and Yock phesphate, applied separately to acid soil, produced nearly as good yields of corn as limestone and super- phosphate. Is it not reasonable to anticipate a similar result from phosphatic limestone, an intimate mixture of phosphate with limestone? I think that we have in this formation about Lexington a more valuable resource than is now realized, for the farmers of Eastern Kentucky. We seem to have in this material just what is lacking in acid, low-phosphate soil but a demonstration is needed. Perhaps some enterprising member of this Acad- emy will start the good work. PAPERS PRESENTED AT DIVISIONAL MEETINGS DIVISION OF BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES J. Holmes Martin, Chm. L. Y. Lancaster, Sec. Tue Lear-cutter Ants AND Tueir Activity. Austin R. Middleton, Uni- versity of Louisville. One of the pests of tropical and sub-tropical regions is an insect that attacks, without discrimination, any plant with a woody stem, from hibiscus hedges to tree ferns, banana palms and the great ceiba tree. The organism is a colonial insect and the colony consists of four castes: minims, workers, soldiers, and sexual individuals. They are the leaf-cutter ants. These insects build nests consisting of underground passages and chambers. The galleries in these nests range from an inch to fifteen inches in diameter and some of the chambers are very large. The excavated soil is dropped on the surface around the entrances to the nest and in this manner the earth surface over the nest is built up into a low, broad mound. ‘The particular nest upon which this study was made had a mound over it approximately fifteen feet in diameter with a maximum elevation of about one foot. In opening one of these nests one must guard himself against the annoying bite of the soldiers which, tho not poisonous, draws a drop of blood. Once the mandibles are fastened in the skin, the insect never lets go its hold. In Twenty-Second Annual Meeting 17 plucking them off the head is left attached to the skin. A more serious danger is that there are abandoned galleries and chambers in the nests and these are frequently preempted as dens by poisonous snakes and other reptiles. The workers as soon as the colony is started, begin cutting the mesophyll from the leaves of the shrubs growing over the nest and of those surrounding it, thus killing the plants and leaving the mound surface exposed. They next begin to travel a distance away from the nest to cut segments from the leaves of more distant shrubs, bushes and trees. In doing this, subsequent workers follow the trail blazed by the pioneer explorers. While these insects have eyes, it is probable that scent plays the more important role in this process since it was observed that workers caught on the runway in a rain frequently became confused and permanently lost the trail. Further, on one occasion, the observer was smoking a cigarette beside the runway and when a whif of smoke drifted down on it, the workers immediately became entirely confused, wan- dered off the runway in every direction and failed to find their way back to it. This constant use of the same paths results in the development of curved- bottomed runways at least four inches wide, hard-packed from constant traffic and quite smooth. Many of these runways extend for considerable distances from the nest. The particular runway of the nest involved in this study measured two hundred and eight and one-half feet in length. Runways at least a half-mile in length have been reported by others. The runwways are not straight but wander off into the jungle to the base of some plant up which the workers travel to the topmost leaves. These insects seem to have no preference for any particular kind of leaf. They were observed taking segments from the leavs of ferns, banana palms, ceiba trees and, indeed, practically every type of woody plant in the jungle. In 1933 Dr. H. E. Enders, Dean of the School of Science of Purdue University, timed the workers in the cutting of the leaf segments and found that it took one minute to cut a segment about the size of an American dime. ‘This is the size of the segments usually carried. These leaf segments are not used as food. They are chewed to a pulp by the minims and this pulp becomes a culture medium in which grows a fungus, upon which the insects feed. The Specific Problem. ‘The present study is an attempt to determine the destructiveness of these insects, their work-efficiency and whether there are rhythms in their work-activity. Technique. Borin e.cincls oan en Chemistry Thornberry, Halbert H., Experiment Station, Lexington .... Plant pathology Modarelanvis; Wriivs OL RK yee ea tar Sateen Sires ws See Ae emis 6 nas 6 Physics Waltman; Gis: nimives Of Roast adept cane. heladesed s aletys.cl8 bo ¢ Horticulture SVD Drees, SRIIY MOM Gi 22s tee Les SS Si Ie Borel Saay od, pola chan tae Physics AV DALIT ce rani Arree ty Leese OAV ss OL eV Mee aH sto eu cs fegey te Ga SUN eka ohoe\~. so adeyareiee) > ate Psychology Wilkes, Ella Ophelia, Morehead State Teachers College ............ Biology YOUN e Davide Nis = Univ. (Ob Kids: oi eaten: celts ons. Stee: doce erates Geology A total of 42. All but 13 of these have qualified by payment of dues. Austin R. Middleton, Secretary 36 The Kentucky Academy of Science REPORT OF THE TREASURER Assets, all sources Expenditures Forward from 1935 ....... $251.20 Junior Academy ......-. $126.95 Deposits: ....essesn esses: 269.84 Other expenses ~~~ =.=: 88.54 $521.04 $215.49 Balance J... 2. 3ee eee 305.55 $521.04 Approved by the Auditing Committee. REPORT OF THE MEMBERSHIP COMMITTEE Institutions in which the Academy had no members were canvassed for new members by letter, and the members of the committee personally canvassed their institutions. As a result, quite a list of new members has been added. This kind of activity should be continued. The committee also suggests that a Division of High School Science Teachers be established by the Academy. REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE ON EMERITUS MEMBERS, FELLOWS AND EMERITUS FELLOWS The committee recommended that the Executive Committee issue a Call, before the next annual meeting, for nominations for emeritus members, fellows, and emeritus fellows. REPORT OF THE RESOLUTIONS COMMITTEE I. The Academy of Science is indebted to the Western State Teachers’ College for the kindly hospitality which it has extended to this body. To President Cherry, Professor L. Y. Lancaster, to the Girls’ Glee Club and Sextette, and to various other individuals the Academy is particularly obligated; their efforts to make our visit to Bowling Green a satisfying one have been most successful. If. During the year the Academy has suffered the loss of a benefactor and friend, Doctor J. Otley Pindar. He was of that older fraternity of naturalists who follow their peculiar interests in an independent and original way which has been the very spirit of the academy of science everywhere. In lamenting the passing of the man, we take yet more sorrow from the passing of the fruitful scholar that he was. We cannot fail on this occasion to memorialize our great appreciation of the faith and confidence which Dotor Pindar must have had in the future of the Kentucky Academy of Science in making the generous bequest which he did. May we, the living, build into the Academy as much effort and as much faith as did Doctor Pindar who has gone. IH. ‘The Kentucky Academy of Science has had the further good fortune to number among its members a certain few persons who owe their interest in science to having approached its borders thru the neighboring domain of a Twenty-Third Annual Meeting 37 philosophy. One such member, Doctor Elmer Elsworth Snoddy, ever zealous to bridge the gaps which seem to exist between theology, philosophy, and science, entered our ranks in the spirit of learning from any who could teach him, and to teach any who could learn from him. We the living had and have, much that we might have learned from his embassy among us. We regret his passing, and regret that much we might have learned from association with him is yet unlearned. IV. The Academy accepts with much appreciation the recent services of Judge Samuel M. Wilson, Lexington, in the matter of preparing the necessary aiticles of incorporation for the Academy, by means of which this body is now euabled to accept financial standing and responsibility, particularly in the administration of bequests. ‘The Academy suggests and recommends that the Executive Committee take steps toward offering to Judge Wilson honorary membership in the Academy, in which we honor not only the recipient, but the Academy. V. The Academy urges the Executive Committee to make a study of the Constitution and Bylaws with the design of recommending certain amend- ments toward the following ends: (1) that no office of the Academy shall be held by any member more than two years consecutively. (2) that the committee consider the feasibility of permitting the Secretary to be reelected as often as a suitable incumbent can be in- duced to accept the responsibility of the office. (3) a permanent secretaryship is not intended by the above, but a provision for reelection to this office. VI. That the Executive Committee be directed to study and report upon the following matters of procedure and, in their discretion, to present the necessary amendments to the Constitution and Bylaws to effect desirable changes. (1) Holding the annual meeting fer the presentation of papers in October or November. (2) Holding an additional Spring meeting for the purpose of conducting a field. excursion each year to some place of special interest within the state, or elsewhere. No program of papers is suggested for this meeting other than an invitational program intended particularly to clarify the objectives of the excursion. (3) A provision whereby regional meetings under the auspices of the Academy may be held in any number, at any time, and at any place by a sufficient number of interested members, and under necessary safeguards for insuring that there shall be no loss of unity or inter- ruption to the free trade of ideas between sections of the state. Signed P. A. Davies (by W. R. A.) W. R. Allen 38 The Kentucky Academy of Science JUNIOR ACADEMY 3d Annual Meeting, 1936 The Junior Academy of Science held its third annual meeting on April 25, 1936, at Morrison Chapel, Transylvania College. Miss Margaret Van Arsdall presided. Over 300 were in attendance. ‘The Junior Academy is now composed of 20 Science clubs, with a membership of 277 girls and 233 boys. New officers elected were: President, Morris Garrett, Richmond; Vice-president, Fannie Drew, Speedwell; Secretary, Perry Day, Bellevue; Treasurer, Glenn Padgett, Somerset. Prizes were awarded as follows: Best exhibit: Class A, Bellevue H. S., first; Bryan Station H. S., and St. Catherine Academy, honorable mention. Class B, Kirksville H. S., first; White Hall H. S., honorable mention. Best discussion: Class A, Roger McGurk, St. Catherine Academy, first; Eddie Robertson, Harrodsburg, honorable mention. Largest percentage of pins owned: St. Catherine Academy. Largest percentage of club members present: Class A, St. Catherine Acad- emy; Class B., Newby H. S., Red House H. S., and White Hall H. S. 100 percent each. Best contribution to Junior Science Bulletin: Class A, Margaret Van Arsdall, Harrodsburg; Bernard Foley, St. Catherine Academy, honorable mention. Class Bb, Clifford Stout, Fern Creek, and Zelda Childers, Waco. PAPERS PRESENTED AT THE GENERAL, SESSIONS ‘Tneorins Or Minp. Gordon Ross, Berea’ College. MEASURING ‘THe Fourrta DimeNston. Walter H. Bucher, Univ. of Cincinnati. THe Necessity OF SomE Minor ELEMENTS IN THE Economy Or PLANTs AND ANIMALS. (President’s Address) J. S. McHargue, Kentucky Agricultural Ex- periment Station. ‘The subject I have chosen to discuss this afternoon is one in which I have been interested for a good many years. During my senior year in college I was required to write a thesis for my Bachelor’s degree in chemistry. The title was “The Occurrence of Titanium in Kentucky.” With the accept- ance of the thesis by the Department of Chemistry of the State College, now the University of Kentucky, and the granting of my Bachelor's degree, there was a lull in my interest in the occurrence and distribution of the less common elements in nature until the latter half of 1912, when I began the duties of Assistant Chemist in the Department of Chemistry of the Kentucky Agricul- tural Experiment Station. I then began an examination of plant and animal tissues for the presence of minor elements. My first contribution pertaining to the subject was entitled “The Occurrence of Barium in Tobacco and other Plants” published in the Journal of the American Chemical Society in June, 1913. At that time it was taught and accepted by botanists, plant physiologists and agricultural chemists that only ten of the total number of chemical a Twenty-Third Annual Meeting 39 elements then known were essential for the normal growth and maturation of plants. A reason for limiting the number of elements necessary for the growth of plants to 10, by the early investigators, was undoubtedly that they were first in this field of study and their methods of attack were crude at the best. Accordingly, only the more obvious problems in plant nutrition received attention in their researches. In later years further researches in analytica! and biochemistry have developed new and more delicate tests and methods of analysis, which have made possible further advances in our knowldge of the number of chemical elements necessary in the economy of both plants and animals. Thus far chemists and physicists have discovered 92 different kinds of matter which are called chemical elements. ‘There are several ways in which the chemical elements may be classified into groups, depending upon their abundance in nature, their physical and chemical properties and the use to which the elements or their compounds may be put in industry, medicine an art. As a matter of convenience in this discussion, I have divided the 92 chemical elements into three roughly quantitative groups. Group |. The major elements and their estimated proportions in the crust of the earth, arranged in the order of abundance. Name Percent TRO RVOCOL eae tre tty. ie tae hee ce 49.20 Pe SL COMMP ENT a rer ete hata 6 de ete wae 25.67 Fe AUUMMUMUT id baie eee ete oth ae 7.50 eile DWojal ener Ree ee) Gait) hs eee Aim Meee eae 4.7] Laer Chil Kory bhanly oem te pReL eto aas Ge gee Ree lets Canute ae ean ER 3.39 GA SOCEM east pee PI DS ti Astra, hac oe fle 2.63 (PUR OLASSHUIIG Le stee eee tn ere te eet eta ys os 2/40 Saw MAS TIES za aicestery eva cater ial) eke tai enol Sree 1.93 OEM AMOR eMieh s.) SO tS abies whtsbecs aPaAct y Elan 87 OCA Rie i ahqbi only temic ote Nb Bei BET Oe Sais Eee meres 58 MPC HLOnIM Guat scene teat iy opt, tia erst stalls sncawe 19 LZEREMOSPIOOUUESHaaryain eta aK sits 1 spendlatyenaeenes sets alll Udo Gambon ek: 25 ab ae ase etais autho aon eet ace 08 LR DI DHE gece otros Santee oe ean cera Re OREN igen e OF .06 Se INMELOC CM tie ac Maen ibe deictat oo ie cre clateuaepsipke 7 .03 99.35 The percentages were estimated by F. W. Clarke and published in Bulletin 770 of the U. S. Geological Survey, in 1924. ‘They probably are the most authoritative data available on this subject. This group includes the elements which occur in the greatest abundance in the crust of the earth. The remaining 77 elements which constitute a little more than one-half of one percent of the earth’s crust, according to our best information on the subject, I have divided into two groups. It is the elements in Group 2, the importance of which, in the economy of plants and animals, we are seeking ‘to ascertain. 40 The Kentucky Academy of Science Group 2. ‘The Minor Elements, arranged in probable order of abundance in the earth’s crust. Name Percent Name Percent lee iatiean CSC eer rere 0.0 x NOS AtSeniG yee.) eres 0.000 x OM Ranittiiwe oe ieee 0:0 x WesCacinaiuinne ere 0.0000 x 3 PLWOLING: «pci peiees cee 0.0x 8: 0in® 4. eee 0.0000 x Ae SAVTAOVOUIIN Gann onoonecc 0.0 x OS Merciinya eer 0.0000 x DeaVanadiain estar er 0.0 x PDS AMMEN) 55545556 0.0000 x Gi ANIEKE) 5 2-0 cesta Jone 0.0 x 21. Molybdenum ..... _ 0.00009 x Ho StrOntlUins see eee 0.0 x 92: Silvey an pee eee 0.00000 x Sa Lerch) seen 0.00 x PE WINES 535 2 ole - 0.00000 x 2), AYO socowooscoeoass 0.00 x Pe TOU a5 co acco 3 0.00000 x OM Geniumits. seek eee 0.00 x 25. Selenium Se a-s/e 0.000000 x iS Benyliiumle eerie cee 0.00 x 26) Bromine —ee eee 0.000000 x 2* (Cobalt eo cee ee 0.00 x 27, elnino ee 0.0000000 x 132 BOrOn cee ee peek seo 0.000 x 28. Yodinesaas ae ae 0.0000000 x | AA Cente Meta Oi as Lele eR Sade 0.000 x 29 Rubiditiim: se eee 0.00000000 x [5s ead) : fee See are ae 0.000 x 305 (Cesium See eee eee 0.00000000 x Small quantities of most of these elements have been found in plants. The x represents the unknown digit which may have values ranging from 1 to 9. Assuming the value of x to be 9, then the minor elements constitute o1ly 0.60 percent of the earth’s crust. This figure is a mere approximation, because not enough analyses have been made of the minor elements to afford a very reliable average for the earth’s crust as a whole. For example, Clarke states that bromine is a more abundant element in the earth’s crust than iodine. Assuming that the value for bromine given by Clarke is 0.0000009, the maximum value for x, and that this element is 10 times more abundant in the earth’s crust than iodine, we would have 900 and 90 parts per billion, respectively, for the average for bromine and iodine in the earth’s crust. We have found limestone rocks in Kentucky which contain nearly 10 times more iodine than this. It appears that both bromine and iodine are much more abundant in the rocks and soils in Kentucky than the average figures for these two elements given by Clarke for the earth’s crust as a whole. Group 3. The Rare Elements, arranged alphabetically. Alabamine Helium Osmium Scandium Argon Holmium Palladium Terbium Columbium Tllinium Platinum Thallium Dysprosium Indium Praseodymium ‘Thorium Erbium Tridium Protactinium Thuliuim Europium Krypton Radium Uranium Gadolinium Lanthanum Radon Virginium Gallium Lutecium Rhenium Xenon Germanium Masurium Rhodium Ytterbium Gold Neodymium Ruthenium Yttrium Hafnium Neon Samarium The difference between the sum of the percentages of the elements in groups | and 2, and 100, is approximately .05 percent for the amount of the rare elements contained in the earth’s crust. Thus far we have very few reliable methods for estimating the amount of the rare elements contained in rocks, ae ee. Twenty-Third Annual Meeting 4] soils, plants or animals; therefore we know very little of the effect they may have on the life processes of either plants or animals. The ten elements which were formerly considered as the only ones neces- sary for the growth of plants are: Carbon, Oxygen, Hydrogen, Nitrogen, Cal- cium, Magnesium, Phosphorus, Potassium, Sulfur, and Iron. Until very recent years text books on botany, agricultural chemistry, and plant physiology named these as the only elements essential for the growth of plants. Dr. Cyril G. Hopkins was, for a considerable number of years, one of the most outstanding agricultural chemists in this country. He was head of the Department of Agronomy at the University of Illinois for many years and pub- lished textbooks, bulletins and journal articles on subjects pertaining to the chemistry of soils and plants. He died in 1918. In one of his textbooks per- taining to the chemistry of soils and plants we find this very interesting memory aid for the 10 chemical elements which he apparently assumed were the only ones necessary for the growth of plants. His students composed this so-called memory aid which was used and published with his permission. Cyril G. Hopkins was the customary way he spelled and signed his name. His students altered the customary spelling of his name thus: C. Hopk ns Ca Fe Mg. With the omissions and additions of the letters thus shown and also with a little stretch of the imagination the “memory aid” was translated to mean that C stands for carbon, H, hydrogen, O, oxygen, etc. The Mg was translated to say that “C. Hopk ns cafe’ was mighty good. This incident is mentioned to show the teachings of an eminent authority in the science of agriculture concerning the number of chemical elements necessary for the growth of plants a litthe more than a decade ago . It is not to be inferred from these remarks that there is any doubt about the essential nature of any one of the foregoing list of 10 elements, for the growth of plants, but I do wish to emphasize the information recently attained that they are not the only elements essential in the economy of both plants and animals. : It has long been a well-known fact among agricultural chemists that, when plants are grown to maturity under natural conditions in a fertile soil, harvested, brought into a chemical laboratory and subjected to careful, pains- taking qualitative tests, as many as 30 elements in addition to the so-called 10 essential ones, can be found in small quantities. For many years there was much speculation and controversy among inves- tigators to explain the presence of the minor elements in plants. The soil is a heterogeneous mixture of the oxides, silicates, aluminates, carbonates, phos- phates, sulfates, chlorides, nitrates, nitrites, and fluorides of the 92 elements contained in the crust of the earth. Consequently, when plants are grown in the soil, their roots are in contact with compounds of both the essential and the so-called non-essential elements. In absorbing the essential elements, they cannot exclude altogether an element that is not essential. If this theory is correct then we would expect to find that plants absorb elements from the soil somewhat in proportion to their abundance in the soil. For example, silicon 42 The Kentucky Academy of Science and aluminum are the second and third most abundant elements in the earth’s crust; therefore, we should expect to find these elements in relatively large quantities in plants. It is true that some species of plants do take up consid- erable silica, such as the straw flowers and many grasses. However, the majori- ty of the most useful plants absorb relatively small quantities of silicon, and all species absorb considerably less aluminum than silicon. Furthermore, most of the more useful plants can be grown in cultures comparatively free from silicon and aluminum. It has been generally assumed to the present time that these two elements do not have any important functions in the economy of plants or animals. The same argument applies to titanium, an element less abundant in the soil than either silicon or aluminum, but several times more abundant in the earth’s crust than the essential element, phosphorus. There- fore, the mere fact that plants absorb more of the elements that occur in small quantities in the soil than they do of those that are more abundant, affords considerable evidence, that they have selective properties in absorbing nutrients from the soil. This is in accordance with the hypothesis proposed by Liebig, a pioneer in agricultural chemistry and plant physiology, who taught that plants may absorb most any element occurring in the soil solution but that which is not essential in the plant’s economy is excreted thru the roots. Con- sequently, that any element is a constant constituent in plants produced under natural conditions in the soil, was sufficient evidence for him of its necessity. While Liebig’s theory was sound in principle it lacked the necessary experi- mental evidence to confirm it. Methods for Ascertaining Which Elements Are Essential in the Economy of Plants. Since the soil is a heterogeneous mass of the compounds of a con- siderable number of chemical elements, it is not a suitable medium in which to grow plants for the purpose of ascertaining which elements are necessary for their growth. However, in recent years a number of soil areas which respond to treatment with the compounds of the minor elements have been reported in the literature. F Previous to the time this investigation was undertaken, very little attention had been given to the elimination of the various possible sources of contam- ination in water and sand culture experiments with plants. As the work progressed it soon became evident that contamination was undoubtedly the principal source of many erroneous conclusions in regard to the essential nature of a number of minor elements in the growth of both plants and animals. The complete elimination of any one of the minor elements from the plants during the time of their growth is a task requiring special study, much effort and careful technique. The best that can be hoped for is to so control the experiment from further contamination with the element under considera- tion and to grow the plants for a sufficient number of cycles until the element to be excluded becomes a limiting factor for normal growth of the experimental] piant. To completely eliminate all traces of the element under experimentation is an impossibility at the beginning because the seed from which the plant is propagated will at least contain traces of the element, if it is a necessary factor in the plant’s growth. Twenty-Third Annual Meeting 43 Two different methods have been commonly used to ascertain which min- eral nutrients are required for the growth of plants; namely water cultures and sand cultures. Water cultures were tried and found unsatisfactory because of the frequent changes of the nutrient solution when it was necessary to grow the plants thru a complete cycle. Accordingly, purified sand cultures were chosen for experiments planned to demonstrate the necessity of the mino elements for the growth of plants, for the very obvious reason that they are less tedious to conduct and furthermore the plants are grown under conditions more comparable to those of a soil than is the case in water cultures. Ficure 1. A quartz condenser tube for preparing metal-free distilled water. Since the minor elements are widely distributed in such minute quantities in nature, as is shown in Table 2, it is not an easy task to prepare a solid medium in which to grow plants free from these elements. Pure quartz sand of medium size grain (40 mesh) from which all the adhering mineral matter with which the grains are coated in the natural condition, has been removed, oflers the best possibilities for compounding purified cultures of a known com- position. After considerable prospecting and examination of a good many samples of sand from different sources, a deposit was located at Erin, Tenn., which was better adapted for purification than other samples previously ex- amined. This deposit was remarkably free from colored grains and pebbles which most ordinary deposits of sand contain. A supply of the natural deposit was obtained, dried, and run thru a 20-mesh sieve to remove fragments of undecomposed sandstone, pebbles and such other extraneous matter as could be separated in this way. The clay and fine silt was removed by washing the sand in running water and a uniform grade of yellow grains of quartz sand was 44 The Kentucky Academy of Science thus obtained. To remove the yellow and brown coating of iron oxide which also carried traces of the minor elements, the washed sand was digested in large porcelain dishes over boiling water with a mixture of hydrochloric and nitric acids, washed, rinsed with distilled water until free from chlorides, and dried. Snow white quartz sand which contained 99.95 percent of silicon dioxide was thus obtained. The sand purified in this way formed the basal material for the sand cultures. The next important factor in the preparation of purified sand cultures is pure chemical compounds of the 10 essential plant nutrients and also pure compounds of the minor elements to be subjected to experimentation. Undoubtedly the use of chemical compounds containing small amounts of the minor elements has been one of the most common sources of error in ascertaining the necessity of the minor elements in the economy of plants and animals. The old abbreviation C. P. which was supposed to mean “Chemically Ma Cy See Ficure 2. Sand cultures of Aspergillus 10 days old, showing stimulation of growth by copper (5ppm), manganese (2.5 ppm), and zine (1lppm), in optimum concentrations. pure” has lost its significance in recent years and the term “analyzed chemicals” or the label together with the analysis showing the limits of impurities are in more common use today. However, the new analyzed chemicals, tho perhaps of better grade than the old C. P. reagents which more often could have been translated “chemically poor” rather than “chemically pure,” are not yet suf- ficiently pure to be accepted according to the analysis on the label without checking their purity in the laboratory before their use as plant nutrients. Compounds of iron, phosphorus, calcium and magnesium are rarely free from traces of the minor elements, manganese, copper, zinc, boron, barium, stron- tium, arsenic, bromine, chlorine, fluorine and iodine. Another important factor to be kept in mind in ascertaining the necessity of the minor elements in the economy of plants is the kind of pots in which the plants are to be grown. The commonly used red flower pot and the straight earthenware jars which are usually carried in stock by grocery stores are in general use for growing plants. Langenbeck, in his book entitled ‘““The Chemistry of Pottery,” published in 1895, states that all earthenware pots have 2 aly Twenty-Third Annual Meeting 45 a varying degree of porosity and that even when the walls of an earthenware pot are so hard as not to be scratched with a hard steel point, they will absorb with avidity as much as 15 to 20 percent of their volume of water, and that even vitreous bodies that were brittle and had a conchoidal, glassy fracture, were found to absorb 1.8 percent of their weight, or nearly 4 percent of their volume of distilled water. It is therefore apparent that the walls of common earthenware jars which are in general use for pot experiments may be suffi- ciently porous to absorb mineral nutrients from soil or sand cultures, which may become available and affect the growth of plants in subsequent experiments. 6 Legend Wi control WAManganese Ficopper J zine WimManganese + copper iron Lore Mi Manganese + zinc (copper + zine C)Manganese + copper + zinc p ts Gs x AN AN BN FEN ok G 1 N z EN rN 5 oN 4 i 2 y 4 5 6 7 Age in days Ficure 3. Effect of manganese, copper, and zinc on growth of aspergillus on silica gel. Undoubtedly, many complexities and erroneous conclusions have resulted from the continuous use of the ordinary earthenware jars in pot culture experiments. A further factor to be taken into consideration in experiments to prove the essential nature of some of the minor elements for the growth of plants is the purity of the distilled water which is to be used for watering the plants during the time they are making their growth. Many of the ordinary types of water stills are equipped with a brass tube condenser which has been coated with tin on the inside. The tin soon wears thru and the water becomes con- taminated with tin, copper, zinc, manganese and iron. Under the best condi- tions, where a block tin tube is used, the distilled water will contain traces 46 The Kentucky Academy of Science of tin. Platinum would be the most desirable metal to use in making a con- denser but the expense is usually prohibitive. To prepare distilled water free of metals a condenser tube made of pure quartz was designed and constructed according to our specifications as shown in figure 1. When this tube is properly housed and installed it has a capacity of about 1.5 gallons of metal-free distilled water per hour. Heretofore very few investigators have so arranged conditions that the plants have made a complete cycle of growth, which is an important ‘criterion for judging the necessity of any element for the growth of plants. Maintaining the cultures near a definite hydrogen ion concentration is important, as is also exclusion of dust and insects from the experiments. Sianimiaie & Woight of ary yoast cultures (gms.). EEE fe) : con wn 4Mn +Cu +Mn+Curdn . Ficure 4. Addition of Mn, Cu, and Zn to the control medium—effect on weight of yeast cells. For our experiments, we obtained acid-resistant stoneware jars made by the Maurice A. Knight Company, at Akron, Ohio, for the larger cultures and for the smaller ones we purchased porcelain pots. A definite amount of the purified sand was weighed, and adequate amounts of pure available compounds of the ten essential elements, which were tested and proved to be free from any of the minor elements were added. and thoroly mixed with the sand in large porcelain dishes and the cultures transferred to the pots. These cultures served as the controls. To other similar cultures were added adequate amounts of pure compounds of the minor elements, singly and in combination. Plants were then grown in each culture under greenhouse conditions, attention being given during the time the plants were making their growth to the purity of the distilled water, hydrogen ion concentration, dust and insect control to such a degree as was possible under our conditions of experimentation. Twenty-Third Annual Meeting an Evidence that Manganese, Copper and Zinc are Necessary for the Growth of Fungi. To ascertain the necessity of manganese, copper and zinc for the growth and metabolism of fungi, it was necessary to prepare a medium favorable for their development but free from these elements. A solution con- taining 1 percent ammonium sulfate, 0.5 percent monopotassium phosphate, 0.4 percent potassium sulfate, 0.25 percent magnesium sulfate, 0.25 percent 300 Legend Control = Manganese =] = Copper = zinc ER = Manganese + Copper BB = Manganese + Zinc (] = copper + Zinc Tire Millions per c.c. guuguug Sununes go EEEEUERUER EEE REEEEEEEEEEEEEEE SS SS SS SS SS LS SS SS ES SS SS Days of Incubation Ficure 5. Addition of Mn, Cu, and Zn to control medium—cffect on number of yeast cells. calcium sulfate, and 5 percent glucose, in distilled water, produced a heavy, rapid growth of several fungi. A standard medium having this composition, using sucrose instead of glucose (because the latter contained impurities) was then prepared, employing only salts that had been shown to be free of mang- anese, copper, and zinc by chemical tests. The distilled water used in all the cultures was prepared by means of a quartz-tube condenser. In_ purifying these salts from manganese, copper, and zinc, other elements usually present as impurities were also removed. To avoid any effect due to the absence of these elements, 0.001 percent ferric citrate, 0.0001 percent potassium iodide, and 0.01 percent potassium chloride were included in the medium. Agar could not be obtained free from manganese, copper and zinc, so silica gel was added 48 The Kentucky Academy of Science to the liquid medium for solid cultures. The growth of fungi on this medium was rather slow and weak. A green aspergillus of the flavus group made the most vigorous growth and was isolated in pure culture. Cultures were incu- Wheat. Left, minor elements excluded. Field peas. Left, minor elements ex- Right, minor elements added. cluded. Right, minor elements added. bated at different temperatures, and optimum growth was obtained at 28°C. Figures 2 and 3 show the effects of manganese, copper and zinc on the growth of aspergillus, when added singly and in combinations. The relation between the cultures, in terms of the control as 100 percent was: Control Copper Zinc Manganese Copper+ manganese Copper-+zinc Manganese-+ zinc Copper-+ manganese-+ zinc Twenty-Third Annual Meeting 49 Mineral, nitrogen, and fat content of Aspergillus, in percentage of moisture- free material. Cu5, | Cu5, {Mn 2.5.1 Cu5, Culture Con- Cud | Mn2.5| Zn1 | Mn2.5| Zn1 Zn1 |Mn 2.5, trol | ppm ppm ppm ppm ppm ppm | Zn 1 | ppm Weight as | | percentage of control | 100 234.5 | 247.5 | 241.0 | 399.7 | 510.8 857.9 | 900.6 SAIS TIN ce atcccees terse 5.29 | 4.75 6.03 3.98 7.67 6.046 | 5.5 Copper )..2025..%. ae 0.017 | None | None | 0.013 | 0.022 | None |{ 0.02 Manganese ye None | 0.0025! None | 0.0025| None 0.0023 | 0.003 ANC, Sanne ncsnte=ceoseec2 = None | None | 0.009 | None | 0.0076] 0.0097| 0.0075 Phosphorus : 0.977 | 0.157 | 1.26 0.95 Utes || Alesse | 0.957 GACT Bees. «soe 0.233 | 0.12 0.484 | 0.252 | 0.667 | 0.583 | 0.415 Magnesium 0.197 | 0.13 0.33 0.282 | 0.275 | 0.203 | 0.467 TL OR Wee rrusiesedncecteesteeters ; 0.009 | 0.005 | 0.007 | 0.014 | 0.02 | 0.0076} 0.008 INTER ORE ioe 82 4.75 4.65 4.5 4.09 4.25 4.4 4.48 Protein (Nx6.25) ... | 30.1 29.75 | 29.00 | 28.1 25.6 26.6 27.48 | 28.00 Hither Vextrach .-:...:... | 1.64 2.03 2.55 2.25 | 2.51 2.57 puedo. | od Corn. 1. 10 elements. 2. 10 elements Pole beans. Left, minor elements ex- plus Mn. 3. 10 elements plus Mn and cluded. Right, minor elements added. Cu. The Effect of Manganese, Copper and Zinc on the Growth of Yeast. The chief difficulty in investigating the effect of manganese, copper and zinc on the growth of yeast was in obtaining a medium suited to its growth that was free from traces of these metals. The medium used was an aqueous solution con. taining ammonium sulfate 0.5 percent, potassium dihydrogen phosphate 0.2 percent, potassium sulfate 0.05 percent., ferrous chloride 0.001 percent, and 50 The Kentucky Academy of Science sucrose 5.0 percent. The inorganic salts used were tested and found to be free from manganese, copper and zinc. Sucrose could not be obtained entirely free from zinc, but less than 0.2 part per billion was contained in the medium, from this source. The water used was distilled in a quartz tube condenser. This medium was used as the control. Pure cultures of Saccharomyces cerevisiae were prepared and transferred on the control medium six times to remove manganese, copper and zinc from the cells before a stock culture was accepted for inoculation-of the experi- mental cultures. Counts were then made microscopically and a suspension in ccntrol medium was standardized so that one cubic centimeter contained one thousand cells. One hundred cells (0.lcc) were used for each inoculation. The results of the experiment are shown in figure 4. Production of Yeast Cells (Average of 3 Cultures) CULTURE ToraL WEIGHT PERCENT OF CONTROL gm. percent Control 0.2064 100 +Mn ; 0.4934 239 +Cu 0.5915 286 +Zn 0.5364 260 +Mn + Cu 1.0138 491 +Mn + Zn 1.9711 950 +Cu + Zn 1.1461 555 +Mn + Cu + Zn 2.2506 1090 Production of Carbon Dioxide, Aerobic Fermentation by Yeasts Average of 3 Series CULTURE WeicHT CO, PERCENT OF CONTROL gm. percent Control 0.2770 100 +Mn 0.6191 224 +Cu 0.8474 306 +7Zn 0.8102 293 +Mn + Cu 1.0154 367 +Mn + Zn 1.1384 410 +Cu + Zn 1.1230 405 +Mn + Cu + Zn 1.1657 421 The results of the foregoing experiments with aspergillus and yeast show that proper amounts of manganese, copper and zinc are necessaray factors in their metabolism. Necessity of the Minor Elements for the Growth and Metabolism of Forage Crops and Vegetables. In the early stages of this investigation it was observed that when dilute hydrochloric acid was added to the ash resulting from the incineration of brown hazelnut shells, a faint but unmistakable odor of chlorine was detected. This observation suggested that the ash contained an oxide of manganese which decomposed the hydrochloric acid and liberated chlorine. A test for manganese in the solution from the ash confirmed the presence of this element in moderate amount. This observation suggested further experiments = & ss Twenty-Third Annual Meeting 51 in regard to the amount of manganese contained in the different parts of the hazelnut. Accordingly, a quantity of the nuts was obtained and separated into three parts, shells, seed coats and cotyledons. A definite weight of each of the parts was ashed and manganese determined in each. The results showed that the seed coats contained the largest amount of manganese when equal weights were taken. ‘This fact was of sufficient interest to warrant similar determinations on like parts of other species of seeds. The results of this investigation showed that this relation obtained in all the seeds that were Tomato plants grown in soil deficient in the major and minor elements. Left, major and minor elements added. Center, major elements added, only. Right, no treatment. examined; namely, that the seed coat contained a greater concentration of manganese than any other part of the seed. Of the different seeds examined, wheat afforded more interest than any other. It was found that the chaff which surrounds the berry contained a very ninute amount of manganese and that the flour within the berry contained less than the chaff, but the bran or seed coat contained approximately 0.02 percent of its dry weight of manganese. ‘This fact was of sufficient interest to cause some wonder as to whether or not manganese has a useful role in the economy of this and other plants. This question suggested itself: What would 52 The Kentucky Academy of Science be the ultimate effect on the growth of the plant if seeds were germinated and the resulting plants grown to maturity in a medium which contained all the known plant nutrient compounds but no compound of manganese? This sug- gestion was of sufficient interest to warrant the undertaking of some experi- ments with this end in view. The results of some of the experiments are shown in the photographs. Spinach. Left, minor elements exclud- Lettuce. Left, minor elements exclud- ed. Right, minor elements added. ed. Right, minor elements added. Summary and Conclusions The author maintains that the detail and careful precision required in the procedures described in this paper possess some novel ideas, which are of fundamental importance in ascertaining the essential nature of the minor eiements in the economy of both plants and animals. Furthermore, that the very striking results which have been obtained on the growth of fungi, yeast, forage crops and vegetables, by a close observance of the procedures described, contribute to a better understanding of the function of a number of the minor elements in the art and science of agriculture. The writer wishes to express his grateful appreciation to various members of the staff of the Department of Chemistry of the Kentucky Agricultural Experiment Station who have rendered valuable and faithful assistance in con- nection with the experimental work reported in this paper. DIVISION OF BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES L. Y. Lancaster, Chairman. H. B. Lovell, Secretary Factors INVOLVED IN Thr DEVELOPMENT OF ANTHOCYAN IN THE STEM OF PHLOX DRUMMOND. J. S. Bangson, Berea College. Experiments with red- stemmed Phlox drummondii showed that the red color did not develop in parts of the stems protected from sunlight or in seedlings grown in diffused light. Others have reported similar observations with several other species of plants. Green-stemmed strains do not develop red in direct sunlight. It appears that direct sunlight is necessary for the production of red, even when the gene for red is present. PIGMENT Micration IN THe Eyr OF ForsEsicHTHys PAPILLIFERUs. Harold E Welborn, Western State Teachers College. The fish were exposed to sunlight, in running water of a spring. After 2 days, some pigment had migrated from the stratum pigmenti into the rods and cones, forming a slightly concentrated layer near their tips. After 4 days the pigment had migrated still further into a Or SX) Twenty-Third Annual Meeting the layer of rods and cones, and was more dense thruout the entire area. After 6 days the pigment had become concentrated into a heavy layer near the tips of the rods and cones, leaving a small portion of the tips exposed. After 8 days the layer of pigment was still more concentrated and very near the tips of the rods and cones, and was less concentrated in the s/ralum pigmenti. ‘The process seemed to be completed in about 8 days. Migration was slower in aitificial light. Tue INHERITANCE Or EcropiA Lrentis. A. R. Middleton, Univ. of Louis- vile. Dr. B. N. Pittinger of Paris, Kentucky, recently sent the writer a reprint of a recent paper by him in which he reports the hereditary occurrence of Ectopia lentis in five successive generations of a white family. At the sugges- tion of Dr. Pittinger I have attempted an analysis of the type of heredity shown in this pedigree. Ectopia lentis is a congenital and, ordinarily, symmetrical displacement of the crystalline lens. Judging from the 1eports in the literature it is of com- paratively rare occurrence. Dr. Pittinger cites eleven such records, and points cut that Knapp has estimated that its incidence is approximately once in 5,000 cases, while the first official record is the case reported by von Graefe, in 1854. The cases from the literature cited by Dr. Pittinger all show an hereditary tendency but there is lack of agreement as to the type of heredity manifested. The case reported by Gunn shows its occurrence “in 17 members of five families with a total of 22 children, in which the hereditary tendency acted as a pure mendelian dominant characteristic. Francheshetti’s case was one of recessive hereditary condition, while Kotlarveskaid’s thirteen cases were considered by him as of the dominant hereditary type.” The present pedigree comprises five successive generations of one white family, totaling 63 in the herditary lines, and an additional fifteen non-related consorts. Of these 63 persons twenty-two were affected. The youngest affected individual is five years old and the oldest is 69. The sixth generation is rep- resented by a pair of biovular twin boys four years of age and a boy aged one ruonth, sibs, and also by two sisters in another family. Chart | is the pedigree im question. It shows the percentage of affected individuals in each generation. This may be interpreted as a case of inheritance in terms of multiple factors. If we assume that three cumulative factors are operative and that any two, when present, will bring the condition to expression, the various per- centages of affected individuals in the successive generations may be explained. Chart 2 accounts for the 50 percent of affected individuals in the F, generation. It is true that the expectation would be 50 percent of affected individuals if this were a case of a single dominant mendelian determiner, one parent being hybrid and the other recessive. But on that assumption the members of families in each successive generation should show no affected individuals or 50 percent of the individuals affected. If we assume that the original pro- genitor was a homozygous dominant then all of his children should have been aflected, and heterozygous, and the families of the succeeding generations should show either no affected individuals or 50 percent affected. If the normal parent of the F, generation carried one of these multiple ‘SoInsy YoVlq Aq payeorpul sjenprArpur paeyeyy ‘uotysenb ur Ayrurey Jo aS8vaurq “T LuvHO 2) |S} a ? O O + Los % 0g ZL 7él Oo We ese aba seer 0000 ood 4 OF [LFO O Ee O The Kentucky Academy of Science 5b 55 ‘OM4 JO TeII1ed 944 St JUered poqooye ou} PUB LOJOBI I[AI4[NUt 9UO JO AaTIIBd ayy ST yUaIed [eUIOU 944 JT UOTWeJOAdKM “ge LUVHO £ } Z 6 2 e 4499 Lao tu Zoe dv ge 398 wD . ade s Ss) — = = oY = ~~ = : ‘UOTFIPUOD 849 Suyonpord s10zoVy YIVUI Si9q4a] PI[OS “19j0eIBYO ayy JO UOIssatdxa ayy 107 = Aqesseoeu St Z 4S¥at 4e Jo uOTWeUIqUIOD w axayM sIOORy aTdryTNU aATJBINUIND g JO SIsBq UO UOTJeIOOdxW “zg LUYHQ : ie & | Nw 79 @19 9 eg e 99 89 Gwioge Doge est OMe 2 Fe yoy 9828 Fey EY 56 The Kentucky Academy of Science factors and the affected parent two of them then the expectation would he for eleven out of sixteen children to be affected. ‘This is approximately 69 percent. Since there are only five children in this family the fact that 80 percent of them were affected may be explained on this assumption. The same explana- tion would hold for the four affected children out of six in the F, generation. Chart 3 shows the expectation in this connection. In the F, generation there are two families, one showing 20 percent af- fected individuals and one 25 percent. Chart 4 shows that on the assumption that the affected parent carries two of the determiners and the other parent no determiner for the defect the expectation is 25 percent affected individuals. A 6 GCG A”™S® c a5, CC “aoe db C @b abt abt F, 207 18) ar Cuart 4. Expectation when one parent carries two determiners and the other parent none (25 percent of progeny affected. . In the F, generation there is a family of eight sibs only one of whom is af- fected. And also a family of five sibs only one of whom is affected. Neither parent in cither of these families is affected. This condition cannot be ex- plained either on the assumption of a single mendelian dominant or a single niendelian recessive. If the determiner were a dominant then the parent from ae Leaf ~~ Twenty-Third Annual Meeting 5 the affected pedigree should show it. If it is recessive and the other parent homozygous normal, then none of the children could be affected. If it is reces- sive and both parents are hybrid then 25 percent of the progeny should be affected. If we assume that each of the parents carries one of our hypothetical multiple factors Chart 5 shows that the expected proportion of affected individ- uals is 25 percent, which agrees closely enough with the actual results. On the contrary it may be that Prof. Bywaters is correct in his conten- tion that “the one-factor dominant offers the simplest and most satisfactory explanation of the inheritance of the defect.” He acknowledges, however, “Among the matings of the third generation, two were apparently normal men and women, but each produced one defective child and several normal ones. On the basis of the data, this is in opposition to the hypothesis of a single dominant gene causing the effect.” He then quotes May (1917) as fol- lows: “The congenital form (of ectopia lentis) is partial, usually upward, often becomes complete in after years, is generally bilateral and symmetrical, and somtimes hereditary.” He follows this quotation with one from Berry (1893) as follows: “The partially dislocated lens often remains clear, and the diag- nosis may consequently be difficult if the degree of displacement is slight.” Abt €@6 ¢ CuHart 5. Expctation when each parent carries one determiner (25 percent of progeny affected). Dr. Bywaters points out that sometimes diagnosis may be in error and also that “‘a partial displacement, if slwht, does not seem to destroy the vision and persons so affected may not visit a physician or oculist but either suffer poor sight or visit an optician or optometrist, in either case, the patient being unaware of his or her real difficulty.” On the basis of these points, Dr. By- waters suggests that the cases in the third generation to which he has referred are reported as normal “because of lack of information,” and that if this is the case this contradictory evidence to his single dominant gene suggestion is re- moved. In this connection it is pertinent to point out that Dr. Pittinger who col- lected the pedigree in question is not only a qualified physician but a qualified oculist as well, and to quote Dr. Pittinger’s paper which was published in the Archives of Ophthaimology (1935), “Of the twenty-two patients, I saw thirteen personally. The cases of the remaining nine were vouched for by members of the family who had previously given correctly the the histories of the thirteen 58 The Kentucky Academy of Science members. On a statement of one member of the family that another had “bad eyes,” investigation would reveal the condition of ectopia lentis. On the strength of these statements, the data on the first and second generations given in the accompanying chart were supplied . . . . The members of the families are of good general mentality.” From this it is evident that Dr. Pittinger personally examined the two cases to which Dr. Bywaters draws attention and this removes the objection he has raised. ‘Those cases are in the third generation. Obviously, in the present state of our knowledge, the suggestion of Dr. Bywaters that environmental conditions may also be operative in cases of the inheritance of ectopia lentis cannot be answered. He, himseif, states “just what environmental condition would have an effect in this case, I hesitate to suggest” but claims that “it is not at all unreasonable to believe that the environment might prevent the defect from showing up in a person having the genetical makeup for it or it might delay its appearance, thus allowing death to prevent the expression of the genotype.” Tue Errecr Or Exrracr Or Liver ON Tuer Fission RATE OF PARAMECIUM Caupatum. A. R. Middlton, Univ. of Louisville. The Problem. In January 1936, the writer was discussing ‘certain genetic studies in the fission rate of the Protozoa, in which he has been engaged for a number of years, with Dr. Wakerlin of the Medical School of the University of Louisville. Dr. Wakerlin suggested that I use liver extract as an experimenal agent in the medium, since the results would have some bearing on the use of that preparation in the treatment of anemia. ‘The present paper is a report on the preliminary phase of that work. Materials and Methods. On March 25, 1936, forty individuals all of the same generation of the descendants of a single “wild” Paramecium caudatum, No. of Fissions - per set of Lines. 50 April 10, 1936 April 47 , 1936 May 8, 1956 Ficure 18. The continuous line shows the daily total number of fissions of the twenty control lines. The broken line shows the daily number of fissions of the twenty experi- mental lines. a al 1a ar Twently-Third Annual Meeting 59 were isolated. Twenty of these were placed in a 1/20 percent solution of Horlick’s malted milk, prepared with distilled water, and another twenty, in a medium prepared by adding 1/10 gram of Lilly’s liver extract powder to 100 cc of the control medium. Each of the forty animals was isolated in a concavity of a hollow-ground slide. By March 27 the animals of this experi- mental group were so deteriorated that an experimental medium prepared by adding 1/10 gram of liver extract powder to 150 cc of the control medium was substituted, but the last of the experimental animals died by March 28th. On March 28th the control lines were duplicated to form a new experi- mental set which was placed in a medium prepared by adding 1/20 gram of liver extract powder to 200 cc of the control medium,' All of this experimental set were dead by April 3rd. On that day a new experimental set was ‘isolated from the control set and placed in a medium containing 1/20 eram of liver extract powder to 400 cc of the control medium. In this medium the experi- mental animals survived and reproduced. During all of this time, i. e., up to 200 No, of Fissions = per set of Lines. 5-day Periods Ficure 19. Total number of fissions during the successive five-day periods. The con- tinuous line is the graph of the control set of twenty lines; the broken line is the graph of the experimental set of twenty lines. April 10th, the fission rate of the experimental lines was slower than that of the controls, as is shown by Figure 1. On April 10th the experimental medium was still further reduced in concentration of liver extract by mixing equal quantities of the experimenal medium last used and the control medium to set a new experimental medium. In this medium the rate of fission of the experimental set of lines exceeded that of the control set and continued to do so until the end of the experiment, except April 25th when the controls had one single fission more than the experimntal set. From this date on to the end of the experiment there was a continuous increase in the excess of the fission rate of the experimntal lines and this excess was decidedly the greatest on the last day of the experiment. ‘This is shown in figures 1, 2 and 3. Figure 2 shows the total number of fissions for each set for successive five-day periods. beginning April 10, and the average number of fissions per line per set for the twenty-eight days. Figure 3 is the curve of distribution of the two sets of lines. 60 The Kentucky Academy of Science Conclusion. In this paricular clone of Paramecium caudatum the effect of Lilly’s liver extract powder on the fission rate is determined by the concen- centration of that extract in the medium. Whether the rapid increase in the fission rate of the experimenal set after intreduction into the weakest medium used is due to that particular concentration or to the progressive reduction in the concentration of the experimental agent employed is now under in- vestigation. This result may indicate that in anemia the liver extract used directly stimulates the rate of mitosis in the erythrocyte-forming tissue of the body. 5 10: No. of lines. an 2 26 28 36 #2 No. of Fissions - per 5-day Period. Ficure 20. Distribution of the total number of fissions of the individual lines of the control set and the experimental set for the whole period of the experiment. The con- pauous line is the graph of the control set; the broken line is that of the experimental set. VARIATION IN THE LACTOSE-FERMENTING ApiLiry Or CoLon BACILLI. Mo be Stokes, R. H. Weaver and M. Scherago, Univ. of Kentucky. Paracoli, found in water, in feces of man and other animals, resemble coli in every respect except that they do not ferment lactose within 48 hours. This investigation was made to determine whether paracoli are variants of coli organisms or a distinct organism. Thirty-two strains of paracoli, from human feces, fer- mented lactose, the fermentation being delayed 3 to 25 days. Endo plates streaked from the lactose broth cultures usually yielded both red and, white colonies. Inoculations from tke red colonies, into 1 percent lactose broth pro- duced gas and acid within 48 hours. These variants were therefore indistinguish- able from organisms of the coli group. That a process of variation was involved, rather than an adaptation, was shown by the sudden appearance of the var- iants also some colonies showed sector variation. When Endo plates of the 32 strains were incubated at 37° C. for 48 hours and then left at room temp- erature for a week, quick-fermenting variants were produced from 22 of the strains, which appeared as papillae, or red, pimple-like eruptions scattered over the colonies. Five variant strains were subcultured daily in safranine broth. The 2ist subculture showed that two variants had given rise to non lactose-fermenting strains identical with the parent paracoli. Therefore, for these two strains, the cycle, paracoli to coli and back to paracoli, was complete. Evidently the variation is reversible. Therefore it appears that paracoli are io oeede eee be given the same significance as coli in judgin o 5 Twenty-Third Annual Meeting 61 AN ADAPTATION OF THE WINoGRADSKY TECHNIC To THE Stupy OF THE MicrorFLorA Or A TRrRIckLING FittER. R. H. Weaver, H. A. Raidt and R. P. Kerr, Univ. of Kentucky. A 9° Baume solution of sodium silicate was poured into a 13° Baume solution of hydrochloric acid and about 30 cc of the mixture was put into each Petri dish and allowed to set for about 24 hours. The plates were then washed for 2 or 3 days in running tap water, after which they were washed in several changes of boiling distilled water until the wash-water was free from chloride by the silver nitrate test. A definite quantity of a solu- tion containing the substance to be tested and the mineral elements necessary for bacterial growth was then poured on and the plates were dried in a partial vacuum, in the presence of drierite. One cc or less of liquid from the trickling filter was spread on each plate, they were dried, as before, and incubated at 28° C. When simple organic substances were used as the only source of energy in the medium, only one or two types of organisms developed on the plates. Only rarely did the same organism appear on two plates containing different organic substances. Of the many species present in a tricking filter, only one or two appear to utilize a given simple organic substance. ‘The organisms which decompose phenol, resorcinol, ortho-, meta-, and paracresols, and the sodium salts of formic, acetic, butyric, lactic and citric aids are being studied. (See Journal of Bateriology, January, 1936). A New Disgask Or YouNG Guinra Pics. M. Scherago, Univ. of Kentucky. A fatal epizootic septicemia appeared suddenly in the stock of young guinea pigs. The older animals in the same house were not affected. ‘The symptoms were sudden onset, ruffled fur, sluggishness, weakness, eyelids closed and stuck together, prostration and death in 5 to 6 hours. Autopsy showed the axillary and inguinal lymph glands enlarged and congested, and congestion of the liver, kidneys, adrenals, lungs, uterus, cecum and colon, the latter filled with gas. Smears from the peritoneum showed a gram-negative, encapsulated rod with rounded ends and straight sides, occasionally in pairs end to end, rang- ing from 0.6 to 1.0 micron in diameter and 1 to 4 microns long. An organism of similar morphology was isolated on agar slants, frony all the internal organs. Four strains having identical characteristics were isolated from four animals. Saline suspensions of the organism, injected into young guinea pigs reproduced he disease with typical symptoms and pathology. The organism was isolated from the internal organs of these experimental animals and reproduced the disease with typical symptoms, when injected into young guinea pigs. Attempts to infect adult guinea pigs and one adult rabbit failed, but the organism was fatal to mice when injected intraperitoneally. ‘The natural mode of infection was not ascertained. Guinea pigs fed saline suspensions of the organism or organs of animals that had died of the disease, were not affected. Inasmuch as a search of the literature disclosed no organism having the same character- istics, it was reported as a new species named Pseudomonas caviae.* That F. caviae was the cause of the disease reported was proved by the fulfillment of all of Koch’s postulates. * Jour. Bact. 31 : 83. 1936. 62 The Kentucky Academy of Science Tue Errect Or ALCOHOL ON THE GrowTH OF PRoTozoA, AND THE GROWTH- PROMOTING AxpiLiry Or Some COMMERCIAL PrpeTonEs. John B. Loefer, Berea College. The effect of ethyl alcohol (0.025-5.09%) upon growth of Chilomonas paramecium, Chlorogonium elongatum, Euglena gracilis, E. deses, Astasia sp.., Colpidium campylum, Glaucoma piriformis and Paramecium bursaria, was determined. Cultures were incubated at room temperature in moderate light for green forms and P. bursaria, and in darkness at 28° C. for colorless forms, for varying lengths of time, depending on the growth rate. - Ratio of final to initial concentration of crganisms per cc (x/X,) was determined by the Sedgwick-Rafter counting-cell method. All experiments were carried out with bacteria-free cultures. Growth of Euglena gracilis was accelerated by concen- trations of alcohol ranging from 0.025 to 1.0 percent, and that of &. deses by 0.05 and 0.1 percent alcohol. Among the remaining species, there was no evidence for acceleration of growth by alcohol. Complete inhibition of of growth of Chilomonas and Paramecium bursaria was observed in 2 percent alcohol, while Chlorogonium and Glaucoma grew slowly in concentrations as high as 4 percent. Growth of all the species tested was inhibited by 5 percent alcohol. Growth of Paramecium bursaria was tested in a variety of media made with commercial “peptones.” Difco Proteose-peptone and Bacto- tryptone were best. FossoMBRONIA: A Liverwort New To Kenrucky. H. Bishop and G. E. Quinby, Univ. of Louisville. On October 27, 1935, the writers noted a moss- like plant on the north side of a sandy bank of Cane Run, a creek in Jeffer- son county about 6 miles south of Louisville. The light green thalli, 3 cm. in diameter, were scattered among the darker ones of Anthoceros laevis L. and Notothylas orbicularis (Schwein) Sulliv. Its moss-like appearance was belied by spherical capsules. Closer examination in the laboratory indicated that the plant belonged to the rare genus, Fossombronia. Altho it is a mem- ber of the Marchantiales, its thallus is so like a leafy liverwort that one would at fiirst place it in the Jungermanniales. Specimens sent to Mr. Aaron J. Sharp of the University of Tennessee, were identified as Fossombronia foveolata Lindb. According to Mr. Sharp and a fairly thoro search of the liverwort records of Kentucky, this is the first occurrence of this genus and species in Kentucky. A recent letter from the Farlow Herbarium at Harvard University reords the species from Ontario, Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont, Massachusetts, New York, New Jersey, and South Carolina, and states that the species is also known from northern Europe. THe Mosguirors Or Loutsvinir, Ky. Griffith E. Quinby, Univ. of Louis- ville. Fourteen species are represented, in both tribes of the true mosquitoes. To ensure accurate identification specimens were checked by Dr. Matheson, at Cornell University. Most records were based on both male and female adults. Anopheles quadrimaculatus is relatively abundant and is important in malaria control. Culex pipiens, Aedes aegypti, A. vexans, Psorophora eyanescens, and Anopheles punctipennis are the principal pests. The remain- ing species are of little but scientific importance. Twenty-Third Annual Meeting 63 Anopheles quadrimaculatus bred chiefly in Paddy Run, Beargrass Creek and the ponds in nearly all the gardens, parks and cemetaries. A. puncti- pennis and Culex pipiens were found chiefly in Beargrass Creek, city dump ponds, Millcreek, and surface sewerage ditches thruout the city. Aedes vexans bred in nearly every fresh-water pool of any permanance. Psorophoro cyanes cens occurred most frequently near woods where temporary woodland pools abounded. Identified species stood at twenty-two when this paper was com- pleted. An extended list of species is given in a later paper; see page of this volume. A New Recorp For THE Rare Ascomycetous Genus MELasTizA. Harlow Bishop, Univ. of Louisville. On November 8, 1933, in Iroquois Park, Louis- ville, we found several bright-colored fruiting bodies of a cup fungus, on some charred logs. The cups were sessile, fringed with long, colored hairs. The spores were ellipsoidal, hyaline and elaborately reticulate. The description of Melastiza pennsylvanica Seaver in Dr. Fred Seaver’s recent monograph (1928) of the operculate cup fungi of North America, appeared to fit very well, but to be certain of the identification, a specimen was sent to Dr. Seaver who stated that the identification was correct. This collection seems, there- fore, to establish the first record of the species outside of Pennsylvania and constitutes an interesting and colorful addition to our flora. The organism seems to have been found only once, in Pennsylvania, by W. A. Murrill. TootH ATTACHMENT AND TooTH Succession IN SPHYRENA BARRACUDA. Theo. B. Beust, Univ. of Louisville. The observations were made on two barracuda minnows about 40 mm long and three adult fish of 12 to 20 pounds weight. The largest and smallest mature specimens possessed 182 and 151 laterally compressed, enamel-covered teeth, respectively, and many thousands of cilliaform teeth situated on gill bars, pharyngeals and tongue. All teeth were composed of vasco-dentine covered with enamel. Altho differing in size, all were uniform in shape, structure and, apparently, mode of replace- ment. Dissections of the specimens guided by x-rays, admit of the following interpretations: a. The dentogenetic zone is at the end of an epithelial cord, lamina or gubernaculum which passes from the oral epithelium thru a canal enter- ing the bone immediately to the lingual of each tooth, sometimes in such proximity that its buccal wall is formed by it, or the tooth may be grooved for its reception. b. About half way between the alveola crest and the base of the tooth, the latter is entered by the lamina. The depth and extent of the cavity absorbed into the tooth vary from a slight depression in the early stages of germ growth to a cavern containing a young tooth, occupying most of the embedded portion of the member. Curiously, the germ resorbs its way into the calcified body of each tooth, to be replaced from above, not, as might be inferred, from a permanent dento-genetic zone lying in the depths. c. Teeth containing large germs usually have their bases absorbed: i. e., in a pulpy condition. Teeth entirely lacking germs or containing only 64 The Kentucky Academy of Science small ones, have closed root ends, perforated only by the vertical nutrient vessels. Tissues At THE STEM Tipe IN AILANTHUS ALTISsSIMA. P. A. Davies, Univ. of Louisville. The role the stem tip plays in histogenesis is well known. Hanstein (Die Scheitelzellgruppe in Vegetationspunkt der Phanerogamen. Bonn. 1868) classified the histogens (promeristematic tissue) at the stem tip in angiosperms into dermatogen, periblem, and plerome. More recently, Schmidt (Bot. Archiv. 8:345. 1924) classified them as tunica and corpus. The histogens at the stem tip in Ailanthus altissima may be classified either by Hanstein’s or Schmidt’s method. The tunica is divided into two layers; an outer layer of slightly flattened cells (the dermatogen of Hanstein) which produces the epidermis of the stem and foliar organs, and an inner layer of palisade-like cells (the periblem of Hanstein) which produces the outer layer of the cortex. The corpus (plerome of Hanstein) is divided into two parts; an outer, thick layer of cells which give rise to the inner cortex and pro cambial tissues, and an inner layer of transversely flattened cells which pro- duce the pith. The histogens at the stem tip in Ailanthus altissima appear early in the development of the stem apex, maintain their individuality thru- out the life of the growing tip, and develop definite, permanent tissues. Tue Errecr Or Size Or Grarr Upon Tur DETERMINATION OF THE Dorso- VENTRAL Axis IN AmBLYsSTOMA MicrostomMumM. Harvey B. Lovell, Univ. of Louisville. The present experiments were undertaken to study the effect of size upon the determination of the dorsoventral axis in the forelimb of Amblystoma microstomum. Previous experiments have shown that the dor- seventral axis of the fore-limb bud of this species is determined before stage 33, using grafts 3 to 314 somites broad (Lovell and Batts ’35, Lovell ’37). Recent experiments by Hollinshead (36) on A. ligrinum have shown that grafts 2 somites in diameter behave differently from grafts 314 to 4 somites broad. His work clarifies the rather confusing results previously reported for this species by Ruud ('26, °31) who used the larger grafts. Experiments. In the first series of experiments grafts only 2 somites in diameter were employed. Since a disk is nearly circular, the area of a 2-somite graft is less than half that of a 8-somite graft (ratio 1 to 2.25). Only the center of the limb-bud region was excised. The left limb bud was implanted on the right flank with the dorsoventral axis inverted (hetero- pleural, dorsoventral, anteroanterior orientation). The dorsoventral axis therefore was the only one out of harmony with its surroundings. All grafts were homoplastic. As shown in Table 1, a relatively large number of imperfect limbs was obtained. This was perhaps due to the failure to include all the limb-forming tissue in such small grafts. The distal end of these grafts was incomplete, the hand being absent or having one or two thin digits. The symmetry in such cases could not be determined. The imperfections and resorptions were more frequent at stages 36 and 37 (58 percent) than they were at stage 38 (27 percent). At the older stage Twenty-Third Annual Meeting 65 the limb bud had thickened to such an extent that a large amount of limb- forming tissue was included even in a 2-somite graft. Table 1 shows that at stage 36 the dorsoventral axis was not yet deter- mined. In every case which could be interpreted (four) the dorsoventral axis of the graft had been reorganized under the influence of the host tissue and, as a result, a right limb with normal orientation had differentiated from an inverted left limb bud. In such cases digits three and four are formed on the dorsal border of the graft, indicating that this is the ulnar margin. At stage 37, out of 14 grafts only six were sufficiently perfect to be in- terpreted. In three of these cases the dorsoventral axis was already determined whereas in the other three it was still labile. Half of the cases had retained their prospective asymmetry and had developed into inverted left limbs, but the other half had reoriented their dorsoventral axis and formed harmonic right limbs. At stage 38 eight out of eleven grafts formed supernumerary limbs the primary member of which had a well-formed hand. Seven of these continued to develop according to their original prospective asymmetry; that is, their dorsoventral axis had been determined irreversibly before the operation. Only one case had developed into a right limb in response to its changed environment. ‘The presence of this case with a reoriented dorsoventral axis raises the question as to whether the axis is actually determined before stage 38 or whether this too is a transitional stage. Further experiments are being undertaken to settle this point. Table 1. Summary of 2-somite grafts of fore-limb bud in Amblystoma d oD 2 microstomum, Series Total Resorbed Imperfect Axis not Axis limb determined determined 2sHIL36 10 2 I 4 0 2sHIL37 14 0 8 3 3 Totals 35 2 15 8 10 A second series of experiments were performed to study the effect of increased size of the grafted disk upon the determination of the dorsoventral axis. From embryos at tail-bud stage (stage 29) disks of tissue 5 to 514 somites in diameter were excised. “The ectoderm, mesoderm and, to some extent, the underlying endoderm were stripped off from segments 2 to 6, inclusive. The pronephric rudiment was also included. A _ large piece of ectoderm was removed from the right flank of the host embryo, posterior to somite 5. The excised left-limb rudiment was implanted to this location with the dorsoventral axis inverted (het. dv. aa.). When these transplanted buds began their development, their tips point- ed posteriorly in a manner resembling a normal right limb. Later, when the digits began to form, the 3rd and 4th digits developed on the ventral margin 66 The Kentucky Academy of Science (the ulnar border). ‘This indicated that the dorsoventral axis had retained its original asymmetry and that the graft was developing into an inverted left limb. The material immediately around the base of the limb bud appears able to control the polarization of the dorsoventral axis in A. microstomum. Similar results were obtained by Nicholas (’24) for A. punctatum. Discussion. We have just shown that the time of the determination for the dorsoventral axis of the fore limb in A. microstomum is much later when 2-somite grafts are used than when the grafts are 3 to 314 somites broad. In this characteristic microstomum agrees with tigrinum but not with punctatum (Swett ’27). Does this indicate that the size of the embryonic area is smaller in the first two species than in the last? The large number of defective limbs obtained from 2-somite grafts leads us to believe that the rudiment is larger than 2 somites. The fact that the fore limb of tigrinum does not develop until much later than that of punclatwm would seem to explain the later determination of its dorsoventral axis. This can not be the explanation in the case of micro- stomum, however, since its fore limb appears at about the same time as that of punctatum. The present experiments seem to indicate that the determination of the dorsoventral axis is a gradual rather than a sudden process. The time of determination depends upon the size of the graft, the reorientation of the axis Occurring more readily in small grafts than in large ones. Smaller grafts are more labile, more easily influenced by surrounding conditions. When the graft is of normal size in microslomum (3-31 somites), the dorsoventral axis is determined by stage 33, but when the graft is very small (2 somites or less), the axis is not determined until stage 38 or perhaps not until one stage later, stage 39. Literature Cited Hollinshead, W. H. 1936. . J. Exp. Zool., vol. 73, pp. 183-194. Lovell, H. B. and B. Batts. 1935. Trans. Ky. Acad. of Science, vol 7. Lovell, H. B. 1937. Science, vol. 86, p. 61, July 16. Nicholas, J. S. 1924. Anat. Rec., vol. 29, p. 108. Ruud, G. 1926. J. Exp. Zool., vol. 46, pp. 121-141. Ruud, G. 1931. Arch. f. Entw.-mech. d. Organ., Bd. 124, S. 522-570. Swett, F H. 1927. J. Exp. Zool., vol. 47, pp. 385-439. THe Oricin Or Benavior IN Empryos Or Brucuus QUADRIMACULATUS. (Coleoptera) by Wm. Lowenthal, Univ. of Ky. First movements were noted after 72 hours incubation at 30° C, as a faint lateral bending of the thoracic region. ‘These increase in amplitude and are followed by an undulating or wave-like movement anterior-posteriorly. Stimuli do not elicit response till the ninety-eighth hour. The general progression of movement is in an an- tero-posterior gradient centered in the anterior thoracic region. A PRACTICAL SMALL AQUARIUM UNIT. J. W. Lancaster, Univ. of Ky2)Ehis unit, recently constructed at the University of Kentucky, is so designed that Twenly-Third Annual Meeting 67 a variety of equatic life can be exhibited at one time. It has eleven tanks for tropical fishes, a 90-gallon tank for native fishes, and a trough for aquatic reptiles and amphibians ‘The tanks are arranged so as to be viewed from the front whereas work in them is done from the rear. Each is lighted by a light-bulb above it. Water is supplied by an overhead line and aeration by an electrically-driven air pump. Temperature is regulated by electric heaters controlled by thermostats. The tanks for tropical fishes are at the highest level and the trough for reptiles, lowest. "Temperature in the former is 75-80° F.; in the tank for native fishes, 65-70°, and in the trough, about 65°. THE RELATION OF SEASON, SEX AND WeIGHT To THE BASAL METABOLISM Or Tue Atsino Rar. T. C. Sherwood, Univ. of Ky. Observations of more than 6,000 tests during 6 years show a seasonal, sex and weight relationship to the basal metabolism of the albino rat. Surface area as well as weight technique show a decrease in heat production of 45 per cent in rats weighing from 100 to 400 grams. The seasonal effect is not seen in the younger grow- ing rats but is well-defined in the older groups. Young males and females have the same basal metabolism. However, the matured males show a higher rate than do the females. The older rats again’ become more nearly the same in heat production. THE RELATION OF Excessive Vitamin A To THE VAGINAL EPITHELIUM. T. C. Sherwood, M. A. Brend and E. A. Roper, Univ. of Ky. A study was made to show the effect of excessive vitamin A on the epithelial tissues. Fol- lowing the observation of at least 5 normal oestrus cycles by the vaginal smear wethod, large amounts of carotene were given the animals for a period of 15 days. In every case, the rats showed a continuous young nucleated cell picture for approximately 30 days. In no case was the normal cycle ob- served in the experimental rats. The animals were allowed to return to normal and the vaginal smears continued for a time. THE RELATION OF OvARIAN HorMONE To THE THyRomD GLAND IN THE ContTrot Or BaAsAL MeraApouism. T. C. Sherwood and L. M. Bowers, Univ. of Ky. An extensive study of the relation of ovarian to thyroid function, by Sherwood, Savage and Hall (1923), Sherwood and Bowers (1936) showed that theelin and amniotin bring about a decrease in basal heat production when injected into normal adult albino rats, overiectomized rats and ex peri- mental hyperthroid rats. Metabolism is decreased as much as fifty-four per- cent in overiectomized rats. ‘The experimental hyperthyroid curve indicated that amniotin therapy immediatly following the thyroid feeding caused a return to the normal heat level in one-half the time necessary for a return to normal in animals fed desiccated thyroid only. THE RELATION OF EXPERIMENTAL HyprertHyRotpisM ‘To Tritt Boop Picrurt Or Tue ALBino Rar. T. C. Sherwood and Grace P. Birge, Univ. of Ky. After studying the blood picture of approximately 100 male and female rats, thyroid therapy was given for a number of days and the blood counts made at various intervals. There was apparently no change in the red-cell count in the hyper- thyroid animals but a decided increase of the white-cell count on the 5th day 68 The Kentucky Academy of Science following therapy. The white-cell number had nearly returned to normal on the 8th day following therapy. DIVISION OF CHEMISTRY Malcolmn Lyons, Acting Chmn. W. F. Forsee, Acting Secy. Some Errecrs Or DEUTERIUM OXIDE ON STAPHYLOCOCCUS AUREUS. E. W. Cook, Centre College. Several strains of Staphylococcus aureus and Staphylococcus albus were grown in nutrient broth. After 24 hours several large, white Staph. aureus colonies were noted. This variant was white, rough and large, while the control grown in broth made with distilled water was yellow, smooth and small. The colonies were 1 cm. to 4 cm. in diameter, flat, and the edges were sharply serrated, characteristics quite the opposite of the normal colony which is 0.25 cm. to 0.5 cm. in diameter, the surface smooth and glistening and the edges quite even. This rough variant retained its characteristics after serial transfers in broth made with distilled water. Physically, then, this strain had been definitely changed. Physiologically it had lost its pigment-producing power. Fermentation reaction of the variant was tested on 24 carbohydrates in- cluding monosaccharides (pentoses and hexoses), disaccharides, glucosides and trihydric, pentahydric and hexahydric alcohols. In 13 of the 24 strains there were differences in the production of acid. In some, fermentation resulted in the variant but not in the control; in others the reverse was noted. Mor- phologically the variant and the original strain were the same. Both stained well and the appearance of individual cocci and the characteristic arrangement of groups of cocci were the same in both. CHEMICAL ANALysis AND PROBABLE CAUSE OF UrtINARY CALCULI ForMED IN A YEARLING Butt. G. Davis Buckner and E. S. Good, Ky. Agricultural Experi- ment Station. Autopsy upon a yearling Hereford bull showed that the kidneys contained 157 grams of stones ranging in size from shot to more than an inch in diameter. The bladder contained 61 grams of smaller, smooth stones, and the urethra contained one, nearly 3% inch in diameter. Chemical tests showed that all the calculi were composed mainly of ammonium magnesium phosphate with a little calcium phosphate; that is they were “triple phosphate.” The probable cause was surmised to be faulty metabolism. SotusiLiry AND Compounps Or Tur Hataines Or Capmium, Zinc, Copa, AND Nicket Wirn 1-4 Dioxane.* Sister Roderick Juhasz, S. CG. N. and L. F. Yntema, St. Louis University. Herz and Lorentz! showed that the salts of some of the lighter metals are only slightly soluble in anhydrous dioxane. Other investigators2 prepared a number of molecular addition compounds of inor- ganic salts and dioxane. In the present work anhydrous dioxane was saturated with anhydrous cadmium and zinc halides at 26.5° C. The amount of solute * From the thesis presented to the graduate faculty of St. Louis University by Sister Pag eee partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of Master of Science, une, : . Twenty-Third Annual Meeting 69 was determined after evaporating the solvent by titration with silver nitrate, using potassium chromate as indicator. Solubility in 100cc. of solution at 26.5° C. Milligram Grams Molecules Cadmium bromide 0.0115 0.04 Cadmium iodide 0.0407 0.11 Zinc chloride 2.2606 16.61 Zinc bromide 7.5764 33.60 Zinc iodide 36.1400 113.17 These results indicate that the solubility of inorganic salts in anhydrous dioxane increases with increase in molecular weight. The following molecular addition compounds were prepared. Gdcl.(C,H.0,) CdBr,. (C,H,O,) Cali (G4H,O5) ZnCl. (C,H,O,) ZnBr,.2 (C,H,O,) ZnI,.2 (C,H,O,) ZnCl,.2 (C,H,0.) CoBr,.2 (C,H,O,,) Col,,.2 (C,H,O,) CoGh, (CH,0,) NiBr,.2 (C,H,O.) Col,. (C,H,O.,)2H.,0 NiCl,. (C,H,O,) Col,. (C,H,O,)4H.,0 2eGdel,. (GA1.0;) Nil,,.2 (C,H,O,) A PRELIMINARY Report ON Vapor PHASE ApsoRPTION By “Fivrror”” AND ACID-TREATED BENTONITE. R. N. Maxson, Univ. of Ky. and R. I. Rush, Centre College. This paper discusses an experimental study of the vapor phase ad- sorption of an acid-treated clay called “Filtrol.” Bentonite from various sources was also examined. The dynamic method was used and certain improvements were made in the apparatus employed by previous workers. ‘‘Filtrol” gave a maximum adsorption of 30.1 percent of thiophene-free benzol. The data showed that the acid-treated clay approached the efficiency of a commercial silica gel. Untreated Medicine Bow bentonite gave very low adsorption values. A comprehensive series of experiments indicated that suitable treatment with 6 N sulfuric acid gave the most efficient capillary structure. ‘The maximum amount adsorbed at equilibrium was 39.7 percent. ‘This result shows that the treated bentonite used is as efficient as Patrick’s silica gel for adsorption of benzol but is much below the efficiency of the Holmes-Sullivan type of gel. Further investigation is planned along the following lines: 1. Continued study of various acid treatments. 2. Extension of the study of adsorbates. 3. The effect of lower partial pressures. 4. Efficiency curves and the rate of adsorption as affected by the pH of the clay. Complete details of this pre- liminary work can be obtained from the authors. Districcters’ Driktp GRAINS AND DISTILLERY SLOP IN CHICKEN RatTioNns. G. 1 Herz and Lorentz, Z. physikal. Chem. 140: 419-421. 1929. 2 Reinboldt and Boy, J. prakt. Chem., 2, 1929: 268. 1931. Paterno and Spallino, Atti. Acad. dei Lincei, 16: 87. 1907. Faworsky, Chem. Centr., 1: 15. 1907. 70 The Kentucky Academy of Science Davis Buckner, W. M. Insko, Jr., J. Holmes Martin and Amanda Harms. Ky. Agricultural Experiment Station. Experiments in feeding chicks in battery brooders indicated that thick distillery slop and distillers’ dried grains can be used advantageously in place of a large part of the corn and all the wheat middlings of the usual mash. Tue ToLrraNce Or CERrAIN SPEMES Or Fisurs For Low DissoLveD OXYGEN Anp INCREASED CARBON DIoxIDE CONCENTRATIONS. Charles R. Allen, Western Ky. State Teachers College. The experiments were made with fishes 5 to 9 inches long, in slowly renewed water of determined dissolved-oxygen content, at 26 to 29° C. Lethal concentration was that which failed to sustain life for 314 hours. Such concentrations were: for Ameiurus natalis, Carassius auratus, Coltus bairdii, Forbesichthys papillifera, and Claricola sp., 0.6 to 1.3 ppm; for Helioperca incisor, Shaenobryttus gulosus, and Notropis ardens lythrurus, 2 to 2.3 ppm, and Pomoxis annularis, 2.8 to 3.5 ppm. An excessive concentration of carbon dioxide was injurious, but the number of experiments was too small to render the results conclusive. A StupENT Looxs At THE NEw ANALYTICAL STANDARD, CERIC SULFATE. Louis Gordon, Univ. of Ky. Tue Errecr Or Hyprocen Ion CONCENTRATION ON ‘THE COLORING OF Wuisky. Frank M. Shipman and C. R. DeSpain, Brown Foreman Distillery Co., Louisville. The author concludes from the experiments described: 1, the pH value of whiskey decreases during ageing; 2, the stable range of pH value is below 5, with 4.2 to 4.3 preferred for younger whiskys; 3, color increases with increase in pH. Test Tuse versus Taster. William J. Lenz, Louisville, Ky. (By title.) The paper points out that chemical control in the manufacture and ageing of whisky is important and is being used more and more by distillers. PARTICLE S1zE DISTRIBUTION IN HypRAULIC CEMENTS. Eugene J. Vechter, Louisville Cement Company. Cement particles above 60 microns in diameter have little cementing power because the reaction with water takes place slow- ly. The turbidimeter affords a reliable means of measuring the size of particles smaller than 60 microns and these measurements are an index of the behavior of a given cement. THe Disrripution OF ORALLY ADMINISTERED ARSENIC IN THE Tissurs OF ANIMALS, WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE To I1s Partition IN Rat BLoop. J. S. Mc- Hargue and Malcolm Lyons, Ky. Agricultural Experiment Station. Albino rats, guinea pigs, rabbits and chickens were given a diet containing 250 ppm of As, as As,O.. Analyses of their blood gave 1300, 7.0, 5.2 and 4.0 parts of As per million, respectively. Repeated analyses showed that the blood of albino rats fed As,O, contained a higher concentration of As than any other tissue, and 99 percent of the As was found, in the clot, when ‘the blood coagulated. When cells, serum, and fibrin were separated, practically all the As was found in the cells. Crystalline hemoglobin prepared from the blood of rats that were fed As,O, contained 1620 to 2125 ppm, and the As content was not ap- preciably diminished by five recrystallizations from relatively large volumes of ~I — Twenty-Third Annual Meeting solution, nor was it removed from solutions of this hemoglobin by dialysis These facts suggest that the arsenic is in some way chemically combined with the hemoglobin molecule. A Povarizinc ATTACHMENT For THE Sprcrroscoric DETERMINATION OF Boron. J. S. McHargue and R. K. Calfee, Ky. Agricultural Experiment Station. GEOLOGY AND GEOGRAPHY D. M. Young, Acting Chmn. Paul Averitt, Secy. THE PROBLEM Or COAL CoRRELATION IN EASTERN KENTUCKY. Paul Averitt, Univ. of Ky. Experience seems to indicate that the interval between coal beds is the most trustworthy guide in correlation. It is thought that, over limited areas at least, the interval varies between small limits which represent the maximum relief possible under swamp conditions, and that over wide areas variation of somewhat greater magnitude is possible in one direction. Further- more, neglecting diastrophism, two successive coal beds should be essentially parallel. When these principles are applied to coal correlations, it seems likely that noticeable changes in intervals between coal beds and apparent converg- ence and divergence are due to mistakes in correlation rather than to actual conditions. A SANDSTONE Dike IN THE Kentucky River FAuLT ZONE Or CENTRAL Kentucky. Arthur C. McFarlan, Univ. of Ky. The Kentucky River Fault zone is commonly regarded as late Paleozoic. Large blocks, weathered from a sand- stone dike which follows one of these faults closely, were found, in 1928, near Valley View. In 1934, such a dike was found at Clay’s Ferry occupying a fissure in the Jessamine limestone within a few hundred feet of the Kentucky River fault. The dike is only three to four inches thick and consists of poorly sorted, often angular, sand grains, with a calcareous cement. These dikes are interpreted as sand of Irvine age, washed into earthquake fissures resulting from renewed slipping along the old break. There were two periods of notable uplift and westward tilt in the post-Paleozoic, one of which occurred after the deposition of the Irvine sand. It is believed that the old break constituted a line of weakness and was ruptured in this movement. The possibility that this sand was Pennsylvanian, washed into these fissures at the time of original fault- ing, is recognized but regarded as less likely. Such an interpretation would be significant as additional evidence of the former extent of the Pennsylvanian in central Kentucky. SuMMARY OF KENTUCKY METEORITES WITH A Descriprion Or THE CAmp- RELLSVILLE SIDERITE. D. M. Young, Univ. of Ky. PRECIPITATION AND TREE GrowtH IN THE Berra ReGion. W. Lyle Dockery, Berea College. The width of growth rings, in groups of 10, was measured, in oak stumps in the Berea Region. Correlation between growth and rainfall, during 34 years, was 83 percent. The growth rings measured extended back to 1760. 72 The Kentucky Academy of Science Som Erosion ANpD Its PREVENTION IN THE BEREA REGION. Warren R. Wag- ner, Berea College. The seriousness of erosion is little realized by farmers in this country, and only in the last few years has much attention been paid to the problem. Erosion in the Berea region was discussed in relation to physio- graphy, climate, types of soil, location, causes, geology, and geographic factors. Methods of preventing and controlling erosion were decsribed and examples cited. ‘The paper was illustrated by lantern slides to show conditions in the region. : THE CHESTER Rocks Or MEADE, HARDIN AND BRECKENRIDGE COUNTIES KEN- Tucky. R. E. Stouder, Louisville Gas and Electric Company. The following table gives the relative age and thickness of the Chester formations as found in the region, using the Indiana and Illinois names. Formations Thickness feet Kinkaid ls. 15-30 Degonia ss-sh. 50-60 Clore fm. 20-45 Upper Buffalo Palestine ss. 2-6 Chester Wallow Menard Ils. 15-20 Waltersburg fm. 80-100 Vienna ls. 4-8 ‘Tar Springs ss. 50-60 Glen Dean ls. 55-100 Middle Hardinsburg ss. 35-40 Chester Golconda ls. 40-70 Cypress ss. 40-65 : Productus inflatus zone 6-12 Paint if Elwren ss. - sh. 8-30 ower Creek Reelsville 1s. 25-35 Chester . sample Ss. 12-35 Beaver Bend ls. . 14-30 Renault Mooretown ss, shale and coal 0-75 Unnamed ls. 0-20 SoME PHAses Or Repressurinc IN Kentucky. D. J. Jones, State Geologist, Univ. of Ky. A MINERAL CotLection For HicH Scuoors. D. J. Jones, Univ. of Ky. STATISTICAL MEASUREMENT OF AGRICULTURAL Conv?Rasts. A. Bruce Pound- stone, Ky. Agricultural Experiment Station. Striking differences in the types of farming, agricultural income, density of rural population, population ad- Justment, levels of living, land-use problems and kindred topics are so closely integrated with geologic and other contrasts that a thoro delineation of these natural differences is an important need in the interpretation of agricultural conditions. Knowledge of the finer details of geology will be of most value to the agriculturist when they are carefully mapped, for it is knowledge of the location and extent of such differences that is of practical value. A growing ~] ’ = Twenty-Third Annual Meeling interest in plans for conservational uses of land and better utilization of other agricultural resources means greater dependence upon the combined fields of geology and land utilization. The geologist and agriculturist are becoming more closely associated. A clear conception of geologic facts is perhaps the most important prerequisite to careful land-use planning. Statistical measure- ment of agricultural differences shows the striking need for a more thoro analy- sis of basic factors. A Srupy Or Birp Lirr ON A Temporary Lake.* Gordon Wilson, Western State Teachers College. Ten miles south of Bowling Green is a depression that is normally cultivated in corn. After very wet winters and springs some 300 acres of this area become covered with water. This wet-weather lake at- tracts large numbers of wading and water birds. I have found 56 species on or near the lake, many of which remained to nest, in 1927 and 1935. In March and early April ducks are the most numerous of the birds found, as many as 5,000 having been recorded in a single day. Eighteen species of ducks and two species of geese have been recorded, the most rare being the Blue Goose, five of which stayed at the lake for a month, in 1938. The second period of great interest commonly occurs when the water is receding, in late April and early May. Then come the shore birds, 20 species of which have been recorded. in- cluding the very rare Golden Plover. The most numerous species thruout the late spring is the Coot, many of which nested in the area in the years when the water lasted longest. The various Herons, including the beautiful white American Egret, are most numreous in late summer. On one day in August, 1935, sixty of this species were counted and the similar but smaller Little Blue Heron in immature plumage. Some Functions OF THe Srare DrerparrMenr Or Mines AND MINERALS. Geo. R. Wesley, State Department of Mines and Minerals, Owensboro. ‘The functions are twofold: the Coal Mining Division enforces State Mining Laws thru mine inspection and instruction of workers and operators; the Geological Division gives services to all mineral industries thru technical assistance in field studies and by laboratory studies in the repressuring laboratory at Lexington and in the sedimentary laboratory in Owensboro. At present cooperation beween the industries and the Department is better than heretofore. By such cooperation it is hoped that a fuller contribution to both Science and the Industries may be realized. MATHEMATICAL ASSOCIATION OF AMERICA KENTUCKY SECTION Smith Park, Chin. A. RK: Fehn, Sec. Fundamental Mathematical Concepts for Mathematics Majors. Guy Stevenson, Univ. of Louisville. The Defense of High-school Mathematics. Wallace Smith, New River State College, Montgomery, W. Va. * See the ‘‘Wilson Bulletin’? and ‘‘The Kentucky Warbler.”’ 74 The Kentucky Academy of Science Teaching the Binomial Theorem. Tryphena Howard, Western State Teachers College. A Device for Calculating Mechanically the Square Root Deviation from the Mean. J. G. Black, Morehead State Teachers College. Curves and Surfaces of Floatation. Fritz John, Univ. of Ky. On Linear Measure of Point Sets Composed of Any Number of Rectifiable Arcs. Susan J. Howard, Western State Teachers College. The Fundamental Lemmas in the Calculus of Variations. F. W.. Donaldson, Univ. of Ky. Euclidian Algorithm in Algebraic Fields. E. D. Jenkins, Univ. of Ky. Differentials. L. P. Hutchinson, Univ. of Ky. DIVISION OF PSYCHOLOGY AND PHILOSOPHY M. M. White, Chm. M. L. Billings, Sec. Mental Adjustments Used in Promoting the War System. Clio Arnold, Sue Bennett College. Comparison of Blood Pressure Changes Following Ideational and Sensory Stimuli. James E. Calvin, Univ. of Ky. Relation of Material Learned to Rate of Pulse. Walter E. Watson, Western State Teachers College. Bergson and the Symbolists. Joseph C. Burk, Univ. of Ky. ASSOCIATION OF PHYSICS TEACHERS KENTUCKY CHAPTER Charles Hire, Chmn. B. P. Ramsey, Secy. Magnetic Rotation of Polarized Light for Thin Liquid Films Suspended in Air. Alvin Pershing, Western State Teachers College. Research Work in Magneto-optics. Francis G. Slack, Vanderbilt Univ. Comments on the Coefficient of Elasticity. Waldemar Noll, Berea College. A Study of Insulating Properties of Asbestos Paper. Waldemar Noll and Walter Picklesimer, Berea College. Properties of Interference Systems Formed by Parallel Plates. W. E. Anderson, Univ. of Ky. Right-angled Lever Paradox. W. G. Wineland, Morehead State Teachers College. A Comparison of Maxwell-Lorentz Magnetic Forces With Those of Weber. F. W. Warburton, Univ. of Ky. Some Experiments in Photographic Testing. Ralph A. Loring, Univ. of Louis- ville. An Improved Impendance Bridge. T. M. Hahn, Univ. of Ky. Twenty-Fourth Annual Meeting a5 MINUTES OF THE TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL MEETING, 1937 The 24th Annual Meeting of the Kentucky Academy of Science was called to order by President Hinton, at 2:00 p. m. April 30, 1937, in the Playhouse on Belknap Campus of the University of Louisville. Dr. Raymond A. Kent, President of the University, cordially welcomed the Academy to the University. The response was made by Dr. L. Y. Lancaster, Vice-President of the Academy. Dr. Hinton then reviewed the work of the Academy during the past year. The proposed amendments to the constitution were read and discussed and the following were adopted unanimously: ARTICLE XI, BOARD OF DIRECTORS. A Board of Directors consist- ing of eight (8) members shall be elected as follows: The first year two mem- bers shall be elected to four-year terms, two members to three-year terms, two members to two-year terms, and two members to one- year terms. ‘Thereafter, two members shall be elected annually for the full term of four years. In said Board shall be vested and by said Board shall be exercised all the ordinary and appropriate corporate powers and functions of the Kentucky Academy of Science. Said Board shall annually choose from their number a Chairman and a Secretary to act as such, respectively, until their sucessors are elected, and a fair record shall be made and kept of its proceedings, the same to be sub- mitted to the Kentucky Academy of Science at each Annual Meeting thereof or whenever called for by the President of the Kentucky Academy of Science. Change the title of the present Article XI, AMENDMENTS, to Article XII, AMENDMENTS. That the headquarters of the Kentucky Academy of Science, Incorporated, shall be at Lexington, Kentucky. The meeting then adjourned tll 8:45 a. m., May I. The second session of the 24th Annual Meeting opened in the Playhouse of the University of Louisville, at 8:45 a. m., May 1, 1937, President Hinton in the chair. Reading of the minutes of the first session was dispensed with. The following amendments to the consitution were discussed and unanimously adopted. ARTICLE IX. MEETINGS. The Annual Meeting of the Academy shall be held at such time and place as the Executive Committee may select. The Executive Committee may call a Special Session, and a Special Session shall be called at the written request of twenty members. Any group of members of the Kentucky Academy of Science may hold meetings for the presentation of the results of research, or for any similar purpose, such as field excursions or demonstrations, at their pleasure but such group meetings shall not be held at such time or place as wil! conflict in any manner with the Annual Meeting of the Academy. ARTICLE V. EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE. ‘The Executive Committee shall consist of the President, Vice-Presidents, Secretary, ‘Treasurer, Councilor of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, President of the preceding year and the Chairman of the Committee on Junior Academy. ‘The Executive Committee shall direct the affairs of the Academy during intervals between Annual Meetings, except those duties assigned to the Council, and shall fill vacancies in its own membership occurring during such intervals. A majority of the members of of the Executive Committee shall constitute a quorum of that committee for the authoritative transaction of its functions and duties. The first meeing of the Executive Committee shall be held im- 76 The Kentucky Academy of Science mediately after the adjournment of each annual meeting of the Kentucky Academy of Science. In case of a tie vote the vote of the President shall decide. It was voted to place the awarding of grants in research in the hands of the Executive Committee. On motion it was ordered that a Committee be set up on Conservation of Natural Rescurces, and hat Dr. Austin R. Middleton, Chairman for Kentucky of the Committee of the Ecological Society of America be its chairman. Dr. Middleton immediately named the following as the other members of this committee: Dr. L. Y. Lancaster, Dr. Alfred Brauer, and Dr. V. F. Payne. On motion it was ordered that each member of the Kentucky Academy of Science be notified of available grants in aid of research, from the A.A.A.S., and that this notice shall be sent in time for members to make their recom- mendations to the Executive Committee within 30 days. The Committee on Nominations reported the following nominations for officers: President, Dr. L. Y. Lancaster; Vice-president, Dr. Theodore Beust: Secretary, Dr. Alfred Brauer; ‘Treasurer, Prof. Julian H. Capps; Councilor for A.A.A.S., Dr. Austin R. Middleton. For Board of Directors: One-year term, Dr. Charles Hire and Dr. J. S. McHargue; two-year term, Mr. R. C. Ballard Thruston and Dr. E. S. Maxwell; three-year term, Dr. Irvin Abell and Mr. Jay B. Kenyon; four-year term, Mr. Lucien Beckner and Judge S. M. Wilson. A ballot was cast and the nominees were unanimously elected. The general session then adjourned to permit the meetings of the several divisions. NEW MEMBERS ELECTED, 1937 Albright, John B. Science teacher, Eubank, Ky. Belcher, Robert Orange, Student, 701 College P. O., Berea, Ky. Birge, Grace Pitkin, Anat. & Physiol. U. of Ky. Lexington, Ky. Bolton, Dr. Ernest, Dentistry, U. of Louisville, 129 E. Bdwy. Bond, Miss Wilma, Student, 123 E. 3d St. Maysville, Ky. Clay, Dr. Wm., Biology, U. of Louisville, Louisville, Ky. Crider, Marvin, Student, U. of Ky. Zoology. 43 Main St. Paintsville. Currie, John Will, Ky. Wesleyan, Winchester, Ky. Dimmick, G. B. Prof. Psychology, U. of Ky. Lexington, Ky. Ernst, Dr. R. C. Col. of Engineering, U. of Louisville. Fonaroff, Miss Ruth N. Dept. of Chemistry, U. of Louisville. Ford, M. C. Ogden Dept. Science. W. S. T. C. Bowling Green, Ky Hardin, Dr. Rector, Dept. Economics, Berea College. Hawkins, Dr. J. Gordon, 311 Republic Bldg. Louisville, Ky. Hudson, Alfred A. E. 1103 Evergreen Ave., Goldsboro, N. C. Kenyon, Jay B. Professor, Asbury College Wilmore, Ky. Ketron, C. V. Teacher, Frankfort H. S. Frankfort, Ky. Koppius, Dr. Otto, Dept. Physics, U. of Ky., Lexington. - Lenz, Dr. Wm. J. Lenz Research Laboratory, Starks, Bldg. Louisville. LeStourgeon, Dr. Elizabeth, Mathematics, U. of Ky., Lexington. Mann, Edma, Dept. of Science, U. of Louisville, 1305 Washington St., Louisville. Marble, Miss Guita, Dept. Chemistry, U. of Louisville. Twenty-Fourth Annual Meeting 7? Marks, Miss Mary E. W. K. S. T. C., Bowling Green, Ky. Mitchel, J. R. Chemistry, U. of Ky., Lexington. Monroe, Mr. Burt L. 207 Birchwood Ave., Louisville, Ky. Neel, J. K. Zoology, U. of Ky., Lexington. Page, Mr. Geo. V. Dept. Physics, W. K. S. T. C. Bowling Green. Pardue, Louis A. Dept. Physics, U. of Ky., Lexington. Quinby, Griffith E. State Dept. of Health, Louisville, 1811 Algonquin Pkwy. Scherago, Dr. M. Dept. Bacteriology, U. of Ky., Lexington. Schneider, Evelyn J. Librarian, U. of Louisville. Ornithology. Scutchfield, Bucher, Prestonsburg, Ky. Shipman, Frank M. Brown Forman Distillery, Louisville. Sikes, Prof. W. W., Berea College, Berea, Ky. Todd, Jarvis, Dept. Physics, U. of Ky., Lexington. Webb W. S. Professor Physics, U. of Ky., Lexington, Ky. White, Dr. M. M. Psychology, U. of Ky., Lexington, Ky. Wimmer, C. R. Chemistry, Union College, Barbourville, Ky. REPORT OF THE SECRETARY The Academy has 263 members distributed as follows: Local, 155; National, 79; Corresponding, 9; Honorary, 15; Honorary, National, 1; Life, National, 2: Corresponding, National, 2. All members of the A. A. A. S. in Kentucky) who were not members of the Academy, were invited, by letter, to join. Five responded by becoming members of the Academy. Eight divisions took active part in the meeting, and 54 papers were read. The Division of High School Science Teachers, and the Louisville Astronom- ical Society met with the Academy for the first time. REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE The committee held two meetings; October 24, 1936, and January 30, 1937, at which the following actions were taken: A committee was appointed to harmonize the constitution with the articles of incorporation. A fall meeting will not be held, but only the annual spring meeting, in 1937. ‘The invitation of Dr. Middleton, to hold the annual meeting at the University of Louisville was accepted. Amendments to the constitution, to be proposed at the annual meeting, were prepared. JUNIOR ACADEMY The fourth annual meeting was held Saturday, May I, at the gymnasium, University of Louisville. Mr. Morris Garret, President, presided at all sessions. Dr. Anna A. Schnieb gave the principal address on “Alaska, Our National Playground.” The awarding of prizes was as follows: Best Exhibit: Class A. Bellevue H. S., first. Honorable mention, Bryan Station, Fort Thomas. Class B. Independence H. S., first. Honorable mention, Kirksville, Whitehall. 78 The Kentucky Academy of Science Best Discussion: Class A. First, Eddie Ribertson, Harrodsburg. Honorable mention, Alice Davis, Bellevue; Mildred Murry, Henry Clay. Class B. First, Mary Samuels, Red House. Honorable mention, Earl Rowlette, Kirksville; Warren Dorman, Independence. Best Contribution: First, James Ison, Harrodsburg. Honorable mention, Nettie Payton, White Hall. Largest Percentage of Members Present: Anchorage, Bryan Station, Inde- pendence, Newby, White Hall, each with 100 percent. Largest Percentage of pins owned: Anchorage. The following officers were elected: President, Dorothy Sheer, Anchorage; Vicepresident, James Coyle, Bellevue; Secretary, Earl Rowlette, Kirksville; Treasurer, James Ison, Harrodsburg. The attendance was somewhat over five hundred. PAPERS PRESENTED AT GENERAL SESSIONS Address of Welcome. President R. A. Kent, University of Louisville. Response by Dr. Lancaster. Application of Modern Techniques in the Recovery of the Prehistoric. W. S. Webb, Univ. of Ky. Tue Responsipitiry Or Science To Youru. (President’s Address.) Robert T. Hinton, Georgetown, College. Omitting the usual introductory remarks, let us proceed to a consideration for a few minutes of the responsibilities of organizations such as ours toward the world of today. Since there is little that can be done at the present moment of a corrective nature which would be effective at once it would be more profitable to turn our eyes to the future and plan accordingly. I believe one of the best indications of a sense of responsibility on the part of scientists is that they be willing to criticise now and then conditions as they are and decide by the evidence whether things are better or worse and whether the state of mankind at present is a happier one because of the changes Science has effected. ‘The situation as a whole excites us to wonder if the young people of today are being introduced into anything like that order- liness of social conditions they have a right to expect when they are told of the marvelous achievements of Science and of the Utopia they are soon to possess. Let us think about this matter from the viewpoint of the effects of the findings, practices and teaching of Science upon the coming generation, or for convenience, let us use the term “Youth.” What kind of a world is it to inherit? Does Science help or hinder? Can Science remedy the defects and improve that which is already good? Can it give to Youth something that will enable it to tackle the job of living, not merely to have a so-called easier life or to exist thru a span of years without any particular discomfort, but to be inspired to gladly assume responsibilities and duties as they arise, in the full and happy Twenty-Fourth Annual Meeting 79 knowledge that it is playing a worthwhile role and that it has a worthwhile objective. It is not a debatable question that thru scientific inventions and attain- ments there has been created a better world to live in when it is measured by the yardstick of improved physical conditions of every kind, and that man’s control and command has been extended and deepened to make nature yield its wealth and power to lighten his work, to give more bountiful crops, and to serve his pleasure in many ways. Knowledge of the environment, the struc- ture and functions of organisms has made it possible to understand more clearly the vital relationships existing in the living world, and to defend the human body from such as would destroy it, creating more healthful surroundings and finer care in the preservation of health. These things have set free for the individual more hours of leisure which may be used for the enjoyment of things outside the necessary daily routine. But Youth is accustomed to these things from birth. They are the only things it knows in this connection, and it has no long view in retrospect to make comparisons and revel in the present as contrasted with the past. So let it not be expected that it will be lost in wonder and admiration over the usual. Youth would, I believe, be rather dazed and bewildered by the widely contra- dictory scenes to which it is introduced in this world so constructed and guided by the hand of Science and the Scientific method, where the findings of Science are so strongly misused and where the Scientist as a member of society seems to wield such slight authority over the adapting of the fruits of his labors to social uses. Youth observes bread lines in the midst of an abundance; that crops are plowed under and food animals slaughtered; dust storms over great areas of once fertile fields in a country that boasts of its leadership in agricultural methods and the ultra in labor-saving agriculural machinery. It observes that Science seeks to save life and also that Science seeks to kill in the most whole- sale and barbarous fashion; that Science gently soothes the expectant mother so that the newborn child may come into the world as gently as possible and often nurtures this helpless mite that it may be assured not merely of life, but of living in the full possession of its physical and mental strength; that Science hurls bombs from the air, tearing asunder mother and child, or spreads a cloud of deadly gas over the battle front and countryside choking the life out of young and old, rich and poor alike. We of the older generation are used to such contradictions and think of them as “natural” and so explain the matter to the novitiates and, unfortun- ately, they too are convinced that it is a condition about which little or nothing can be done and so have the ardor and zeal for accomplishing “great things” completely dampened or totally extinguished. Should Science be expected to come to the rescue in such a situation and seek ways and means to correct these abuses and to straighten out the thoughts and actions of men? Can it at least be a helpful agency? President Fosdick of the Rockefeller Foundation says, “Natural Science does 80 The Kentucky Academy of Science not hold itself responsible for the intelligence or capacity of those who apply its findings. Its discoveries are left on the doorstep of Society with no directions as to how they are to be cared for.” 1 think we will agree that this expresses the normal position taken by many scientists in these fields. President Fosdick’s statement is corroborated by the answer of a scientist when questioned about the doubtful er even dangerous results that might be brought about by certain experiments he was making. “I am not interested in the implications of the facts I am seeking to discover.” Shall we say then that those who find and furnish the facts are to show no interest in the implication of these facts; that they are unwilling to guide the incorporating of them into individual and social living Is it to be said of those persons who are devoted to the great branches of study which are prefaced upon the proposition of law and order in the universe and who are dedicated to the endless search for the Truth, that they are not particularly interested in arousing in the human mind a vast respect for law and order and a reverence for Truth? If pressed upon this point, I believe we would all admit such an interest. In this matter of the “Obligation of Science to Youth” and treating it from the view point of the teaching and explaining of the Biological Sciences in their various phases to those who have had little or no experience, three points are to be stressed: 1. The obligation to get before the young people the facts, so far as known, concerning living organisms, the environment in which they live, the functions they perform, and all the various relationships between them * * * Poor facilities as to buildings and laboratory equipment may readily be advanced as a criticism of the present set-up, particularly in the preparatory schools. The chief weakness here is the lack of time devoted to these subjects, the ground being covered entirely too hastily in sketchy and bird’s-eye-view courses so that the sudent is not impressed that anything very important is being attempt- ed. The touching upon so many topics so hastily is poor procedure. Funda- mentals are sadly neglected and, as statistics show, the great percentage of students quit even before graduating at high school and those who do enter college find themselves badly handicapped when they enter the advanced courses. 2. ‘To instill into the student’s mind an appreciation of clear, accurate, honest work and thinking, the development of ability as contrasted with clever- ness. There is hardly any good substitute for a course that includes laboratory work. The history of the procedure necessary to establish a fact as a fact is very impressive. The weizhing of evidence, the careful guarding against the possibility of error, the attack upon a problem from many angles and the readiness to admit a mistake if one is made. Truly this is an eloquent plea for soberness of thinking, patience, fairmindedness, the ability to take it on the chin in failure and a silent rebuke to gossip, cheating and lying. The romance of the capture of a fact can be recommended as a stimulating study and as excellent training. 3. The interpretation and explanation of Biological facts, laws and theories Twenty-Fourth Annual Meeting 81 in such a manner as to aid young people in adjusting themselves in the social order as workers and as citizens and also to aid them in formulating their philo- scphy of life. The conviction that this is one of the functions of Science has been expressed before this Academy in former addresses with this question usually asked. “Why should other persons be better qualified to render this service?” I merely wish to add emphasis to this point. If there is some other field of study which can train people better to handle all the implications of scientific facts, scientists should investigate that field and if possible take ad- vantage of its resources for training. Here may be the particular reason for the need to develop the social sciences along lines that will be of still greater aid in treatment of Biological questions that naturally arise in connection with social problems. Reluctant as we may be to admit it, it is very difficult to impose, even purely academically, strict limitations upon the biological fields. They include the study of every living organism from the beginning to the present in all of its phases. The physical sciences are incorporated in the study of structures of plants and of animals. When the study of man is reached, the biological flowing into the social is as definite as one stream of water merges with another. * * * In the teaching of biological sciences, a greater emphasis should be placed upon the social and humanitarian implications of the facts and theories in these studies. All workers in the biologial field are teachers either by example or by precept, by publication of articles or textbooks, or in the classroom and lab- oratory. Facts and theories, laws and principles and the interpretations of them emanate from the original investigators, are handed on down thru the univer- sities to the colleges, preparatory schools and grades, to the ends of the country. But by far the greatest number of persons are engaged primarily in instructional work only. To these I am restricting the term “teacher.” They are the ones who come into personal touch with the greatest number of students, especially students of younger years. They are the ones who must present and interpret biology, using in the main the facts and interpretations as they have been received from their own teachers. They constitute the chief agency for the diffusion of the knowledge of biology and how young people will think about it. They are, on that account, a very important if not the most important factor for putting into effect any new methods or disseminating changes of any kind. What kind of omnipotent genius shall the teacher of biology be to meet the needs of the future? It is said that the best teachers are those who, while actively teaching, find time to do some research work. Surely they must have at least the spirit of research and a good grasp of its intents and purposes to be effective in instructing others. ‘loo often the teachers of biological subjects, especially in schools where the requirements for teachers are rather meagre, must gather information from day to day in order to keep about two jumps ahead of the class, or they are shanghaied into service by a desperate superintendent or principal who has to make some adjustment to fit the budget; so they carry a class in science as a side issue to the work they feel best fitted to do. No one regrets their insufficient training more than they do themselves, but what can 82 The Kentucky Academy of Science be done about it? These conditions are regrettable, but all are victims of a system and general mass inertia. Teachers of biology must help to bridge the gap between this field and the sociological, and should have a good knowledge of the fundamentals of the latter. ‘Teaching the young demands simplicity of presentation, patience, and wisdom. ‘Those who know their subject best are generally the most skillful in arranging their material in the simplest terms without losing the real essentials of its content. Many of the questions that arise in biology and its related fields are packed with dynamite and need a skill in handling such as only broad study and an understanding that has been obtained by living and meeting the deepest experiehces can give. Only when we learn to place at the strategic places in our educational system wise and experienced guides will we take a decided step in advance. Such positions must be made attractive enough to draw to them those who are so badly needed.. This Academy might profitably use some of its time in considering ways and means to aid the teachers of Science in a definite and practical manner. Those of the colleges and universities have opportunity to contact only a very small proportion of the future citizens of our country,and their field of influence is restricted to the class room unless they are able to reach out by other means and assume their share of this obligation of science to Youth. All of us are teachers, sc let us strive for a knowledge of the needs of the times and the wisdom to make our work more effective. Let us paraphrase a saying of Paul the Apostle and keep it in mind as a guiding principle in all instruction: “Yet in the class room I had rather speak five words with understanding, that by my voice I might teach others also, than ten thousand words in an unknown tongue.” PAPERS PRESENTED AT DIVISIONAL MEETINGS DIVISION OF BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES H. B. Lovell, Chm. R. H. Weaver, Secy. PRELIMINARY Report ON THe Mosquitoes Or Kentucky. Griffith E. Quinby, Entomologist, State Department of Health, Louisville. This is the first compre- hensive report on the mosquitoes of this state. A list of species with notes on distribution, first records, economic importance as pests and disease vectors, and other interesting biological aspects is given, followed by a bibliography of referenes available in this state. The following is the list .of mosquitoes recorded in the paper: Anopheles barberi Coquillett. .A. crucians Wiedemann. A. punctipennis Say. A. quadrimaculatus Say. Aedes aegypti Linnaeus. A. canadensis Theobald. A. hir- suteron Theobald. A. nigromaculis Ludlow. A. triseriatus Say. A. triciattatus Say. A. triviattus Coquillett. A. vexans Meigen. Culex apicalis Adams. C. errati- cus Dyar and Knab. C. inhabitator Dyar and Knab?* CG. peccator Dyar and Knab? _ “Question mark indicates doubt on author’s part of certainty of determina- tion. Twenty-Fourth Annual Meeting 83 C. pilosus Dyar and Knab? C. pipiens Linnaeus, C. quinquefasciatus Say. C. sal- inarius Coquillett, C. tarsalis Coquillett. C. territans Walker. Psorophora ciliata Fabricus. P. columbiae Dyar and Knab. P. cyanescens Coquillett. P. discolor Coquillett. P. ferox Humbolt. P. horridus Dyar and Knab. P. howardii Coquillett. P. varipes Coquillett. Mansonia periturbans Walker. Orthopodomyia signifer Co- quillett. Theobaldia inornata Williston. Uranotaenia sapphirina Oesten-Sacken. Megarhinus septentrionalis Dyar and Knab. A. Discussion Or THe Tooru Root Or THr TreLteost Fisn, SARGUS Ovis, OR SHEEPSHEAD. ‘Theodore B. Beust, Univ. of Louisville. The incisors of the sheeps- head, which have such close resemblances to the incisors of man, may be charac- terized in the following terms: (1) offset, ox jointed, at the neck; (2) crown of orthodentine; (3) vaso-den- tine at the joint, or neck; (4) embedded portion of vaso-dentine; (5) osteoden- tine of the pulp zone in mature teeth; (6),an ankylosis with the jaw bone in mature teeth; (7) a submerged pedestal of bone, not previously interpreted as a root; (8) a tooth sac holding uncalcified young erupted tooth in the bony socket; (9) both with tooth germ. These characters show close homology with the mammalian tooth, the two last-named having come into line with the discovery by Doctor Beust that the young toothsac serves to attach the crown to the pedestal and hold it in the socket until its ankylosis with the pedestal. This is strictly in harmony with the action of the periodontium of mammals. We may regard the pedestal as a true root. ‘This study seems to extend the phylogenetic origins of the mammalian tooth farther back than the previously recognized reptilian type as exemplified by the alligator. PHASES OF SUSCEPTIBILITY OF ‘THE BRucHID (Coleoptera) Ecc ‘Yo KCN Dur- mvc Earty DeveLopment. Alfred Brauer, Univ. of Ky. The eggs of Bruchus quadrimaculatus Fabricius when treated with a .01 molar solution of KCN during the first day of development exhibit four phases of susceptibility which do not correspond to visible developmental events. ‘The first is one of high total susceptibility and has a duration of 614 hours in the newly laid egg. This corresponds precisely to that period during which determination of pros- pective values is established in the egg. The second phase (7-12 hours) is one of high resistance in regard to entire development. Treatment during this period results in a very high percentage of elongate embryos. ‘The third phase (14 to 18 hours) is one of higher susceptibility than the second. Treatment during this phase results in anomalies involving fission of the embryonic plate. The fourth phase, beginning at approximately 18 hours, is highly resistant to KCN. Developmental processes effected by treatment, as indicated by the type of anomalies produced, precede their visible manifestation by several hours in each instance. BAcTERIA Usinc Inpot In A TrickLinc Fitter. H. E. Calkins, R. H. Weaver, and M. Scherago, Univ. of Ky. The modification of the Winogradsky tecnic described by Weaver, Raidt and Kerr before this Academy in 1936 was utilized in a study of the bacteria in a trickling filter, which decompose indol. Tho earlier workers reported that indol is not readily decomposed by micro- 84 The Kentucky Academy of Science organisms, we found 500 to 1000 bacteria per mil. of filter effluent that were capable of using indol as a sole source of carbon and energy. Of these ap- proximately 80 percent were elongated diplococci. While they have not been found to be identical with any known’ species, they are apparently similar to the phenol-utilizing species, Micrococcus sphaeroides and M. piltonensis, des- cribed by Gray and Thornton. A species of rod, shaped bacterium with single polar flagellum and one belonging to the Flavobaterium genus were found in much smaller numbers. SEXUALITY OF SAPpROMyYcES ReINscHII. Harlow Bishop, Univ. of Louisville. Bacteria Usinc Lower Amines, IN A TRICKLING FirtErR. T. C. Samuels, R. H. Weaver, and M. Scherago, Univ. of Ky. The modification of the Wino- oradsky technic described by Weaver, Raidt and Kerr before this Academy in 1936 was utilized in a study of the bacteria which decompose lower amines in a trickling filter. The following organisms were isolated: from methylamine hydrochloride, Protaminobacter alboflavum d; from ethylamine hydrochloride, Proactinomyces salmonicolor, Protaminobacter alboflavum d, and Proactinomyces opacus; from diethylamine, Protaminobacter rubrum and Aerobacter aerogenes. No organisms were found to use triethylamine. [hese results are in accord with the previous observations that only a few species of microorganisms utilize a specific organic compound and that closely related compounds are usually decomposed by different microorganisms. Studies of the life cycle of Proactino- myces salmonicolor. were made. THE Errect OF HyYDROGEN-ION CONCENTRATION ON ‘THE GRowTH AND MorpHoLtocy Or PARAMECIUM BursariA. John B. Loefer, Berea, College. The organism was grown, under bacteria-free conditions, in a salt medium contain- ing either 0.75 percent of proteosepeptone or 0.5 percent of bactotryptone. The pH was adjusted at 10 different points, from 4.6 to 8.6. In bactotryptone optimum growth was at pH 6.5 to 6.8 and the range, 5.1 to 8.2; in proteosepep- tone.the optimum was at pH 6.8 and the range, pH 4.9 to 7.8. The longest erganisms, 129 microns, were grown at pH 6.0 and the shortest, 86 microns, at the extreme limits of growth. Induced morphological variation was dis- cussed and the need for a standardized procedure for culturing protozoa was pointed out. RELATION OF ViTAMIN A To Tue Estrus Cycte As DETERMINED By THE HostoLocicaL Picture Or THe Ovary Anp Uverus. Grace Pitkin Birge, Univ. of Ky. Errecr Or AMNIOTIN ON THE BaAsAL METABOLISM OF EXPERIMENTAL Hypo- THyROID RAts. ‘Theodore Martin Wilson, Univ. of Ky. CAMBIAL STIMULATION. P. A. Davies, Univ. of Louisville. In Ailanthus altissima Swingle, two definite cases appear which indicate that a cambial stimulating influence is produced in the leaves and transported in a mor- phological downward direction within narrow limits in shoots and stems. The first case occurs in abnormal methods of branching, while the second occurs in shoot dominane. Twenty-Fourth Annual Meeting 85 THE BompBipaE OF JEFFERSON County, Kentucky. Harvey B. Lovell, Univ. of Louisville. Key to the Females and Workers —Females and workers with pollen-baskets on hind tibiae .............. 1 —Females without such pollen-baskets, no worker caste: A large bee with occiput and anterior 2/3rds of thorax yellow, abdomen black .... Psithyrus vartabilis. 1. Thorax with a broad, black band between the bases of wings ...... 2 —Thorax yellow with a few black hairs at most in center of disk ...... 5 2. First 4 dorsal abdominal segments yellow, the 5th and 6th black; sides of thorax mostly yellow; occiput black; ocelli small ........ Bombus fervidus —At least the 4th, 5th, and 6th abdominal segments black ............ 3 3. First two abdominal segments yellow, the last 4 black; occiput black; GCM aL AT OC eye tes raya AVE teh fe ae oe eel ae oh Se coe ops eh ss Says atc ogal ofsieroebs B. fraternus —First abdominal segment wholly or partly black, segments 2 and 3 yellow, Ue SUG SS |S Cp Es EE A ee rie eg eR CC ea te 4 4. First abdominal segment with basal portion black and apical portion yellows; oct: black; ocella):small 35.0. jj) t0 «gees = 20 ole - B. americanorum —First abdominal segment black; occiput with yellow hairs; ocelli large, the lateral ones nearer the eyes than to each other .............. B. auricomus 5. First abdominal segment yellow, the others black ........ B. impatiens —First abdominal segment yellow, the second with yellow or orange hairs Ole dba leas Pathe te DASAlW POLES Olesya tei «cphais eit ceo Re Stach: elon ley ed mon, Sena 6 6. First and second abdominal segments entirely yellow ........ B. vagans —Second abdominal segment with some black hair apically ............ 7 —A patch of orange hair on basal portion of second abdominal segment; ocelli small; malar space longer than wide at apex ........... B. bimaculatus —A patch of orange hair on basal portion of second abdominal segment; ocelli large; malar space shorter than its width at apex ........ B. separatus Occiput refers to top of head; malar space is region between ventral side of compound eye and base of mandible; color of abdominal segments refers to dorsal side only. All these species have been taken several times in Jefferson County except B. fervidus which was included in the key because it is known to occur ini other parts of Kentucky. DIVISION OF CHEMISTRY Malcolm Lyons, Sec. Tue Errect OF Some NATURAL Resins ON THE DryiInc Or RAw LINSEED OIL. C. C. Vernon, and W. W. Renne, Univ. of Louisville. REACTION OF ETHANOL AMINES ON SOME BeTA-CHLORETHYL Esters. C. C. Vernon and W. P. Crouch, Univ. of Louisville. SoLusiLiry AND Compounps OF Copper, SILVER, CALCIUM, STRONTIUM, AND Barium Haines WitH 1,4 Dioxan.* Sister Virginia Heines, S.C.N., and L. F. * The work described in this paper is taken from the thesis presented to the graduate faculty of St. Louis University by Sister Virginia in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of Master of Science, June, 1934. 86 The Kentucky Academy of Science Yntema, St. Louis University, St. Louis, Mo. ‘The original purpose of this investigation was to show what effect 1,4 dioxan, C,H,O,, as an organic solvent, has on certain inorganic halides of some of the Group I and II metals, both as to the extent of their solubility and the addition compounds formed. Diethylene dioxide or 1,4 dioxan is an excellent solvent for cellulose esters, resins, oils, and waxes. (1) Recently it has been used as a dehydrating agent for tissues, because it removes water without hardening the materials that are to be mounted. (2) The molecular addition compounds as given by various investigators may be found in the literature as follows: Dioxan dibromide C,H,O, Br, (3) Dioxan diodide C,H,O, I, (4) Dioxan chloroiodide C,H,O, ICl (4) Dioxan chlorostannate C,H,O, SnCl, (5) Dioxan bromostannate C,H,O, SnBr, (5) Dioxan iodostannate C,H,O, Snl, (5) Dioxan chloromercurate C,H,O, HgCl, (6) Dioxan sulfate OF s POPs s Oy (7) Dioxan nitrate C,H,O, 4/3HNO, (8) 1. Solubility of the Copper Halides Apparatus and Method. Compressed air, dried by means of a calcium chloride tube and a sulfuric acid tower, was used to force the liquid up into the glass filter from which the samples were taken. A constant temperature of 26.5° was maintained thruout the experiment. Commercial dioxan is not entirely anhydrous. It was refluxed over metallic sodium for at least an hour, then filtered and let stand over anhydrous mag- nesium sulfate for twenty-four hours. After distillation, tests were made by taking the freezing point of the liquid or by placing a few cubic centimeters on some anhydrous copper sulfate. About five grams of the anhydrous salt were placed in a large tube con- taining at least twenty-five cubic centimeters of anhydrous dioxan. The tube was sealed and let stand at room temperature for twa weeks. At the end of this time, the tube was connected to the apparatus and samples of ten cubic centimeters of the liquid were taken. After the dioxan was evaporated off, the residue left in the flask was titrated against standardized silver nitrate according to the method of Mohr. Results. The average solubility of the copper halides was obtained as follows: Solubility in 100 cc. of solution at 26.5° C. eT elo) 02) sete 0.311 grams OLDS G) Paria ia Mam ne Go biconie. 5 0.031 grams ASB, iit. conics: cpa eke Qa eee ade 0.075 grams Cu,I, AS Aaa IS RRA Aetna Seis insoluble. Twenty-Fourth Annual Meeting 87 Solubility determinations were made on the silver halides but they wer« found to be too insoluble to yield accurate data. 2. Compound Formation A. Copper halides. a. Cupric chloride and dioxan. A saturated solution of cupric chloride and dioxan required at least two weeks to become sufficiently clear for sample taking. During this time the brown cupric salt had changed to a_ bright orange powder, and large emerald-green crystals had separated from solution. Using Mohr’s method for the determination of halogens, the green crystals analyzed as CuCl,.2(C,H,O.), and the orange residue gave the formula, 2 (CuCl,). (C,H,O,). The crystals were very unstable as they gradually changed to the orange powder, even in the desiccator. b. Cuprous chloride and dioxan. ‘This salt dissolves slightly in dioxan imparting to the solution a light amber color. Determination of copper in the undissolved cuprous chloride showed that the compound had added no dioxan. c. Cupric bromide and dioxan. By evaporating a solution of, dioxan con- taining an excess of undissolved anhydrous cupric bromide, a crust of dark green crystals formed. ‘These were quickly dried in the air between filter paper and immediately placed in a weighing bottle. Analysis showed the for- mula to be CuBr, 2 (C,H,O,). Calcium chloride seemed to be the most suitable desiccant for drying the salt residues, altho great care had to be taken that the compounds were not left too long in the desiccator. Sulfuric acid and phosphorus pentoxide took dioxan from the samples very quickly. Soda lime, anhydrous calcium sulfate and anhydrous dioxan would not dry the residue but could be used to ex- cellent advantage for keeping the samples after equilibrium had been reached. B. Calcium halides. a. Calcium chloride and dioxan. Analysis of this halide showed that it took six months to reach equilibrium with dioxan. The formula proved to be CaCl, (C,H,O,).. b. Calcium bromide and dioxan. ‘Yhe bromide was very soluble in the liquid and gave off a great deal of heat when dissolving. No crystals could be obtained by evaporating the solution, but the residue analyzed as CaBr,.2 (C,H,O.,). c. Calcium iodide and dioxan. ‘The iodide was more soluble than the other halides of calcium. The undissolved portion became a light yellow, pasty substance that gradually assumed a crystalline structure. After several days of careful drying the ratio was found to be one molecule of the iodide to two of dioxan. C. Strontium halides. Strontium chloride is the least soluble of these halides. ‘The solubility as well as the heat of solution seem to increase with the increase of the molecular 88 The Kentucky Academy of Science weight of the salt. No crystals of the dioxanated compounds could be ob tained, but the residues showed the following results: Strontium chloride added no dioxan. Strontium bromide gave the formula, SrBr,. (C,H,O,). Strontium iodide gave the formula, SrI,.2 (C,H,O,). D_ Barium halides. The barium halides seem the least soluble of the calcium, strontium, barium group. The chloride was the least soluble. Volhard’s method was used in the determination of these compounds. The chloride added no dioxan. ‘The bromide, altho slightly soluble, gave the formula of the anhydrous salt. ‘The iodide was very soluble and formed a definite crystaline compound. Analysis showed: that these crystals were Bal,.3 (C,H,O,). After drying several days longer over calcium chloride the most stable form seemed to be Bal,.2 (C,H,O,). Table 1. Halides of Copper, Calcium, Strontium, Barium, With 1,4 Dioxan. Compound % Halogen % Halogen Formula In Sample Calculated CuCl, 22.1 22.8 CuCl,.2C,H.O., CuCl, 22.8 22.8 CuCl,.2C,H,0, CuCl, 22.8 22.8 CuCl,.2C,H.0., CuBr, 40.4 40.0 CuBr,.2C,H,0, CuBr, 40.9 40.0 CuBr,.2C,H,0, CuBr, 40.9 40.0 CuBr,.2C,H.O., CaCl, 34.9 35.6 CaCl,.C,H,O, CaCl, 34.8 35.6 CaCl,.C,H,O, CaCl, 35.9 35.6 CaCl,.C,H,O, CaBr, AS De as 43.3 CaBr,.2C,H,0,, CaBr, 43.5 43.5 CaBr,.2C,H.0,, Cal, 54.2 54.0 Cal,.2C,H,O,, Cal, 53.7 54.0 Cal,.2C,H,O, Cal, 53.8 54.0 Cal,.2C,H,O, Cal, 54.3 54.0 Cal,.2C,H,.O, SrCl, 44.9 44.7 SrCl, No dioxan added SrBr, 47.9 47.6 SrBr,.C,H.0; SrBr, 48.2 47.6 SrBr,.C,H,O,, SrBr, 48.3 47.6 SrBr,.C,H.O, Srl, 48.4 49.0 SrI,.2C,H.O, Srl, 48.6 49.0 SrI,.2C,H.O, Srl, 48.3 49.0 SrI,.2C,H.0, BaCl, 34.5 34.0 BaC!l, No dioxan added BaBr, 53.5 53.7 BaBr, No dioxan added Bal, 44.7 44.7 Bal, 2C,H,O, Twenty-Fourth Annual Meeting 89 Summary Anhydrous cupric chloride and cupric bromide add two molecules of dioxan. Addition compounds of the halides of calcium, strontium, and barium with dioxan are in the ratio of two molecules of dioxan to one of the salt. Various desiccants, such as calcium chloride, sulfuric acid, anhydrous calcium sulfate and phosphorus pentoxide were used. Determination of the halogens was made according to the methods of Mohr and Volhard. Literature Cited (1) Eastman Kodak Company, J. Chem. Ed. Vol. 12, pp VII, 1935. (2) Reid & Hofman, Ind. Eng. Chem. 21,695, 1929. (3) Wurtz, Ann Chim. (3) 69,323, 1963. (4) Reinboldt and Boy, J. Prak. Chem. (2) 126, 273, 1931. (5) Reinboldt and Boy, J. Prak. Chem. (2) 126, 268, 1931. (6) Paterno & Spallino, Atti Acad. dei Lincei 16, 87, 1907. (7) Faworski, Chem. Zentr. I, 15, 1907. (8) van Alphen, Rec. trav. chim. 49, 1041, 1930. THE VALUE OF Kentucky BLUEGRASS IN PouLTRY RATIONS. J. Holmes Mar- tin and Amanda Harms, Ky. Agricultural Experiment Station. A New MeruHop For THE MICRO-DETERMINATION OF IopiINE IN PLANT Ma- TERIAL. J. S. McHargue and W. T. Forsee, Jr., Ky. Agricultural Experiment Station. THE PHYSIOLOGICAL SIGNIFICANCE OF SMALL AMOUNTS OF ARSENIC. EFFECT ON ERYTHROGENESIS. (A Preliminary Report.) J. S. McHargue and W, K. Hall, Ky. Agricultural Experiment Station. Fourteen albino rats in two equal groups with respect to sex, were fed a stock ration to which was added nine parts per million of sodium arsenate. Reticulocyte counts made at weekly intervals showed an increase during the first and second weeks, after which there was a gradual return to normal by the end of the seventh week. The hemoglobin showed a transitory stimulation extending from the second to the sixth week. The red-blood count was increased in two male rats for about two weeks,, after which it returned to normal. The red-blood count in two female rats declined sharply, altho the hemoglobin values remained at a normal level. After seven weeks the counts were again normal. Apparently, arsenic stimulates erythro- genesis in rats, altho the mechanism by which stimulation occurs is not ap- parent from this experiment. SoLuTION Or Somer OF ‘THE DirricuLtirs IN BALANCING ELECTRONIC TRANS- FER Equations. V. F. Payne, Transylvania College. A RevivAL Or Sutrur Tuerapy. A. W. Homburger, Univ. of Louisville. GEOLOGY AND GEOGRAPHY D. M. Young, Chm. Paul Averitt, Sec. Froop Facts. Lucien Beckner, Louisville. THE Rock AspHALt INDUSTRY OF WeEsTERN KrNTrUCcKY. Mary E. Marks, Western Ky. State Teachers College. ‘This industry, the only one of commer- 90 The Kentucky Academy of Science cial proportions in the isolated area to which it is confined, grew from a pro- duction of nearly 4000 tons in 1901 to approximately 400,000 tons in 1928. Three districts capable of commercial production are: the Grayson-Hardin county, the Edmonson county and the Logan county districts. They lie to the southwest of the Bluegrass on the western flank of the Cincinnati Arch. The Edmonson county district, the most important in amount of output, is com- posed of alternating high, rather narrow, flat-topped ridges and deep, steep, sometimes precipitously-sided, V-shaped valleys. : The major portion of the rock asphalt is quarried, tho mining is done at Indian Creek. It is conveyed from the quarry by trains of side-dump cars drawn by small steam locomotives to the mill where it is crushed and rolled until reduced to the original sand grain. The quarries are on the same level as the railroad and the first crusher about 600 feet. “The hill extends down the side of a steep bluff permitting a down-hill haul of the heavy material. It is loaded on barges and shipped down Nolin and Green Rivers and up Barren to Bowling Green, and thence by rail to any desired point. Kyrock, in the right angle formed by Nolin River and the south fork of Pigeon Creek, has an irregular pattern conforming to the topography. ‘The retail and service enterprises within the corporation are a part of the company’s operations. Local agriculture has been affected in many ways by the demands of the quarry community. Much of the sparse population is either engaged in the work of quarries or in providing food for such workers. The rock asphalt industry of western Kentucky definitely depends on the road-building industry. There is, therefore, a very definite seasonal variation ii, the movement of the rock asphalt. Its future depends largely on the solution of problems of competition within the industry and with the manufactured product. AGRICULTURAL ContTRASTS IN THE EDEN SHALE AREA OF KentTucKy. Bruce Poundstone, Univ. of Ky. Some Aspects Or PETROLEUM GEoLocy IN WesTERN Kentucky. George R. Wesley, Geologist, Owensboro. A definite relationship exists between the amount of oil discovered and the quantity and quality of exploratory effort. Commercially important deposits of petroleum in Western Kentucky are largely stratigraphically controlled, modified in some instances by structural deforma- tion. These stratigraphic traps consist largely of shoreline deposits, buried channels of ancient streams, porous horizons below unconformities, or other forms of variable pore space and permeability available in the strata for petroleum concentration. The application of pure geology to petroleum ex- ploration is the only apparent means by which the necessary reserves may be maintained. Norrs ON KENTUCKY Puysiocrapuy. A. C. McFarlan, Univ. of Ky. A map was prepared in which the uplands represented by accordant hill-top levels were reconstructed and contoured for those parts of Kentucky which have been topographically mapped. The relationship between regional structure and these upland levels is strikingly shown. Particularly true is this of the Potts- Twenty-Fourth Annual Meeting oh ville cuesta and parts of the Pennyroyal. The study was prepared because of the overuse of the “peneplain.” Except the Lexington plain and the Scotts- burg lowland, these various levels are more or less dissected strip plains developed on some of the more resistant formations. THE EASTERN KENTUCKY GeEosyNCLINE. A. C. McFarlan, Univ. of Ky. Structure, as portrayed by contours drawn on the Fire Clay Coal, is the southern tip of the structure preserving the Permian in Ohio, West Virginia, and Penn- sylvania, cut off from that structure by the Paint Creek Uplift. This same structure is not shown by the contoured top of the Chattanooga shale. This horizon dips eastward at a fairly uniform rate. This relationship is interpreted as due to continued downwarp of this flank of the Cincinnati Arch developing the rapidly thickening pre-Fire Clay Pottsville to the southeast. The convexity of this eastward-dipping structure at the top of the Chattanooga shale was flattened to a more or less uniform eastward dip by the deformation that produced the synclinal structure in the younger Fire Clay and associated beds. REPRESSURING —THE CHESTER SANDS OF WESTERN KENTUCKY. Phil Aswerus, Owensboro. Repressuring is the partial restoration of reservoir gaseous energy to an oil sand by injection of air or natural gas into it, by means of mechanically operated compressors with pressure lines leading to imput wells. Chester sand- stones in Western Kentucky are lenticular, and cores from them reveal variable permeability, porosity and saturation. Control of the amount of gas injected into variable zones of permeability in the same well is accomplished by setting packers and running multiple strings of pipe. Pressure on wells near the thinner edges of a sand lens tends to affect producing wells near the central and thicker part of the lens; pressure on wells near the center tends to affect those along the long axis of the lens. Control of the volume and pressure of injected gas and control of the back pressures on individual producing wells is of great importance. Results in Western Kentucky have been most gratify- ing, with gains in production ranging from fifty to six hundred percent. THe Economic IMPORTANCE OF PRE-DEVONIAN DEFORMATION IN EASTERN Kentucky. D. J. Jones, State Geologist. A detailed study of the conditions determining the accumulation of oil in Lee, Powell, and Estill counties,* indi- cates a definite arrangement of these pools around a buried pre-Devonian structural high with local detail determined by topographic relief. It it clearly demonstrated that the so-called Corniferous horizon may be entirely absent in certain areas with production occurring on all sides of the locality where this formation would be expected. Studies in other areas of Eastern Kentucky indicate productive areas around probable pre-Devonian structural highs. “Thus it is of utmost economic importance to not only determine certain areas where this formation is absent, but to determine the axial alignment of these buried structures. The indications are that some of these older structures parallel the Appalachian folds to the southeast. Studies along this line will undoubt- edly develop other pools in the Corniferous, as well as add to our knowledge of the distribution of that formation. * Geology of the Big Sinking Pool, Lee county, Kentucky, by D. J. Jones and Arthur C. McFarlan, Bureau of Mineral and Topographic Survey, Series VII, Bulletin I. 92 The Kentucky Academy of Science A New Occurrence Or Gypsum In Kentucky. A. C. Munyan, Dept, of Mines and Minerals. In an air entry of the White City Mine of the Hart Coal Co., near Morton's Gap, in Hopkins county, well-developed selenite crystals occur in profusion, in two leached limestone zones between coals Nos. 11 and 12. The limestone is the Providence formation of the Allegheny group in the Pennsylvanian. It is thought that sulfuric acid formed in Coal No. 12 has seeped downward to the limestone by means of open joints, there reacting with the calcinm carbonate to form gypsum. Crystals are large, well-developed and contain fan-shaped inclusions of clay from the limestone residue. ‘These crystals are thought to be the largest ever found in the state. AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF PHYSICS TEACHERS KENTUCKY CHAPTER D. M. Bennett, Chm. B. P. Ramsey, Sec. Fretp Or A Macner. F. W. Warburton, Univ. of Ky. DousLe REFRACTION Or MuscLe Durinc Twitcu. C. L. Cottrall, Centre College. ULTRA-HIGH FREQUENCY MEASUREMENTS. J. H. Daniel, Univ. of Ky. Som® RESEARCH EXPERIENCES AT MicHIGAN IN "THE SUMMER OF 1936. J. G. Black, Morehead State Teachers College. Duffendack and his students found that when a rare gas ion collides with a normal metallic atom, ionization results and the excess energy is used to excite the first spark spectrum of the metal. Recent experiments by Gran and Duffendack show that this excess energy excites the first spark levels selectively in a manner strangely de- pendent on the “L” quantum number of the level excited. The paper des- cribes an attempt to extend the work to other elements and learn more of the process. A mixture of helium and thallium vapor was used in a small furnace in a vacuum. ‘The experimental and photographic work was completed and, altho the analysis was unfinished, the more interesting features of the problem are described and mention is made of a more rapid process for analyzing spectra data which was incidentally developed. ComMMENT ON THE THeory Or Viscostry ExPERIMENTS. Jarvis Todd, Univ. of Ky. THE StRuctuRE Or MATTER AND ENERGY. Olus J. Stewart, Univ. of Ky. Introduction. Investigation shows that matter and energy are closely related but the current “wave particle’ concept and statistical interpretation provide a picture admittedly hazy. In seeking a more lucid description of matter and energy this paper resorts to assumptions and to a model which, tho departing somewhat from modern theory, enables one to: describe physical phenomena in the terms of the three fundamental concepts, space, time and primordial force. An assumption of prime importance concerns the concept, time. It is as- sumed that time, which the doctrine of relativity defines as a dimension reach- ing from the future to the past in the four dimensional Space-time continuum, Twenty-Fourth Annual Meeting 95 is more accurately described when, in addition to the foregoing, it is assigned the properties of a perfectly elastic and well-nigh irresistible stream flowing thru all space from the future to the past with a velocity which is constant and slightly greater than that of light. The quality of elasticity suggests that the act of altering the direction or the velocity of the stream at any point sets up strains locally which in turn call into play opposing forces tending to restore the system to normalcy. If, then, a suitable force were momentarily applied and properly directed so as to accelerate laterally a portion of the time stream, forces arising frem the resulting distortion would oppose this acceleration. At the moment when the acceleration reached a minimum, the distortion would be maximum and the direction of the motion would reverse only to suffer a like fate at the opposite terminal of its vibratory path, whether rectilinear, circular or elliptical. Such is taken to be a description of energy the whole of which was created at the beginning. An energy disturbance of the type outlined is assumed to possess mass (m) by virtue of the frequency (v) of its generating force-impulse in accordance with the equation, m = nhy/c?, where (mn) is an integer to be defined later, (hb) is Planck’s constant and (c), the velocity of light thru space, is a factor concerned with the velocity of the force-impulse in the orbit. The particles or orbits may be either at rest in the time-stream and therefore move, with respect to space, with the velocity of light or they may be at rest in space, in which event it is assumed that circular or elliptical orbits may be gyroscopic- ally oriented with respect to the time-stream in such a manner that the latter flows thru the former maintaining an electric charge the magnitude of which is proportional to the area of the orbit’s projection on a plane set nor- inal to the direction of time-flow, the square of the frequency of the generating force-impulse and the velocity of the time-stream thru the orbit. The character of the charge, positive or negative, depends on the direction, clock- wise or counter clock-wise, taken by the generating impulse. It is necessary to postulate further that a magnetic field exists when the time-stream flows by an orbit which is so oriented that its plane is parallel to the direction of time-flow. The time-stream therefore does not flow thru such an orbit when the latter is at rest in space. The polarity of the orbit is determined by the direction of rotation of the force-impulse which gener- ates the orbit and the strength of the magnetic field depends upon the rate at which the stream flows past the orbit and on the frequency of the force- impulse. Electric and magnetic fields consequently are perpendicular to each other. The foregoing description is designed to correspond with the fact that light in free space exhibits no electric or magnetic effects but when retarded by matter 1t apparently undergoes orientation and produces magnetic effects. This arrangement suggests several distinct types of particles. 1. Relatively large orbits of low frequencies and correspondingly insignificant masses. These particles are carried along by the time-stream whose velocity they share and they exhibit no electric or magnetic effects irrespective of their orientation because the velocity of the time-stream thru or past the orbits is almost 94 The Kentucky Academy of Science nil. When sufficiently retarded or momentarily stopped, however, and suitably criented they may temporarily develop electric or magnetic fields. Since the rotating main impulses defining the orbits in flight always trace thru space wave-like paths not unlike that traced thru space by a mark on the tire of a motor vehicle for example, it is convenient to recognize in this sense the “inseparable duality of particles and accompanying waves and to identify the fusion with radiation.” A later development will show however that the in- separability of particle and wave is not uniquely a property of light. 2. Small orbits which, because of their relatively high frequency and mass, lag behind in the time stream. Whether at rest in space or moving with velocities less than that of light they are so oriented in the stream that they possess an electric charge. We elect to specify that the direction of the accelerated motion which defines the orbits is counter clock-wise and the charge is negative. The particles are called electrons. 3. Orbits characterized by high frequency and ereat mass. They are relatively slow or at rest in space and are oriented to develop electric charges. The direction of the accelerated time in the orbits is Opposite to that of the particles described in (2) and consequently their charges are of an opposite character. The simplest of these positively charged particles 1s the proton but conceivably there are many other positively charged particles in the nuclei of atoms whose masses exceed those of ordinary hydro- gen atoms. These will be considered later. 4. Particles which are similar to those described in (3) but are so oriented in the time-stream that the latter Coes not penetrate them. Their masses equal that of the proton but they bear no charges. This theory however, assigns them magnetic properties at low velocities. ‘Chey are to be identified with neutrons. The neutron is the only non-comporite heavy neutral particle yet conceived aside from photons of high frequencies but the system developed in this paper provides for a host of this type and even leaves room for positively charged electrons and negatively charged protons.* The Stream-like Nature of Time. Fundamental concepts are characterized by unique properties. If time is a fundamental concept it will possess unusual characteristics. The non-simultaneity of certain events lends meaning to the antonyms, sooner-later, before-after, and the clock-like regularity with which the future becomes an event of the present and then fades into the past strong- ly suggests that time moves with a definite velocity and possesses properties not unlike those of a stream, albeit a unique stream whose direction of flow is unrelated to directions in space. Recalling the stand taken in this paper that radiation is carried from one place to another by the time-stream whose velocity it shares and remembering that the transit of light is not instantaneous but requires in its description the before-after concept, it is evident that both beams of light in Michelson-Morley’s interferometer traveled simultaneously in the same direction with respect to time, i. e., from future to past, even tho * Since writing the foregoing I note that Hoffman, Livingston and Bethe, Psy. Rev. 51, 214-15 (1937), following the suggestion of F. Bloch, Psy. Rev., 259 (1936), have found experimental evidence of the magnetic moment of relatively slow neutrons. This evidence has a bearing on the description of the neutron given above. O. J. S. March 5, 1937. Twenty-Fourth Annual Meeting 95 the two arms of the instrument were at right angle to each other in space. Thus the model accounts for the failure to detect an ether drift and removes the necessity for the Lorentz-Fitsgerald correction for contraction. The question naturally arises: Is time a physical stream? If one may class as physical those phenomena which are detected and measured by physical means, the time-stream is physical. The very omnipresence of time may be the chief obstacle impeding the recognition of the stream as in the early days was true in a lesser degree of air. The maintainance and form of the time; stream also require consideration. As to the first point attention is called to the vastness of the momentum of the radiation and other forms of energy which pervades the stream. Time probably has the same shape as space which Einstein describes as cylindrical. It therefore is conceivable that time returns and the future and the past at some point unite. The Radii of Photons and the Amplitude of Light Waves. The assump- tion is made in this paper that radiation consists of energy orbits of relatively low frequencies carried along with the time-stream. If v is the frequency of the force-impulse generating the orbit, the distance along the circumference of the circular orbit traveled by the impulse per second is 27rv. For reasons to be discussed later the average velocity of the impulse is designated 137.3 ne, where (n) is a small whole number and (c) is equal to the velocity of light thru space. Then 2mrv = 137.8nc. and r = 137.3nc /2mv. Assigning n the value unity, the radii of photons and the amplitude of the accompanying waves may be calculated. In Table 1 the representative values of v are those easily found in the literature. Table 1. Radii and Amplitudes. Type of radiation. Frequency. Radius or amplitude Mass. Sec.—1 of wave. cm. g. Herzian ray 15 x 104 4.37 x 107 1.09. x 10-43 Infra red 3.75 xX 1014 1.75 x 10-3 2.73 X 10-33 Visible spectrum 5.77 x 1014 1.14 x 10-3 4.20 x 10-33 Ultra violet 2.20 x 1016 2.98 x 10-5 1.60 X 10-31 X-ray 3.00 x 1019 2.18 x 10-8 2.18 x 10-28 Gamma ray 3.00 x 1020 2.18 x 10-9 0.22 x 10-26 Cosmic ray 6.00 « 1021 1.09 « 10-10 4.37 x 10-26 Planck Constant. One may write, E = nhv = force X distance. The cir- cular orbits unde: consideration exist because a force (f) acts each second thru a distance 2mrv. Therefore nhy = f X 2mrv and f = nh/2zr. This force, acting each second thru the distance 2z7ry, accounts for the energy E = nh X 2nrv/2rr = nhy. Employing c. g. s. units and assigning n and » the value unity, E = h erg sec. Planck’s constant therefore represents the quantity of rotational energy involved each second in an energy orbit of unit frequency and unit quantum number. Since this constant has the same dimensions as angular momentum, the model and dimensional analysis are in agreement. It is true that the model does not picture a rotating mass but the force which is predicated has the dimensions of mass and acceleration. ‘The 96 The Kentucky Academy of Science radius of this energy orbit if circular is, r = 137.3 nc/27v = 6.553 & 1011 cm; its mass is, m = h/c2 = 0.7282 x 10-47g. The Velocity and Radii of Heavy Particles. The concept, energy orbit, is not confined to particles classed as radiation but may be extended to include massive orbits which move more slowly thru space. Orbits designated radiation are nearly at rest in the time-stream but in one second their force- impulses trace thru space wave-like paths 3 x 1010 cm. in length. On the 6ther hand, high-frequency orbits, that is to say massive orbits such as electrons and protons, appear to lag behind in the time-stream and may even be at rest in space. Consider such a particle at rest relative to space. ‘The time- stream moves past with a velocity approximately that of light, but a Maxwell demon riding on a photon in the time-stream insists that the particle at rest in space moves with the velocity of light. The force impulse which generates the massive orbit excutes high frequency vibration and traces in the moving time-stream a wave-like path similar to that traced thru space by the force- impulse of the radiation orbit, but of higher frequency. If the time-stream were a river and the energy orbit a fixed tuning fork whose vibrations could be recorded on the surface of the water, one could measure the distance along the surface of the water traced in one second by the wave-like path of the tuning fork. It would be in this case 3 x 1010 cm., a magnitude identical with the length of the photon’s path in space for the same duration of time. A third condition suggests itself. A massive orbit moves with reference to space with the velocity c/2. ‘The case may be restated by saying that every second the particle traces a wave-like path in space 3/2 x 1010 cm. in length and in the time stream another path also 3/2 Xx 1010 cm. in length, the total length of the particle’s path for the second being 3 xX 1010 cm. If the total length of a particle’s path per second in both space and time may be regarded as the velocity of the particle, the velocity of each of the three particles cited and therefore of all particles is that of light. The de Broglie equation. i = h /mvy, is concerned with low velocities in space-time, in which case time is a dimension only, but if time may be assigned the dual role of a dimension and a stream, and if the foregoing is valid, the de Broglie (v) becomes (c) and his relation reverts to that due to Einstein, mc2 = nhp. If then radiation and matter may be regarded as special cases of energy orbits and if the same laws apply thruout, the radii of the more massive orbits may also be calculated from the same formula that was used earlier for radiation, r = 137.3nc/2rv. Since » = mc2/nh, the expression then becomes, r = 137.3n2h/2rmc. If n is unity, the radii of the electron and proton are 0.5304 < 10-8 cm, and 2.874 x 10-12 cm. respectively. ‘This discussion discloses the necessity for the constant 137.3, for when employed, the calculated radii of atomic nuclei agree reasonably well with those experimentally determined and the electronic radius is nearly identical with that of the Bohr electronic orbit in the normal hydrogen atom tho the description commonly given of the electron differs widely from that offered in this paper. The constant also Twenty-fourth Annual Meeting of possesses an additional significance which might be classed as numerological,* for it is the reciprocal of the fine structure constant. It will be noticed that 137.3c is the minimum velocity of the force-impulse in all orbits. The Magnitude Of The Charges Developed by Energy Orbits. It is as- sumed that the number of unit charges which an orbit at rest in space develops is proportional to the area (a) of the orbit’s projection on a plane normal to the direction of time-flow and to the square of the frequency of the force-impulse which generates the orbit. Consequently one may write, s = Kav2sinOcos¢, where s is the number of unit charges, K is a constant and © and ¢ are respectively the angles which the plane of the orbit makes with the x-z and the x-y planes of an xyz reference system along the x-axis of which the time-stream flows. Since the radius, r = 137.3 n2h/2mmc and »y = mc? /nh, s = K (137.3nc)? sin® cos$/4r = KK’n2sinOcos¢, which becomes, s = KK’n2, when the plane of the orbit is normal to the direction of time-flow, the condi- tion under which the orbit at rest in space develops its maximum charge. The maximum number of unit charges (See section on atoms) developed by the K, L, M, and N electronic orbits of modern atomic theory are respectively 2, 8, 18, and 32. Employing one of these figures say that of the L-orbit where n is 2, and substituting in the foregoing equation, we have, 8 = 4KK’ and K = 8/4K’. Then s = 2n2, and it follows that the maximum number either of nuclear or electronic unit charges developable by the K, L, M, N, O, P, and Q orbits, where the quantum numbers are respectively I, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 are respectively 2, 8, 18, 32, 50, 72 and 98. When an orbit, at rest in space, does not develop its maximum charge, it is Ulted in the time-stream. Thus the L-electronic orbit of lithium atoms may be taken as an example. (See section on atoms.) Substituting in the formula, s = 2n2sin@, the plane of the orbit being assumed normal to the x-y reference plane for simplicity sake, there results, 1 = 2 x 4dsin6 and sin@ = 1/8, where 9 equals 7 degrees and 11 minutes. The Variability of Electric Charges and the e/m Ratio. The diminution of the e/m ratio which accompanies an increasing electronic velocity is gen- erally interpreted to be the consequence of a constancy of charge and a varia bility of mass, and the results of experimental work are in excellent agreement with the Lorentz-Fitzgerald-Einstein equation, my = m,/ (l-v2/c?)%. On the contrary, this paper takes the stand that the magnitude of a mass is propor- tional to the frequency of the orbital force-impulse and not to the velocity of the particle thru space. It is also consistent with this new picture and contrary to modern theory that the charge of an electron or of any charged orbit should decrease as the velocity of the particle thru space increases, for, as the oriented particle overtakes the time-stream, the latter flows less and less rapidly thru the orbit. It is conceivable that a charged orbit, travel- ing at high velocity thru space, could alter its orientation with respect to the time-stream and thereby maintain the constancy of its charge. When however the plane of the orbit becomes normal to the time-stream, the possibilities are * Bell, E. T. Numerology. The Williams and Wilkins Co., Baltimore. 98 The Kentucky Academy of Science exhausted for an increase of charge unless the frequency of the force-impulse also increases, and it is doubtful if the energy of translation can be equal to this contingency because of the high energy requirements in the orbits. If such a transformation may take place at high velocities, the increased frequency would be recognized thru the increase of mass as well as charge. It has been mentioned elsewhere that the e/m ratio of a moving electron has never been measured under circumstances which insured the constancy of the charge. On the assumption that, for free eletrons at rest in space, n = I, the equation, s = 2n2 would give s the value 2. But since free electrons carry unit charge, the simplified equation, s = 2n2sin®, states that © equals 30 de- grees. Now let the electron increase its velocity to c/2. The velocity of the time stream thru the orbit would then be reduced to c/2 and the charge would become 0.5 unit because the magnitude of the charge is dependent on the velocity of the time-stream thru the orbit. Since the e/m ratio for electrons is practically constant thruout the velocity range, c to c/2,* this paper is forced to conlude that by the time the velocity of the electron has reached the value c/2, the orbit has straightened up and its plane has become normal to the time-stream, under which conditions it is possible for it to develop unit charge. Any further increase in velocity however must result in decreased charge. It is now necessary to consider the diminution of the charge, the mass of the electron remaining constant, as the velocity of the electron changes from c/2 to c, or reciprocally, as the velocity of the time-stream thru the orbit changes from c/2 to zero. Since the charge developed by the electronic orbit, when its velocity thru space is greater than ¢/2, is directly proportional to the velocity (V) of the time-stream thru the orbit, and since the rate of change of charge is greatest when the charge is least, one may write, — ds /aV =. K/s. On integrating between the limits, s = 1 to 0 and V = c/2 to 0, and solving, K becomes — 1/c and the equation is s2 = 2V/c. If one substitute into this equation the velocities of the time-stream thru the orbit, (1.5, 0.6, 0.5, 0.4, 0.3, 0.2) x 1010 cm. sec.-1 which correspond respectively to the electron’s velo- cities thru space, (1.5, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8) x 1010 cm. sec.-1, there results the following respective numbers of unit electronic charges, (1.00, 0.63, 0.58, 0.52, 0.45, 0.37), which correspond with the e/m values, (1.77, 1.12, 1.02, 0.91, 0.79, 0.65) 108 coulomb/g. ‘These values compare quite favorably with the ex- perimental results of Bucherer* and others and with those calculated on the assumption that the charge of the electron remains constant but the mass varies according to the relationship, in, = m,)/ (l—V2 /c2)*. The Properties Of Light. The Photo-electric Effect. Whenever a moving photon of mass, nhy /c?2, collides with a massive object, the particle will come to rest momentarily. The time-stream will then flow thru the orbit, if suitably oriented, and develop a positive or negative charge which, if n = 1, will have a magnitude of either one or two units according to the equation, s = 2n2sin0. * Bucherer, A. H. Ann. Physik, 28:513 (1909). Twenty-Fourth Annual Meeting 99 If the charge is positive the photon may unite with an electron at the surface of the massive body. The compressed photonic orbit then rebounds carrying with it the electron and the velocity attainable by the photon-electron couple will depend on the magnitude of the photon’s energy. Thus a photon from the red portion of the spectrum, } = 0.65 microns, possesses while in flight a mo- mentum of 1 x 10-22 g. cm. sec.-1 which is 105 times as great as that of an electron moving one centimeter per second. Consequently the rebounding electron-photon group may acquire a velocity of approximately 105 cm. per second. This velocity will be augmented somewhat by the accelerating effect of the time stream. Another circumstance contributes speed to the rebounding couple. If the photon develops two unit positive charges and unites with a single electron the net charge will be one which the massive positively charged body will repel. Other factors also, such as the difficulty of extricating the electron, collisions with other rebounding photons, etc., must be taker into account in any precise prediction of the maximum velocity which the couple may attain. As the velocity of the photon-electron molecule or ion increases the velocity of the time-stream thru the orbit decreases because both the orbits and the stream are moving toward the past. The net result of this reciprocal action is a reduction in the magnitude of the charges, and when the latter becomes too small the molecular or ionic union dissolves, the photon accelerating to the velocity of the time-stream and losing its charge altogether, the electron lagging behind and increasing its charge. ‘The model furthermore implies that the rate at which electrons will be ejected, sufficient energy for ejection being assumed, depends upon the intensity of the light, i. e. the number of photons striking the massive body in unit time. The foregoing exposition suggests that, whereas the extent to which radia- tion, especially X-ray, penetrates matter is in general inversely proportional to the density of the material, a behavior consistent with a corpuscular structure of light, opacity appears to be related to the abundance of free electrons available at the surface of the irradiated body. Thus lithium and sodium, metals low in density, are quite opaque but they are excellent sources of photo-electrons. The Compton Effect. If, as has been assumed earlier,energy exists funda- mentally only as orbital motion, it is necessary to describe the Compton Effect as a transference of orbital frequency or mass. In other words the electron’s increased momentum is referred to a changed and quantized mass rather than to an altered and non-quantized velocity because energy is transferred in the process and energy-change is a quantized phenomenon. If, in accordance with an earlier section, it is agreed that the total velocity of all particles is always c, and if m, and m, represent respectively the electron’s masses before and 1 2 after the collision, the change in the electron’s momentum is (m, — m,)c, a value equal to the photon’s loss of momentum, (nhvy,/c2 — nhy,/c2)c = (v; — ¥,)nh/c, where V5 and »,, are respectively the observed frequencies of the incident and reflected photons. The disposition of the electron’s acquired mass, whether it appears as an 100 The Kentucky Academy of Science increased frequency of the electronic orbit’s force impulse or as a radiation orbit united in some manner with the electronic orbit, is not clear. Neverthless the force of impact with the photon and the momentum of the mass derived from the photon cause the electron to deviate from its original course and change the ratio of its velocity with respect to space on the one hand and with respect to the time stream on the other, but its total velocity remains constant and equal to that of light. The electron later emits its acquired energy as a photon or transfers the same to other bodies with which it collides. ; Diffraction. The failure of the emission theory to explain the phenomenon of diffraction has been so complete and the success of the wave theory so signal that the terms, diffraction and interference, have become almost synonymous. Nevertheless the experimental work of Davisson and Germer and of others has shown that corpuscles are capable of producing so-called interference patterns. In the discussion of the photo-electric effect the assumption was made that charged photons and electrons unite. On the other hand certain phenomena taking place in the mass-spectrograph can best be interpreted by assuming that electrons may also unite with neutral particles. With this in mind it is easy to imagine that a neutral photon, grazing the jaw of a narrow slit, may unite momentarily with an electron. ‘The interaction of the positively charged jaw and the rapidly moving negatively charged photon-electron ion would cause a deviation of the photon from its straight path, the more massive particles from the violet region of the spectrum being less deviated than the lighter particles from the red. On the other hand, if the ion should be composed of a photon and two, three, etc. electrons, greater deviations would result and when mono- chromatic light was used, light and dark bands would alternate at the screen. Refraction and Dispersion. Altho the diffraction of light as it passes thru a small orifice appears not to be due to gravitational force because the required lateral displacement (s) in the direction of the jaw of the slit would have to be a function of the time required by the particle to pass the jaws, s = Kt?/2, and all photons move at practically the same velocity in space, the phenomena, refraction and dispersion, seem to be capable of being described as gravitational effects because the velocity of light in dense media depends on the frequency of the photons, those of higher frequencies being the slower. The progress of a photon of high frequency therefore, as it enters a prism, is more retarded than is that of a photon of low frequency and consequently violet light suffers greater refraction than does red. It is also required by the model pro- posed in this paper that light, retarded during its passage thru a dense medium, accelerate immediately on emerging into free space and assume the constant velocity of the time-stream irrespective of the velocity of the dense medium from which it escaped. The reflection of light can be described satisfactorily in the terms of any emission theory and the phenomenon requires no further discussion here. Polarization is generally regarded as being the result of an orientation process and the model proposed in this paper refers the magnetic effect to the reduced velocity and the orientation which is supposed to obtain while the photons are Twenty-Fourth Annual Meeting 101 passing thru regions congested with atoms, no magnetic effects being pos- sible while light is in flight thru space because the photons nearly keep pace with the time-stream. Finally the model leaves room for a Lebedew pressure and detracts no energy from a photon while in flight thru light years of free space. The description of light given in this paper avoids the zero rest-mass and the infinite flight-mass dilemma because mass is conceived to be invariable. Even tho this position should be found untenable the retention of the time-stream concept would make it possible to avoid the aforementioned dilemma if the Lorentz factor, (1 — V2 /c2)%%, were changed to, (1 — V2/t* )%, where t is the velocity of time, for then the quantity, V2eft, could not become unity. The new picture also divorces the electro-magnetic concept from mass by stating that mass is not an electro- magnetic phenomenon but rather one depending on frequency. Atoms. The problem of atomic structure is confronted not only with the anomaly of the non-radiating electron but also with tha absurdity of the stable grouping of similarly charged particles closely packed within the nuclear space. In that which follows it will be seen that the concept of energy avoids the first of these difficulties by denying the existence of a rotating charge within the atom. ‘The concept also offers some relief from the second difficulty. The electron and proton have already been described and it is obvious that the light hydrogen atom consists of these two concentric but not neces- sarily co-planer orbits each characterized by mass, frequency and charge as out- lined. Similarly the deuterium and tritium atoms are built of two concentric orbits, and tho the outer one in both cases is identical with the electronic orbit of proteum, the nuclear orbits are respectively twice and thrice as mas- sive as the proton and consequently require proportionately greater frequencies and smaller radii. All of the orbits of hydrogen are oriented to develop unit charge. The helium nucleus possesses a charge of two units and a mass of four units. It consists of a single energy orbit whose frequency is adequate to ac- ceunt for the required mass and is oriented in the time-stream to develop two units of charge. It should be noted that according to this theory there are no negative electrons within the nucleus of any atom. Concentric with the nucleus is the single electronic orbit oriented to develop two units of charge. In calculating the nuclear and electronic frequencies and radii of the preceding elements from the equations, » = mc?/nh and r = 137.3 n2h/2mmc, the nuclear masses are derived by dividing the mass numbers, divested of extra- nuclear electronic mass, by -the Avogadro number, and n is unity. The description of the atoms of the next elements in the series introduces a feature not encountered in the preceding discussion. The lighter variety of lithium atoms is assumed to include the entire helium atom unchanged but the nucleus contains, in addition to the helium nucleus, a second energy orbit whose mass is derived by deducting the helium nuclear mass from the total lithium nuclear mass. This added nuclear orbit is oriented to develop a positive charge of unity and its presence necessitates the addition also of a 102 The Kentucky Academy of Science second electronic orbit of unit charge. The description need not be repeated for the atoms of the heavier lithium isotope. A beryllium atom differs from a lithium atom only in that the nuclear orbit which replaces the added lithium nuclear orbit is heavier and is oriented to develop two unit charges, and the identical added electronic orbit of the lithium atom is tilted further in the time-stream so as to develop the required charge of two units. By con- tinuing this process from element to element the second inert-gas element is eventually reached. The atoms of this element therefore contain a nucleus made up of two orbits, one identical with the helium nucleus and the other of appropriate mass oriented to develop eight positive charges. The outer atom consists of two electronic orbits one of which is identical with the doubly charged helium electronic orbit while the second is oriented to develop eight units of negative charge. In calculating the frequencies and radii of all added nuclear and electronic orbits from lithium to neon the value of n is 2. The next group of atoms, sodium to argon, the n-value of whose added orbits is 3, introduces a new feature into the process of atom building. The argon atom consists of a composit nucleus built from a helium nucleus, an added neon nuclear orbit and a third added orbit which, like the second develops a charge of eight units. The electronic system also contains three orbits whose total charge is 18 units, each electronic orbit having the mass, 8.994 x 10-28g. The new problem introduced by this group, and it is one common to all succeeding groups, is that of selecting an isotope of neon as the foundation on which to build the group. Evidently a new type of isotopism is here encountered. The n-values of the added orbits of potassium, rubidium, cesium and element 87 are respectively 4, 5, 6, and 7. Spectroscopic evidence, as it is applied in the Bohr atom, demands that the electrons added in the development of the electronic systems of the atoms of the transition groups of elements, specifically certain groups of elements beginning respectively with scandium, yttrium, lanthanum and actinium, enter inner orbits. This requirement is capable of being fully met in the scheme of atomic structure proposed in this paper, not by the addition of electrons to inner electronic orbits but by conferring upon the appropriate electronic energy orbits already present increased inclination to the time-stream in order that they may develop the necessary charges. If this procedure is also followed in the nucleus, the question of the allotment of mass as well as charge requires attention. Since this system of atomic structure employs fewer electrons than does Bohr’s, considerably more of the mass of heavy atoms is confined to the nucleus. Thus it is seen that in the description of the electronic structure of the atoms of all elements, the new system follows closely that of Bohr, and it deviates from that classical work only as the peculiar characteristics of the proposed new building blocks lead to a simpler picture without yielding to inaccuracy. It is also seen that the new proposal aims to construct nuclear systems which are quite faithful diminutive mirror images of their associated electronic systems. Line Spectra. It has been shown that for electronic orbits, » = 137.3 nc /2rr Twenty-Fourth Annual Meeting 103 Dividing by c we have, »/c = 137.3 n/2rr = w, wave number of the elec- tronic orbit. The relationship, r = 137.3 nc/2my = 137.3n2h/2mmc, shows that since all electrons have identical mass, r ao 2n?. Consequently the fore- going equation may be written, w = 137.3 K/4mn = 10.925 K/n, where K is a constant. Dividing this equation by n there results, w/n = 10.925 K/n? = w’. Now n is a multiplier defining the velocity of the orbital force-impulse. Con- sequently w’ is to be regarded as the orbital wave number per unit increment in the velocity of the orbital force-impulse If the quantum number of the hydrogen electron may have any of the values, n = 1, 2, 3, 4, etc., one may consider the effect produced when an orbit, say the M-orbit, is transformed into an L-orbit. The difference between the two values of w’, w’, — w’, = 10.925 K (1/n,2 — 1/n,?) is taken to represent the wave number per unit quantum number (in this instance the wave num- ber, for the change in the quantum number is unity) of the radiation orbit emitted when the transformation occurs. If the figure, 10.925, were 10.9677, the substitution of Balmer data would give K the value 1 xX 104 in order to yield the Rydberg constant. In the calculation of the value of the reciprocal of the fine structure constant, 1 /a = he /27e2 = 137.29, if one take for h and e the values 6.55 * 10-27 and 4.765 x 10-10 respectively, which are within the limits of error of the com- monly accepted values, (6.547 + 0.008) « 10-27 and (4.770 + 0.005) x 10-10, then 1/a = 137.8, and 137.8 /4a = 10.9658. This latter figure, when multiplied by K = 1 X 104, yields a figure differing but little from the Rydberg constant. The stable K-orbit of the hydrogen atom develops a charge of one unit due to its slope of 30 degrees. If this orbit should expand to the dimensions of an L-orbit without changing its inclination to the time-stream, it would develop four units of charge. It seems probable that some necessity forces the orbit to tilt back to the unit charge. Conversely if a uni-charged L-orbit should contract to the dimensions of a K-orbit, an increased slope would be required. It is evident however that precession would accomplish the same result. Phenomena of this nature are are believed to be involved in the mean- ing of (w’, — w’,) and the constant K of the foregoing equation. The process whereby the quantum number of an electron changes is not evident. However it seems to be unnecessary to assume that mechanical col- lisions occur; the field of a charged orbit, such ‘as that of an electron or a retarded photon, passing thru an atom would cause an electronic orbit to alter its slope, the larger orbits being the more easily affected. According to the theory developed in this paper, the charge of the electron will become zero when its slope, with respect to the direction of time-flow, is zero. The electron will then be magnetic. The interaction of the magnetic field of the disturbed electron and that of the passing charged orbit would be expected to effect electronic ejection. Radioactivity. The system of atomic structure described in this paper places no electrons and only one helium nucleus in the nuclei of atoms heavier than helium. Consequently beta rays cannot originate in the nucleus and 104 The Kentucky Academy of Science once the inner orbit has been emitted as an alpha particle; another nuclear K-orbit must be provided because most radioactive atoms emit alpha particles repeatedly. It is therefore assumed that when the nuclear K-orbit is emitted some unknown necessity forces the last added nuclear orbit to part with suf- ficient energy for the construction of a new K-orbit. The remainder of the disrupted orbit, whose mass has been diminished 4 units, then orients itself to develop two charges less than it originally possesed. ‘This action leaves the atom negatively charged and makes it necessary for the last added- electronic orbit to tilt back and develop two units less charge, yielding a neutral atom. It appears necessary to account for beta ray emission by assuming that the emitted electrons, altho not originally present as electrons in the nucleus, are formed at the time of emission from available nuclear energy. Gravitation. This paper interprets the universal tendency of bodies to approach one another to be the result of pressures developed in accordance with the Bernouilli principle. Just as two ships, anchored abeam in a stream, are drawn together, so the theory predicts that the distance between two masses will tend to become less as the time-stream flows by them. Consider the condition in which but one body exists. ‘The pressure of the current on the upstream side of the body would confer upon the latter a down-stream drift toward the past but there would be no tendency for a non-spinning body to move laterally because the velocities of the time-stream along the two op- posite sides of the body are equal. If now a second body were brought into existence the velocity of the time-stream flowing between the bodies would be greater than that of the stream flowing along the far sides. Consequently pressures on the far sides would be greater than those on the near sides and convergence would tend to be the result. In order to investigate this question, air pressures were measured at the near and far sides of pairs of bodies suspended in a wind tunnel and the in formation thus acquired, when transferred from air-stream to time-stream, ap- peared to carry meaning notwithstanding the extensive extrapolation required. The apparatus consisted of a wind tunnel near the middle of which were sus- pended in streamline fashion two nearly spherical glass bulbs. One bulb was fixed in position and provided internally with two small glass tubes which, lying in a horizontal plane and terminating flush with the outer surface of opposite sides of the bulb, led inward to the center, thence thru the down- stream side of the bulb and the wall of the wind tunnel to a sensitive Toepler pressure-level. The other bulb, which was not provided with a device for mak- ing pressure measurments, was so suspended that its lateral distance from the first bulb could be regulated. This arrangment made it possible to compare with one another the pressures at the near and far sides of the first bulb as the distance of the second bulb from the first was altered. Unfortunately var- ious factors such as eddies, changing air density and varying motor speeds caused considerable fluctuations in pressure and permitted the establishment of trends only. When average data were substituted into the expression, P, 15 Twenty-Fourth Annual Meeting 105 1/r,? : 1/r,?, where P, and P,, are pressures on the far side in excess of that on the near side in two experiments in which the distances apart of the centers of the bulbs were r, and 1, respectively, the result was 13:1 :: 1.2: 1. Since matter is extremely porous and the time-stream is assumed to penetrate it quite freely, it seemed desirable to replace the bulbs of the foregoing experiment with bodies composed of small glass beads held together by a coat- ing of thin shellac in order that the air current might pass thru the bodies more freely. When this was done the relationship became, 4: 1 :: 1.5 : 1. The results of the foregoing experiments support the assumpiion tacitly made that all bodies of equal mass possess, independently of their several densities, equal ability to exclude the time stream from the spaces actually occupied by their orbits and to effect correspondingly equal acceleration in the time stream in the manner described, for, when the bulbs were made penetrable to the air stream, the ratio approached more nearly that required by the law of gravitation. Finally the bulbs were stripped until there re- mained only the two pressure tubes and a ring of fine copper wire which, as a great circle, defined the boundaries of an imaginary sphere. The ratio then was, 2.4: 1 :: 1.25 : 1.. Here the approach to the inverse square law is still closer. This description of gravitation contains several implications. It implies that bodies traveling toward the past with the velocity of the time-stream cannot be subject to gravitation. At first thought this appears to contradict Einstein’s prediction that the path of light grazing the sun would be found bent. The case assumes less serious proportions however when one recognizes that one of the bodies concerned, the sun, is not moving with the velocity of light, and it is the contention of this paper that light under no circumstances keeps pace with the time-stream. In addition to this, light probably moves through the sun’s atmosphere more slowly than in free space. Consequently in this instance one would expect to find the path of light bent. In fact light, the swiftest of particles, is always slightly subject to gravitation, for its velocity never reaches that of the time-stream. Another implication of the theory is that the aforementioned difference in the velocity of the time-stream along opposite sides of bodies, will with suf- ficient lapse of time, confer upon the masses, even tho they be heavenly bodies, a spin. This problem also was studied in the wind tunnel where a “ping pong” ball, provided with a doubly pointed steel needle shaft, was care- fully mounted on glass bearings. ‘This ball would spin when a similar ball approached its side, the adjacent side moving in the down stream direction. It will be recalled that the earth and the moon spin in the same direction. The inference is that the flow of the time stream between these two bodies and the sun accounts for the spins. [ft is necessary in considering these rela- tionships to keep in mind that the future and the past are on opposite sides of the line joining the two bodies. On this basis it seems possible that the slow rate of the moon’s rotation may be due to the tendency for a counter spin because of the proximity of the earth. Finally it should be stated 106 The Kentucky Academy of Science that the aforementioned spin may react with the time-stream thru the Magnus effect and play a part in the orbital motion of the earth and moon. Summary. This paper takes as its thesis the proposition that time is a unidirectional stream flowing from future to past while matter and energy are energy orbits created in the time stream by the action of a primal force. Time flowing thru the orbits produces an effect called electric but when time flows past orbits oriented so their planes are parallel to the direction of time-flow the effect of the force-impulse is called magnetic. On.-this basis it is possible to build a system of atomic structure and account for a variety of natural phenomena including gravitation. DIVISION OF SOCIAL SCIENCE J. W. Manning, Secretary (No report received) LOUISVILLE ASTRONOMICAL SOCIETY Robert 'T. Burke, Chm. Mary Eberhard, Secy. Demonstration of activities. JUNIOR ACADEMY OF SCIENCE Anna A. Schnieb, Chairman of Committee KENTUCKY PSYCHOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION Edward Newbury, Chairman. Ellis Freeman, Secretary THe SysteMATIC CLAssirICATION Or THE “Conscious,” “Susconscious” AND “Unconscious.” J. B. Miner, Univ. of Ky. The author suggests that the term “subconscious” might be used in conformity with good usage as being synony- mous with “disorganization.” If the term is to be used at all, its meaning can be classified thus in relation to both conscious and unconscious activities. It is necessary, however, to recognize that a psychological activity may always be regarded from either the subjective or objective point of view. SoME PHystoLocicaL Aspects Or PsycHopaTHoLocy. Milton B. Jensen. In terms of modern scientific findings it may be said that (1) what an individ- ual thinks or believes has relatively little to do with physiological balance; (2) how an individual thinks (his emotional tone) has a great deal to do with bodily functions; (3) normal bodily functioning facilitates thought processes, and normal effective tone while imbalance of bodily functioning impedes thought processes and results in emotional imbalance. An understanding of this inter- play between emotional tone and bodily change is essential to proper differen- tiation between the demented, the deluded and those who are neith- er demented nor deluded but whose behavior is socially undesirable. This un- derstanding is the basis of a sound system of mental hygiene. THE EMERGENCY VALUE OF ADRENALIN. Judith Key, Univ. of Ky. Eight Twenty-Fourth Annual Meeting 107 white rats were given three series of swimming trials. The first series was for taining or practice and to provide an opportunity for the attainment of a relatively constant swimming rate. Another was given in which after an adaptation period the rat was subcutaneously injected with adrenalin. A third series in which the animal was injected with physiological salt solution fol- lowed the same procedure and served as the control. A finding of some signifi- cance was the difference in response among the individuals, indicating the tendency of a stable organism to remain comparatively stable and a variable one to become even more variable when subjected to the influence of adrenalin. A retarding effect, varying in degree for the individuals of the group, was found in a majority of the subjects. AN EVALUATION OF PLAY OF THE PRE-SCHOOL CHILD, BASED ON POTENTIAL PostuRAL IMPROVEMENT. Mary Mumford, Univ. of Ky. Thirty-eight children, ranging in age from two to five years, at the Iowa State College Nursery School, served as subjects. Within the limits of the data, the following conclusions were drawn: (1) the more active child was extroverted; (2) there was a signi- fiant positive correlation between extraversion and flat feet or pronated ankles: (3) chronological age and good longitudinal arch development showed a signi- fiant positive correlation; (4) there was no relationship between (a) total amount of activity and posture, (b) amount of energy expended and posture, (c) amount of activity of theoretial postural value and posture, (d) pronated ankles and posture in general, (e) chronologial age and posture, (f) introversion- extroversion rating and posture; (5) the average posture of the thirty-eight children was poor; (6) an accurate method of grading posture of the pre- school child is still to be devised. SociAL Maturity ON THE VINELAND ScALE As RELATED ‘TO Orner ‘TRAITS IN NURSERY-SCHOOL CHILDREN. Ruth Melcher, Univ. of Ky. The Vineland Social Maturity Scale and other tests were applied to 21 nursery school child- ren from superior homes. Data obtained appear to indicate that: (1) the Social Maturity Scale is as differentiating as the Minnesota Preschcool Scale and the Binet Scale; (2) group averages are about the same on the Binet and the Social Maturity scales, and both are higher than the group average ob- tained upon the Minnesota; (3) scores on the social scale show very little re- lationship to the child’s achievement upon the intelligence tests; (4) tests most frequently failed on the Social Maturity Scale are those dealing with routine dressing and toilet activities; (5) there appears to be a much higher sex dif ference in favor of girls on the social scale than on the intelligence scales: (6) the half of the group showing a higher percentage of weight for height had a higher average social maturity quotient than the half showing the lowe) percentages; (7) no relationship was found between the social maturity scores and the relative verbal or non-verbal ability of the child, the sociality as evinced by amount of interest in other people, or the personality traits of the children as estimated by the teachers. THe EVALUATION OF CURRICULUM REORGANIZATION IN THE COLLEGE THRU Tue Use Or Opjective, Tests. J. J. Oppenheimer. Univ. of Louisville. The 108 The Kentucky Academy of Science use of standardized tests combined with research in the internal educational problems of the college was the determining factor in the continuation of the Louisville program of reorganization now in its sixth year. At the outset a bureau of educational research attached to the Office of the Dean was estab- lished, thru which regular, periodic evaluations were made and circularized to the faculty. The organization of the college and its subsequent measurement involve: (1) changes in functions of the upper and lower levels, junior and senior; (2) the establishment of survey sources in the junior and senior col- leges; (3) wider use of the achievement tests; (4) use of varied techniques of teaching; (5) varied methods of evaluating the changes. The changes which were measured thru tests were admission to the senior college, based upon standing the National Sophomore Tests and local tests, the establishment of a divisional requirement strengthening the major, and the construction of objective and essay-type comprehensive examinations. MATHEMATICAL ASSOCIATION OF AMERICA KENTUCKY CHAPTER Walter L. Moore, Chm. A. R. Fehn, Sec. Continuity. L. W. Cohen, Univ. of Ky. On Inequalities. Fritz John, Univ. of Ky. Echoes From the Annual Meeting of the National Council. Dawn Gilbert. Western Kentucky State Teachers College. Reduction of Quadratic Forms. C. W. Williams, Univ. of Ky. On a Certain Ring in the Field of Quadratic Equations. K. L. Palmquist, Univ. of Ky. Recent Developments in Quaternion Arithmetic. C. C. Latimer, Univ. of Ky. DIVISION ON THE PROBLEMS OF THE TEACHING OF SCIENCE Some Practices and Tendencies in the Teaching of High School Science. C. C. Graham, Berea College. EN-DE X PAGE ELAR ONES: ALLISSHARA gSCEEN-EUD - LISSUES OL 6 aiciccsnipie/Sens nie cha chem eels, Pte anwliwie shee are 64 SAMRAT Sy PET GREES SCEOLORY OF fa 2 ic! «innate Seca state Hheschceale Sid Ye te ata bwin six cpl 24 AUCOnO SehechOlGnuthe. SrOWE. OF PLOLOZOAL UE Ay tpi see ean ikea - siete 62 Allen, R., tolerance of fishes for low O and high CO, concentration ...... 70 Amblystoma microstomum, experiments with limb erafts ligh's CARES aves 64 Anderson, W. E., interference systems in parallel plates .................. 7A Arnold, Clio, mental adjustment in promoting war systems ............... TES USeHIG MEH eGL Only CRYLANOSEMESISs he's sts Duvsepaeiats a eto Sls'ae one ashes Sneistanaeencae 89 Aswerus, Phil., repressuring Chester sands of western Kentucky .......... 91 Averitt, Paul, correlation of coal beds in eastern Kentucky .............. 71 Bangson, John S., quintuplets in felis domsetica ....................-.-- 28 development of anthocyansiny pho xere ry) spacial ros ell ae 52 Batts, E., transplantation of forelimb rudiment in amblystoma ............ 27 iReakner..-( ielen OOGGtaACtSs 13,5.5 sot oR ce tl Pe kt a eae 89 Bentonite, Vapor phase adsorption) Dy: 2% 2s\2 es had a emit 9 eo: 8s 69 Berea TEsion, physiostaphic history: Of 213. 2s ofe vei ni) obyee oats xs 2 es 8 de 30 Beust.; Uo b., LOOtnyattachment im, Spl yRema ye2y3j3). rer ors |< psvaedayaiater se» Danes 10% 63 tooth root of Sargis ovis (sheepshead) ..................... 83 RE CeO cP CtHOEALY LAKE oo 5. ais peerge ene ay aes aiees Sa A labs Pas eh he Beye 73 Birge, Grace P., experimental hyperthyroidism in albino rats ............. 67 BASH Ope ites MIVERWOLLIMEW) (OK EM EDICKY rissa jay. ae shen tae mes, aie) hapa shese 2 ole eee 62 NG We heCOLOm LOts Ee OCMNISHs i CLAS (Zales saya reset eee ye nai 63 Sextaliiy OF SABLOMYCESEREMNSCHMM yy: soca 1.027 oye era Std oe who oe 84 Black, J. G., device for calculating square root deviation ................. 7A RESCANCN TE RPEM ENCE ats MILCHIOAM sapere. 14s, oat \epaia ances v— Sve al OZ BOMDIOAS: Cis EH CTSOM COLIN Dari fae pugs 2) lore stats mS NS the eam ete =,2 8 sed slats 84 IBGEONS | SPEEEOSCOPIG , GELCLN IMAL OM Olga: i142 ati eraye: sts: derail als) ago whe ates = 02 71 Bortnen Chas. 3h, avallabilityeot pWOsp Mates yi. tyie eon pn1sa-screals «Ate a fsbo se = = 28 Bowers, L. M., ovarian hormone and thyroid gland ..................---- 67 Brauer, Alfred, susceptibility of the bruchid egg to cyanide ............... 83 ' EWAN INSECE SEM D LY OSme rps nila tate meg suse: ane) Sper Tag = yess ete 26 BEEN Ma As atlG OCDEES ) CXCESSIV.E, VEEATOUO Aine oa) y terse elon aipeusecie a 67 Brown, 1. A., brood. size of Moina macrocOpal fisccicc mies crises eile te os 27 Bruce, W. A., time sweep for a cathode ray oscillograph ................. 30 Buckner, G. D., distillers’ grains and slop in chicken rations .............. 69 UDINALY Beal culpa as DM eyes srr Pe. fers Saya aero ole 68 winter feeding cattle on a western ranch .................. 26 tienes [2 .G., CresOm ANG, FUG SVMENOMSES 8. cl ilo siels lap svqudicse seefacelerels wo <0°3 74 Burrourhs, WG.) clauconmitic shale asva) fertilizer ey)... sys ess «A 28 Gailenks MeapiementatOn sOf stlenmlalOd Csi mea fary- 1s Herein ye oe oe fe ets 28 Quintuplets jim eliss COMES{ICGal 25 2.2 4 2b isn) betas atest ie we yet = 28 Galfces Ro I) (spectroscopic; determination, of DOTOn) 4... snaaneee oa: He er 7 Calkins, H. E., bacteria using indol in a trickling filter .................. 83 Calvin, J. E., blood-pressure changes following ideational and sensory stimuli 74 Chester rocks of Mead , Hardin and Breckenridge counties ............... 72 OMEN: eiW 5s CONCINUIC VAT: Sor cet citric acre chick Ste Ml mabey eiebensh| Ae Fy. fh sis © 68 Dioxan, solubility of metal halides in ........---+ +++ ses eee ee esse e renee 85 Distillers’ grains and slop in chicken rations .......-.-++++++eseeeeer eres 69 Dockery, W. L., tree growth and precipitation in the Berea JRSM Osos vb + 71 Donaldson, F. W., fundamental lemmas of calculus variation ............-. 74 Fetopia lentis, inheritamce’ of (22002-7812 e oe ee 53 Eddy, C. O., spreaders for nicotine spray .........+-----s.++e+es esse sees 25 Enders: Howard) Eis. 3. sand Sa oe he Be ee eee eae 3a. Saee 11 Eye pigment, migration of in forbesichthys ......-..---++++++++++-2--005 52 Forbesichthys papilliferus, Studies OI: bt eecte te ae ete oe 2D Forsee, W. T., Jr., microdetermination of iodine in plant material ........ 89 Fossombronia, a liverwort new to Kentucky ..............-....+-2+-00+- 62 Gilbert, Dawn, annual meeting of the national council, M. A. A. ........ 108 Glauconitiie shal eras) aytentilizer ieee er tere ee eee 28 Good Ba S., uninary cal culigimval bull eee ere nena ee 68 Gordon, Louis, ceric sulfate as analytical standard .................------ 70 Graham, C. C., practices in teaching high-school science ................. 108 Guinea) pigs, a new disease Of 5. . ht Sa ee ee eee 61 Gypsum, new occurrence of, in Kentucky .......................-.-..:- 92 Hahn, Tf. M.,; improved impedance bridge 2eee-) he =o ee ee 7A Hall, W. K., effect of arsenic in erythrogenesis .....-..-.-..-+++++++.+5- 89 Harms, Amanda, bluegrass in poultry rations ..... San Serine heeten hs oi d-c.o. 3 89 distillers’ grains and slop in chicken rations ............ 69 winter- feeding (or-leH Ceamrien et BABY OMB OR ANS rion Hees ere 9.000: dicta 0 5 < 26 Heines, Sister C., solubility of metal halides in 1,4,dioxan ................ 85 Hinton, R. T., responsibility of science to youth ......................... 75 Eombercer, AQ Wey revivals otn sultan stiveralp yee eerie tee ene 89 Howard, Susan J., measure of point sets of rectifiable arcs ................ 74 Howard, Tryphena, teaching the binomial theorem ..................... 74 Hutchinson, L. P.,difterentials 24 2.1). 0 ee a ree eee 74 Hydraulic cement, particle size im 2.0) 07.58... ee eee eee 70 Insko, W. M.., Jr., distillers’ grains and slop in chicken rations ............ 69 Jenkins, E> D:, Buclidian algorithmiin algebraic fields). a5 ene 74 John, Fritz; ineoualaties: 400.46 08 Os BREN ee ice ee at en ee 108 cunvessandisuntacess Of sh ofa ti Onie yee ee teen eee 74 Jones, D. G., pre-Devonian deformation in Eastern Kentucky .............. 91 a mineral: collection: for high! Schools ee rey i en ee 72 some ,phases of repressuring’ in’ Kentucky 222) 12... eee {i Juhasz, Sister Roderick, dioxane and metal halides .......:3.....-..:....: 68 Karraker, PB: E., availability of phosphates” 2) 5 4. asses eens ae 28 Kerr, R. P., Winogradsky technic in the study of a trickling filter ......... 61 Key, judith emercencyavalue of adrenaline ne ee nee 106 Koppius, O. G., vacuum x-ray spectrometer ......... 0... 6... sees ee eee 29 WManicaster, J. WV.) a small) aquaniomyunit eee eee ee eee eee 66 Latimer, C. C., developments ini quaternion arithmetic ................... 108 Keatcutter ants and’ their activity ......cg25.-02) )ae ee 16 Menz,, Wim: |oetest: tube: versus) tasters 2 ee ee ee 70 Loefer, John B., effect of alcohol on the growth of protozoa :...........-. 62 effect of H-ion concentration on paramecium AER ERS Gare deh Ac 84 Loring, R. A., experiments in photographic testing 2.27) -0 os... ene 74 Eovell, H.B-, bombidae’ of) Jefterson County). 5.2207 - ee eee 84 effect of size of graft on the determination of the dorso-ventral axis in amblystomai ©)... 49.7. oe ne eee ee 64 skefeton of: polyoden ‘spathula: »_/ Sees eee eee eke 28 transplantation of forelimb rudiment in amblystoma ....... ri] Index 11] Lowenthal, Wm., Bruchus quadrimaculatus embryo ................-+.+++ 66 Lyons, Malcolm, distribution of ingested arsenic in tissues of animals .... 70 Manganese, effect of on the growth of aspergillus and yeast ............. 47, 49 Marks, Mary E., rock asphalt industry of western Kentucky .............. 89 Manin |. ttolmes, blieesrass in! poultry rations) 0.5.0.8 ys. leads eck oes 89 distillers’ grains and slop in chicken rations .......... 69 MEAL CH ARIGIBENeN OY, SLCUCEUTE VOL /Hilare «. eee 83 bacteria using lower amines in a trickling filter ............. 84 lactose-fermentinge ability of colon bacilli (22-72-23... 2a 60 a new disease vot guinea pigsi sa. ss eee ee 61 Shipman, Frank M., H-ion concentration and the coloring of whisky ...... 70 Sherwood, T.C., basal metabolism of the albino’ rat 72 22--> = ee 67 and others; excessive’ vitamin e Anes tye eee 67 experimental hyperthyriodism in the albino rat ......... 67 ovarian) hormone and” thyroid clandye=he eee eee 67 Slack, EF. G., research in™masneto) Opticsi: assess ee ee et eee 1: Smith, Wallace, defence of high-school mathematics ..................... 73 Soil erosion: in the Berea resion’. )) 25 nae eee 72 Souder, W. J., physiographic history of the Berea region ................. 30 Sphyrena barracuda, .tooth-attachment) aimee: soe saree eee 63 Sternberg, Oskar, skeleton of polyodon spathula .........-...........07. 28 Stevenson, Guy, mathematical concepts for mathematics majors ........... 73 Stewart, ©. .]., structure of matter andMenensyas. = 4 seee eet ene 92 Stokes, J. L., lactose-fermenting ability of colon bacilli ................... 60 Stouder, R. E., Chester rocks of Meade, Hardin and Breckenridge Counties 72 Thyroid gland and ovarian hormone es ees 67 Todd, Jarvis, theory of viscosity -experiments 4):4.2.5. 22-25) 92 Tree growth and precipitation in) the Berea) resionys >see eee 71 Urematodes, exosenous pigmentation’ iy 4. ee] he sees ae 28 ‘Twin. insect embryos produced) experimentally .1. 4.4525 as) 2 eee 26 Urinary -calculi ima bull 222.2.) Je 68 WVechter, i: .J-, particle size in) hydranlicicement sae eee 70 Vernon, C. C., action of ethanol amines on beta-chlorethyl esters ........... 85 effect of resins on the drying of raw linseed oil ............ 85 Vitamin A., relation of excessive, to. vaginal epithelium ................. 67 Wapgner,.W. R., soil erosion in the Berea’ recion!® 42> 9. tela 72 Warburton,,F. W., field of a magnet .. 7/7202 [hese ae 92 Maxwell-Lorenz magnetic forces and those of Weber .... 74 Watson, W. F., relation of material learned to rate of pulse .............. 74 Weaver, R. H., bacteria using indol in a trickling filter ................... 83 bacteria using iower amines in a trickling filter ......... 84 lactose-fermenting: ability of colon bacilli ................. 60 Winogradsky technic in the study of a trickling filter ...... 61 Webb, W. S., modern techniques in the recovery of the prehistoric ....... 75 Welborn, H. E., pigment migration in the eye of forbesichthys ............ 52 Wesley, G. R., functions of the Department of Mines and Minerals ........ 73 petroleum geology in western Kentucky ................... 90 Whisky, H-ion concentration and the coloring oft: it Git SIRE cee eee 70 Williams, C. W., reducation of quadratic forms ..............-.-0+e0--00e 108 Wilson, Gordon, bird life on a temporary lake ..................-:.-.--- 73 Wineland, W. G3 mechanics and quanta ...............45. cl a eee 29 rightangled lever paradox)/:k:)— © see ane ee 74 Yeast, effect of Mn, Ca and Zn on the growth of .......... edt. See 47 Yntema, L. F., dioxan and metal! halides 1-41 2 d:2s Bee ee eee 68 solubility of metal halides in 1, 4, dioxan ............... 85 Young, D. M., summary of Kentucky meteorites ..............00200-00ees 71 ANNOUNCING The Publication of Our New 900-Page CATALOG 5 Containing more than 13,000 items and sizes of laboratory equipment devoted to work in chemical, biological, and pathological laboratories. Available to esablished laboratories on request. WILL CORPORATION | LABORATORY APPARATUS AND CHEMICALS FOR _ || CHEMICAL. BIOLOGICAL, METALLURGICAL AND CLINICAL LABORATORIES ROCHESTER, N.Y. LABORATORY APPARATUS CHEMICAL REAGENTS